Home

Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE® Developer`s Toolkit

1. define EFIO STDIO PROTOTYPES PASSTHROUGH WILL ENABLE printf include lt stdlib h gt include lt time h gt TOOLKIT INCLUDES include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include lt eerr h gt ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include lt emsc h gt MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include lt estr h gt STRING PACKAGE include lt egda h gt DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include lt eimg h gt HIGH LEVEL API TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 167 ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg static int rc 1 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT int main int char long nlayers column row long width height char buf 25 int i int exit 0 Estr Stringlist layernames NULL Eimg LayerStack layerstack NULL Eimg PixelRectStack pixelstack NULL DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR MACROS EERR INIT readpixel amp lclerr lclerr SETUP THE BASE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT THIS INCLUDES CONNECTION
2. FUNCTION NAME processMessageFromSessionManager Description Process commands sent to us by Session Manager This function mm currently knows only one command i e message is The syntax of the command is appTemplate message the message you want displayed Note This function will be called only once at the begining Press Button from EML will not call this function static void processMessageFromSessionManager Emsc Opaque context int argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT processMessageFromSessionManager outerr lclerr 294 ERDAS Customer Education PROCESS MESSAGE argv e argv 1 apptemplate the application name message Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Hem argv 2 message content if argc gt 3 88 estr Eqic argv 1 MESSAGE COMMAND amp amp argv 2 JE THIS WILL UPDATE THE MESSAGE IN EML i StringPartValueSet app lab DisplayMessage argv 2 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eeml StringPartValueSet else esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG VERBOSE amp lclerr Ignoring unrecogniz
3. static Estr_StringList closeapplication Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr awe AppContext AppContext context EERR INIT closeapplication outerr lclerr THIS WILL CLOSE THE APPLICATION app gt root gt doneFlag EMSC TRUE return NULL Code Snippet 7 02 appTemplate eml Kok ok ok K ok ok K K ok ok K ok ok K K K ok ok K K ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K E appTemplate eml dem This EML will be parsed by application i e apptemplate exe K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K y component apptemplate frame frm Apptemplate title Application Template label lab DisplayMessage group grp DisplayMessage geometry 75 30 180 50 label lab DisplayMessage Title MESSAGE geometry 5 15 175 25 button btn ShowMessage below left grp DisplayMessage title Show Message 296 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit on mousedown Call showmessage which is a C Application Function and return a Hello World String display that string o
4. Emsc Boolean SelectorMoveCB Evue ObjId selector Evue CallbackReason reason void callbackData int datalen Emsc Opaque client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr EERR_INIT SelectorMoveCB outerr lclerr double point 2 char str NULL AppContext app AppContext client_data Evue_CallbackDataSelector selectorData Evue_CallbackDataSelector callbackData point EVUE CB VERTEX X selectorData 0 point 1 EVUE CB VERTEX Y selectorData 0 7 UPDATE PIXEL VALUE IN CELL ARRAY Cell array will find pixel value at this location app pointx point e app gt pointy point 1 eeui CAUpdateAll app cellPart amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeui CAUpdateA1ll UPDATE MAP CORDINATE str estr Sprintf NULL X 10 8g Y 10 8g amp lclerr point 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Estr Sprintf eeml StringPartValueSet app coord str amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeml StringPartValueSet cleanup Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 355 return EMSC TRUE 356 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet 7 07 browsecell c J E Sk EERE Rk A koh RE koh se ke eek se ERK ERE ek ok ok ELH EK ck ok ok KHER ke ek HE KK K K K K K K K K
5. k CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME ViewCloseCB DESCRIPTION mem This is a callback that will free all allocated memory associated me with the viewer when the viewer is closed Emsc Boolean ViewerCloseCB Evue ObjId id Evue CallbackReason reason void cbd int cbdlen Emsc Opaque client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr AppContext app AppContext client_data app gt displayHandle NULL app gt layerHandle NULL return EMSC_FALSE CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME PointCreatedCB DESCRIPTION This is a callback that create the Selector IG void PointCreatedCB Evue LayerHandle layerHandle Evue ObjId pick Efga Matrix mat int nverts Evue ObjId client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr awe AppContext app AppContext client_data double point 2 char str NULL EERR INIT pointcreatdCB outerr lclerr evue PickDestroy app connection a
6. TOOLKIT INCLUDES include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include emsc h MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include earg h ARGUMENT PARSING PACKAGE include estr h STRING PACKAGE include egda h DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include efio h LOW LEVEL FILE I O BINARY include lt eimg h gt HIGH LEVEL TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES include emet h FOR METERING SUPPORT include efnp h FOR SPLIT THE FILE PATH STRING include lt time h gt JF ERROR CHECKING MACROS 7 define 50 msg EERR FATAL SET O msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg Earg DEPENDENT GLOBAL FUNCTIONS DECLARATION static void jobMain int Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 201 static void set input int char static void set output int char static void set pixeldepth int char static void set imagetype int char static void set header int char static void set meter int char OTHER FUNCTION static void ReadHeader char infile char outfile Eerr_ErrorReport outerr COMMAND ARGUMENT PROTOTYPE E
7. i filename fln Input geometry 20 10 200 50 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 39 GEOMETRY BASED ON FRAME INTERNAL COORDINATE title above left Input File Name select getpref eml default data path img filetypedef raster shortform filename fln Output 1 geometry 270 10 200 50 title above left OUtput File name newfile select getpref eml default output path ecw filetypedef raster shortform line lin 1 geometry 20 70 460 1 layout horizontal ORK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K iia JPEG2000 COMPRESS OPTIONS K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K popuplist pop Bands geometry 20 80 200 50 title above left Which band do you want to compress checkbox chk Meterbar geometry 20 140 200 30 title Display Meter Bar group grp Rate Geometry 20 180 200 140 label lab_Rate geometry 0 0 180 30 GEOMETRY BASED ON GROUP INTERNAL COORDINATE title Choose Compresss Rate of ECW textnumber txt_ExactRate geometry 10 40 60 50 title above left Use Exact Compression Rate 2
8. component browsetool frame frm_browsetool frame frm browsetool title Acquire Image Information geometry 0 0 550 270 resizable ok ok ok ck ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K DECLARATION Kok ok ok ck ok ok K K ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FRAMEPART FORWARD DECLARATION group grp ViewInfo button btn ViewConnection edittext edt ViewerID label lab ViewerName group grp SelectorInfo button btn CreateSelector label lab MapCoordinate variable getviewreturn statusbar group grp_ViewInfo geometry 10 10 530 120 INK TO ACTIVE VIEWER button btn ViewConnection openview 1 geometry 10 10 210 40 title Select Viewer on mousedown set getviewreturn getview set edt_ViewerID fname getviewreturn 1 set lab ViewerName getviewreturn 2 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 317 enable grp SelectorInfo WHERE THE VIEWER ID WILL BE DISPLAYED edittext edt ViewerID currviewtext geometry 10 60 210 50 title left top Current Viewer is readonly WHERE THE IMAGE NAME WILL BE DISPLAYED label la
9. Emsc Boolean SelectorMoveCB Evue ObjId selector Evue CallbackReason reason void callbackData int datalen Emsc Opaque client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr awe EERR_INIT SelectorMoveCB outerr double point 2 char str AppContext app AppContext client_data Evue_CallbackDataSelector selectorData Evue_CallbackDataSelector callbackData UPDATE PIXEL VALUE IN CELL ARRAY ok Cell array will find pixel value at this location Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 315 point 0 EVUE CB VERTEX X selectorData 0 point 1 EVUE CB VERTEX Y selectorData 0 UPDATE MAP CORDINATE 7 str estr Sprintf NULL X 10 8g Y 10 8g amp lclerr point point 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Estr Sprintf eeml StringPartValueSet app coord str amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeml StringPartValueSet cleanup 316 return EMSC TRUE ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec7 04 browsetool eml browsetool eml om This EML will be parsed by application i e browsetool exe
10. AN ADVANCED EML SCRIPT Th EXPORT IMG TO ECW WITH DIFFERENT COMPRESS OPTIONS we 1 BAND EITHER GRAYSCALE OR MULTISPECTRAL wee 2 COMPRESS RATE component Demo frame frm Demo title Advanced Demo Call IMAGINE 20B geometry 50 50 490 390 GEOMETRY BASED ON SCREEN COORDINATE statusbar GEOMETRY DOES NOT INCLUDE STATUSBAR ORK K K K K K K K ok ok K ok K K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K oe K K K oe K K K K K OK K K K K K oe K OK OK FK K K K K K OK K K K K DECLARATION FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K FRAMEPART FORWARD DECLARATION filename fln Input filename fln Output popuplist pop Bands checkbox chk Meterbar group grp Rate textnumber txt ExactRate checkbox PredefineRate group grp PredefineRate radiobutton rad PredefineRate label lab Status button btn OK button btn Batch button btn Cancel oko okookeok okokeok ok okeok sokeokekeokeokokekekoke INPUT OUTPUT FILES
11. static int getlImageNameCB text char data Pointer to user data int row Row number int column Column number char text pointer to a char buffer into which the application places the int size the max number of char which may be placed in the buffer AppContext app AppContext data EERR INIT getlImageNameCB amp lclerr lclerr Etxt Char layer 256 int maxlen 256 if app listNames strcpy app imgLayerName app gt listNames gt strings row if app gt imgLayerName return 0 estr GetLayerPart app imgLayerName layer maxlen strncpy text layer size return 1 k CALLBACK FUNCTION FOR SINGLE CELLARRAY COLUMN COLUMN TYPE double PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE getcellvalue getImageValueCB Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 359 DESCRIPTION get value for each cell of the column It is called each time the CELLARRAY needs to display the column data for a given cell Eo SERI eee Roe ok eoo e static int getImageValueCB char data Pointer to user data int r
12. ISI I IE CIE A k static Egda F64 getRasterValue AppContext app Eerr ErrorReport outerr Eimg Layer rlayer NULL Estr Stringlist layernames NULL Eprj MapInfo mapinfo NULL Eimg PixelRect pixrect NULL Efga Matrix transmatrix NULL Exfr XForm xForm NULL double ulx uly w h double x double y int fx fy Egda F64 rval EERR INIT getRasterValue outerr lclerr GET CURRENT MAP COORDINATE FOR SELECTOR X app pointx y app pointy OPEN LAYER GET MAP INFO rlayer eimg LayerOpen app imgLayerName eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerOpen mapinfo eimg LayerMapInfoGet rlayer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerMapInfoGet pixrect eimg PixelRectCreate 1 1 EGDA TYPE F64 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg PixelRectCreate COORDINATE PIXEL COORDINATE Before read pixel value you will need to convert the map coordinates TE to file coordinates Since Selector only return Map coordinates while the pixel value is based on file coordinates 7 transmatrix efga_MatrixCreate 2 2 amp lclerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 363 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error efga MatrixCreate JE SMALL TRICK MAKE CON
13. k CALLBACK FUNCTION FOR ENTIRE CELLARRAY PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE selectcallback selectCB DESCRIPTION This function will be called when a row selection is made or changed ELSES ELE LE ELLE EL EARLE EAL ek ook OE ob static void selectCB 358 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Emsc Opaque private pointer to the CELLARRAY structure NOT USED Esel SelectionTable sel A pointer to the selection table which indicate which rows are selected and which are not see esel package Emsc Opaque data pointer to user supplied data AppContext app AppContext data EERR INIT selectCB amp lclerr lclerr return FORA CALLBACK FUNCTION FOR SINGLE CELLARRAY COLUMN COLUMN TYPE text PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE getcellvalue getImageNameCB DESCRIPTION get value for each cell of the column It is called each time the CELLARRAY needs to display the column data for a given cell
14. static void ReadHeader char infile char outfile Eerr ErrorReport outerr 214 int Etxt_Text Etxt_Char ERDAS Customer Education 1 pathpart NULL rootpart NULL headerfilename NULL projcomp NULL totalsphere NULL totaldatum NULL projectionnamep NULL junk 50 units 10 projectionname 25 projectionname2 25 prodatum 25 prodatum2 25 spherename 50 spherename2 50 Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit double ulx uly lrx lry spheremaj spheremin spheree sphererad pixelx pixely long nlayers prozone bands rows columns Efio Fd headhandle z NULL Estr_StringList inlayernames NULL Eimg LayerStack inlayerstack z NULL Eprj ProParameters paramarray NULL Eprj_MapProjection projinfo NULL Exfr_XForm mapinfoxform NULL Eimg Layer inlayer NULL INIT LOCAL ERROR EERR INIT ReadHeader outerr lclerr Eint InitToolkitData erdInit eint GetInit CECI PART I READ HEADER ok ke ek eoe sje sk ek ek ke soe oe ok EE RR 7 OPEN HEADER FILE ASSUME THE MDH WILL HAVE THE SAME FILE NAME AS THE MDF T pathpart efnp FileNameGet infile EFNP FNLP ABS FPATH 1 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr
15. Create Use PrecompiledHeader Enables creation or use of a precompiled header during the build YTX Yu 50 Change the Create Use Precompiled Header to the following Create Use Precompiled header Not using Precompiled Header 116 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Configuration Properties gt Linker gt General ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration Debug gt Platform Active Win32 S tare one Common Properties 5 Configuration Properties General Debugging C C Linker General Input Manifest File Debugging System Optimization Output File Show Progress Version Enable Incremental Linking Suppress Startup Banner Ignore Import Library Register Output Per user Redirection bin Win32Debug ProjectName exe Not Set No INCREMENTAL NO Yes NOLOGO No No No usr lib Win32Debug usr lib Win32R Link Library Dependencies Use Library Dependency Inputs Use UNICODE Response Files Yes No Yes Embedded IDL Advanced Command Line Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step Additional Library Directories Specifies one or more additional paths to search for libraries configuration specific use semi colon delimited list if more than one LIBPATH dir
16. INITILIZE THE ERDAS EML TOOLKIT PACKAGE app gt root eeml_Init erdinit applicationName argc argv amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Eeml_Init Error PARSE OUT THE EML WITH THE FRAME PARTS app result eeml ParseVa ELEX FILE browsetool eml GUI eml app root rootPart amp lclerr EEML PARSE OPTION APP FUNCTIONS menufunctions Translation Function EEML PARSE OPTION APP CONTEXT Emsc Opaque app NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml ParseVa Error app coord eeml PartFind app result frm browsetool grp SelectorInfo lab MapCoordinate amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml PartFind Error SETS UP THE COMMAND TO LISTEN TO SESSION MANAGER EXITS APPLICATION ON DONEFLAG while lapp root doneFlag JF TO PROCESS ALL APPLICATION COMMANDS USE EEML_GETNEXTCOMMAND IN LOOP 0 eeml GetNextCommand app root amp context amp n amp buf amp lclerr EERR lclerr EFSO eeml GetNextCommand Error WE ARE NOT INTERESTED IN ANY OF THE COMMANDS HERE SO FREE THEM eeml FreeCommand n buf amp 1 1 EERR CHECK lclerr 50 FreeCommand Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 309 rc 0 cleanup EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR DEBUG if app result eeml ParseResultFree app result if app emsc Free app return r
17. lt checkbox gt 10 100 180 30 lt button gt lt button gt lt button gt 20 340 100 40 160 340 100 40 300 340 100 40 0 0 490 390 490 px Once your script is parsed through IMAGIE EML library it should look like the following dialog box V4 Advanced Demo Call IMAGINE JOB Input File Name img OUtput File name 2 em Which band do you want to compress Display Meter Bar Choose Compresss Rate of JPEG2000 Use Exact Compression Rate 2 10 8 0 Use Predefined Compress Rate Conca Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 27 Naming Rule Take note that each of the Frame Part variables have a similar prefix e g frm It is a good programming habit to keep certain Naming Rules throughout your program The following table shows an example of Naming Rules in EML which are used in this training manual You may however wish to use your own Naming Rule when you return to your office EML Component amp Framepart Desired Variable Name EML Component Use the same name as your EML script Frame frm_Name i Frame Group grp Name Group Button btn_Name Filename fln Name Input File Name img EditText edt_Name Textnumber txt Name Use Exact Compression Rate 2 10 8 0 2 ES CheckBox chk Name Display Meter Bar Popuplist pop Name Which band do y
18. sooty Change the Output file to the following Output File bin Win32Debug InputName exe Change the Additional Library Directories to the following Additional Library Directories usr lib Win32Debug usr lib Win32Release Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 117 Configuration Properties gt Linker gt Input annotationF romText Property Pages Configuration Active Debug m Platform Active 1232 Configuration Manager Configuration Properti Additional Dependencies elib lib emllib lib ewinmainlib 1 General Ignore All Default Libraries Debugging Ignore Specific Library 3 c c Module Definition File C Linker Add Module to Assembly General Embed Managed Resource File Input Force Symbol References Debugging Delay Loaded DLLs System ptimization Embedded IDL Advanced Command Line Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step Web Deployment Specifies additional items to add to the link line ex kernel32 1ib configuration specific Change the Additional Dependencies to the following Additional Dependencies emllib lib ewinmainlib lib elib lib eraster lib Note You should also include the viewlib lib if you want to use edis function 118 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Release version Many of the property
19. EPRJ PARAMETERS Eerr ErrorReport pointer to function to copy the local parameters structure Emsc Boolean proParametersEqual _ Eprj ProParameters Eprj ProParameters Eerr ErrorReport pointer to the routine for checking that the 2 input parmArray s are equivalent void quit EPRJ PARAMETERS PTR Eerr ErrorReport pointer to the quit routine for the projection Eprj MapProjection eprj ProParametersCreateByName The prototype of this API is Eprj ProParameters eprj ProParametersCreateByName Etxt Text name Eerr ErrorReport err This function creates an empty projection of type implied by the name Eprj Shperoid The prototype of this struct is typedef struct Eprj CharStrPtr sphereName name of the ellipsoid double a semi major axis of ellipsoid double b semi minor axis of ellipsoid double eSquared eccentricity squared double radius radius of the sphere Eprj Datum datum The datum structure Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 225 226 Eprj Spheroid This struct is used to describe spheroid parameters used to describe the shape of the earth shperiodName is the name of the spheroid ellipsoid This name can be found in IMAGINE HOME etclspheroid tab a is the semi major axis of the ellipsoid in meters b is the semi minor axis of the ellipsoid in meters eSqua
20. Help press F1 The above diagram shows what it looks like when load the aftemplate dll into the Dependency Walker program You will find that the name displayed in the Function column is not the actual function name used to call from EML s DLL Version Tool DLL Class Information DLL Instance Information Instance aftemplate Y Path D work gi31 root usr lib ntx86debug ApplicationFunctions Date Time Stamp 18 Dec 2007 13 46 22 Help Class T elp Instance function fiis function2 Titles functionetc From the IMAGINE DLL Version Tool shown above you will find the actual function names i e function1 function2 and functionetc defined by the Title string shown below Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 265 static char Titles functioni and Edit this function2 and Edit this functionetc and Edit this E Code Snippet Sec6 01 aftemplate c FORA Application Function appFuncTemplate Purpose This DLL will functions of this dll Calling syntax functioni parm1 parm2 function2 parm1 parm2 functionetc parm1 parm2 Input Parameters None Return Va
21. em FRAME K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K oy frame frm_AddImgToCell 368 title Selet Image to Cellarray modal filename fln Imagefile button btn Add button btn cancel variable imagecopy filename fln Imagefile geometry 10 10 300 400 title Add Image to CellArray select getpref eml default data path img filetypedef raster on valuechanged if fln Imagefile disable btn Add else enable btn Add on doubleclick send mousedown to btn Add button btn Add 1 geometry 320 10 50 40 title Add rightof fln ImageFile on mousedown set imagecopy fln Imagefile addimage imagecopy button btn_cancel geometry 320 60 50 40 title Close below btn Add on mousedown undisplay frm AddImgToCell ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit on framedisplay disable btn Add COMPONENT PROCEDURE K K K 2K K K K K on startup display frm browsetool Running the Final Application Work through the steps
22. TexelMapper 2 2 imal Layer_2 134 NONE textures 2 2 ima Laver 3 i virtualgis westem zone88 2 2 img 2 3 img 2 4img 32 img 3 3 img 3 4 img 3 meter img Current Map Coordinate 330 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Custom Parts Cellarray part Several EML capabilities are available as custom parts These are the Histogram and the ColorWheel There is no syntax in EML which allows these items to be declared Instead the EML script must contain a generic part definition which is located and converted to one of the custom parts in the application program While the CellArray and Canvas parts can be treated as custom parts for backward compatibility they have their own syntax in EML The generic part should no longer be used for these parts Each part in EML is based on the Eui BasePart which contains the core information such as size position color etc The Eui BasePart also contains an array of pointers to functions which give a part its specific behavior In the case of the parts defined in EML these function pointers are initially set by the EML Parser For each of the custom parts there is an Install function which is used to set up these pointers eeui Histogramlnstall Eui BasePart part eeui ColorWheellnstall Eui BasePart part eeui CellArrayInstall Eui BasePart The eeml cellarray Package
23. stri estr Sprintf NULL Xs amp lclerr app viewLayInfo filename str2 estr Sprintf NULL Xd amp lclerr viewid EERR CHECK lclerr 50 estr Sprintf listnames estr_StringListAppend NULL stri amp lclerr EERR CHECK 50 estr StringListAppend estr_StringListAppend listnames str2 amp lclerr EERR CHECK 50 estr_StringListAppend Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 349 return listnames ok ook ORO o OR Ro Ro de ok ER ee de OR EORR APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME pickpt DESCRIPTION This function will create selector in the viewer CALLING SYNTAX pickpt RETURN VALUE NULL SORGE OR SIOR EE EES EERE EE oe ER EER APP FUNC pickpt AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT pickpt outerr lclerr if lapp layerHandle return NULL ONLY ALLOW ONE SELECTOR if app gt selector eeml DialogWarning NULL Selector Pick Already Exists amp lclerr return NULL CREATE PICK app pick evue PickToolCreate app connection THE VIEWER CONNECTION app displayHandle DISPLAY HANDLE OF VIEWER app layerHandle LAYER HANDLE OF VIEWER EVUE PICK POINT PICK TYPE Poi
24. checkbox chk header title Import Header info Import Header Information geometry 10 130 200 30 value 1 SETUP DEFAULT CHOICE end group grp MiscOptions line lin 2 geometry 20 330 460 1 layout horizontal o K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 7 button btn_OK title OK info Run process on specified files now geometry 20 340 100 40 on mousedown pro convertmdf T button btn Batch title Batch info Set this job to process at a future time geometry 160 340 100 40 on mousedown startbatchsingle batchjobname froot fln Output pro convertmdf button btn_Cancel title Cancel info Close do not run process 236 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit geometry 300 340 100 40 on mousedown unload ORK K K ck ok ok K K ok ok K ok K K K K ok ok K K K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Kok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K o eoe K OK K K K OK OK K K K K KKK FRAME PROCEDURES K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 2 on pro convertmdf job convertmdf in fln Input out
25. geometry 10 80 220 220 title above left Specify input options popuplist pop_PixelType title above left Input Pixel Depth info Select input pixel type 8 bit or 16 bit geometry 10 60 200 50 titlelist 8 bit Data 16 bit Data names u8 u16 VALUE OF THE POPUPLIST value u8 SETUP DEFAULT CHOICE on valuechanged echo pop_PixelType radiobutton rad_ImageType title above left Choose the type of image info Select the image type thematic or athematic geometry 10 130 200 50 layout horizontal options athematic thematic VALUE OF THE RADIOBUTTON value athematic SETUP DEFAULT CHOICE titlelist Athematic Thematic on valuechanged echo rad_ImageType Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 235 end group grp Inputoptions K K FK K K FK K K K K FK FK K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K K K MISC OPTIONS K K FK K K FK K K K K FK K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K K K group grp MiscOptions title above left Misc options geometry 260 80 220 220 checkbox chk meter title Display Meter Bar info Display Meter Bar geometry 10 80 200 30 value 1 SETUP DEFAULT CHOICE
26. menuoptionl optionititle actions for option 1 option2title f actions for option 2 Soc You may copy the IMAGINE HOME scriptsXtk mainmenu inc to lt IMAGINE_HOME gt scripts ntx86 tk_mainmenu inc and add your own sub menu for Toolkit there menu tk mainmenu Toolkit EMLDemo1 Hello World EML load helloworld eml EMLDemo2 An Advanced EML 1 load demo job eml The diagram on the right is what the sub menu should look like Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit Tools Utilities Help Start IMAGINE Viewer Import Export Data Preparation Map Composer Image Interpreter Image Catalog Image Classification Spatial Modeler Vector Radar Virtual GIS LPS Sub Pixel Classifier Stereo Analyst IMAGINE AutoSync DeltaCue Helo Word EM An Advanced EML 1 ERDAS Customer Education 79 Class Notes 80 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Section 3 Introduction to IMAGINE SML legacy and Modeler Python libraries Section objective This section studies the basic syntax of SML and basic usage of IMAGINE Spatial modeler Python library You will also learn how to call SML amp Python model from EML script Introduction of SML legacy The ERDAS Spatial Modeler Language SML is a spatial analysis script language SML scripts can be generated
27. One very useful filename function in writing EML interfaces for SML scripts is the datatype function This function assumes a raster input file and returns a string representing the pixel type such as U8 U16 F32 etc You can use these values to send appropriate arguments to SML scripts to set data types for input and output files You may find example in the following section The GETPREF Command Understand Preference Definitions before we get to GETPREF Command When you use the Preference Editor to modify preferences you are actually modifying the settings of specific preference values The initial values for these preferences are stored in Preference Definition Files pdf files which are found in IMAGINE HOME defaults It is important to be aware of the existence location and names of the pdf files in order to use the EML getpref function Each pdf file in IMAGINE gt contains preferences for a particular preference category The preference category most commonly modified by IMAGINE users is the User Interface amp Session category If you examine the pdf files in IMAGINE _HOME gt default you will see that the name of the file associated with this category is eml pdf The basename of this file eml will be important when we use the getpref function in EML The general syntax for a preference in a file is preferencename preferencetitle
28. evue SelectorDestroy The prototype of this API is void evue SelectorDestroy Evue Connection apc the connection to use Evue ObjId id the selector to destroy Eerr ErrorReport err You can add callbacks on selectors so that a function is called when a selector is clicked on moved etc There are several callback event specifically for selectors typedef enum EVUE SELECTOR GRAB grabbed by mouse EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE released by mouse EVUE SELECTOR MOVE moved by mouse EVUE SELECTOR DBLCLK double clicked on by mouse Evue CallbackReason In our example 03 Sec7 04 the script contains an additional button entitled Create Selector and below it a label showing the x y position for the point Clicking on the Create Selector button calls the function pickpt which in turn calls evue PickToolCreate In the Viewer the cursor changes to a crosshair and the position of the cursor is also shown in the statusbar Clicking in the Viewer calls the function PointCreatedCB First evue PickDestroy is called to return the Viewer cursor to normal Next previous selectors if any are removed using evue SelectorDestroy The vertex list of the pick is contained mat which is an Efga Matrix type which is typedefd to Egda BaseData X values of the ith point are accessed using the macro EFGA_MATRIX matrix 0 1 and Y values are accessed using EFGA MATRIX matrix 1 i
29. EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG if pixelRect eimg PixelRectDelete pixelRect amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr pixelRect NULL if handle t efio Close handle amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr handle NULL if layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr layer NULL return 206 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation The efio package This Low Level File I O efio package provides functions for creating reading writing locating and finding information about files and directories Many of these functions are simply wrappers for existing POSIX and ANSI C functions The wrapper allows for expansion of environment variables in file names and directory paths as well as the translation of the standard errno variable into an error report consistent with the eerr package Other functions allow temporary file names to be generated and for a directory path to be searched while attempting to locate a particular file The package also allows efficient I O that is portable across platforms efio open The prototype of this API is Efio Fd efio Open Etxt CText inpath Etxt CText mode Eerr ErrorReport ANE efio_Open is equivalent to the C fopen function It is provided to guarantee portability across machines inpath is the string of input filename mode is the mode for opening file equivalent to
30. OUTPUT DEBUG INFO echo The File Type Truecolor greycolor pseudocolor annotation coverage is fln Input FileType echo The Data Type U8 U16 S8 S16 is fln Input Datatype echo Pixel size height width unit is fln Input pixelheight fln Input pixelwidth fln Input units popuplist pop Bands on valuechanged P OUTPUT DEBUG INFO echo pop bands pop_bands Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 61 group grp Rate textnumber txt ExactRate 1 wae on valuechanged gt OUTPUT DEBUG INFO 2 echo Current Rate is txt ExactRate Code Explanation The ECHO Command The Echo command prints its arguments to the session log There may be any number of arguments of either string or numeric type A newline is printed after all of the arguments This command is typically used to debug EML scripts The echo command has the following syntax echo lt argi gt lt arg2 gt argn echo lt 1 gt lt arg2 gt lt argn gt echo lt argi gt lt arg2 gt lt argn gt 62 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 63 Exercise 5 Disable amp Enable Framepart Exercise Objective This exercise instructs you on how to disable and enable the fr
31. int Emsc_Opaque int int char int This is a pointer to the function used by the CellArray to get value for each cell of the column It is called each time the CellArray needs to display the column data for a given cell The default for this is NULL If this parameter is not defined then the cellarray will contain no data The use of the arguments depends upond the column type This function should return a value of 1 The column types are text The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second is the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to a character buffer into which the application places the text The fifth is the maximum number of characters which may be placed in the buffer number The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second is the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to a character buffer into which the application places the number encoded as a text string The fifth is the maximum number of characters which may be placed in the buffer double The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second is the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to a double into which the application places the return value 340 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit boolean The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second i
32. 1 1 EFSO evue RemoveCallback selector evue SelectorDestroy app connection app selector amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO evue SelectorDestroy app gt selector NULL if app connection evue RemoveCallback app connection app displayHandle EVUE OBJECT DESTROY ViewerCloseCB app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 evue RemoveCallback evue Close app connection amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 evue Close app connection NULL app displayHandle NULL app gt root gt doneFlag EMSC TRUE return NULL cleanup k APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME addimage Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 351 DESCRIPTION This function will Add selected Image all layers to CellArray EML CALLING SYNTAX addimage imagename RETURN VALUE NULL EE aaa oe ee SR ech ee AUN A APP_FUNC addimage AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT addImageFunc outerr lclerr Estr_StringList layernames NULL ant i EERR CHECK argc lt 1 EFS Error no input received CALLER WILL PASS THE IMAGINE N
33. Annotation The Annotation eant package provides functions for creating reading writing rendering and editing ERDAS IMAGINE annotation elements and their styles Annotation elements consist of polylines polygons ellipses elliptical arcs points text and groups Area of Interest The Area of Interest eaoi package provides basic tools for area of interest analysis It includes AOI structure operations create delete copy etc AOI input and output operations and AOI rendering operations Color Library The Color Library eclb package provides support for color libraries RGB IHS conversions and level slicing Unit Conversion The Unit Conversion ecvt package provides routines for converting between units of distance area time volume angle etc The units supported are defined in a database units dat which defines the relation between a standard unit and others For example the standard distance is in meters all other distance units are defined as multiples of meters Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 129 130 Descriptor Table Access The Descriptor Table Access edsc package provides basic tools for manipulating descriptor tables A descriptor table is the part of an ERDAS IMAGINE img file that stores ancillary information about a particular data value or set of data values in a raster layer The information for each data value or set of data val
34. Application Interactive GUI programs These programs use Graphical User Interfaces for interactive user input They create an interface present it to the user and wait infinitely for user input e JOB Non Interactive programs These are programs which take user input as command line arguments and start and complete the task on their own i e they will not wait for the user interaction while they are running These programs also periodically inform the user how much of the task is currently completed Different programming rules are used to build APPLICATIONs or JOBs Programming rules for an Application Every program which calls the function eeml Init is registered by the IMAGINE Session Manager as an APPLICATION The communication between an Application and the Session Manager is two way i e the Session Manager sends receives commands to from applications simultaneously An application can call all the toolkit functions starting with eeml XXX or functions defined in the eeml h include file An application can freely disconnect from the Session Manager with the C system call exit Programming rules for a JOB Every program which calls the function esmg Joblnit is registered by the IMAGINE Session Manager as a JOB The Session Manager automatically displays a progress meter for every job A job program can call esmg JobProgress periodically to report the status of the task to the IMAGINE Session Manager so that it will
35. Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 191 Exercise 4 An Advanced Toolkit JOB ConvertMDF Exercise Objective After exercises 1 2 and 3 you will be familiar with the basics of how to program with the eimg package In the remaining exercises 4 5 6 and 7 we will introduce how to create an advanced Toolkit JOB Convertmdf to convert a known data format mdf into an IMAGINE native format img During this exercise we will use the efio package to read a mdf file and write its contents to an img file You will learn the basic concepts of image type and pixel depth as well Packages used eint eerr emsc esmg 192 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Overview We will approach this section using a scenario where we have been assigned a project by our boss This project involves converting a known but currently unsupported data format My Data Format mdf into IMAGINE s native img format The files to be converted are generic binary with a 12 byte header containing the number of bands rows and columns in the image This information is extremely important to us There is other information available in an auxiliary header file mdh Together these will allow us to come up with a way to read that information Once we can read the generic file we will want to write this information directly to an img file The co
36. In summary you may choose different tools for different tasks IMAGINE Toolkit provides you maximum flexibility and the power to customize and extend ERDAS IMAGINE Do not use undocumented structures or functions Also do not use functions designed for JOBs in applications or functions designed for applications in JOBs ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 13 Exercise 1 Add an Icon to IMAGINE Exercise Objective This exercise will instruct you on how to add your own IMAGINE icon to the IMAGINE icon panel Add your own Icons to IMAGINE Are you tired of typing load from the command line when you debug EML Scripts You can load your script by clicking an icon button found on the IMAGINE icon panel This will save you time when debugging The IMAGINE icon panel looks like NOTE this classic interface is only available to IMAGINE 9 x and 10 x ERDAS IMAGINE 2010 Session Main Tools Utilities Help HALAH RS mes EQ VirtualGIS LPS Stereo AutoSync DeltaCue Objective TITAN Notice the last two icons are created during this training class When you create a new user interface in EML you will typically want to access this script via the IMAGINE icon panel To do this you must create a custom version of IMAGINE eml and modify it One approach you might ch
37. LAYERNAMES Where DATATYPE indicates the internal representation of the raster data in the model In the example model the input raster pixels values will be represented as integers RASTER indicates that the object type of this variable is raster Other valid object types are VECTOR TABLE MATRIX SCALAR NAME is the variable name This is the name the model will use when processing this particular raster object In automatically generated SML scripts variable names have the following format n lt gt _ lt rootname gt The value of lt gt depends on when the raster object was placed in the model In our example script the value of lt gt is 1 because this raster object was the first object placed in the graphical interface of the Spatial Modeler The value of rootname is set according to the root name of the input file Because the input file for the example model is lanier img the root name is lanier Thus the variable name is n1_lanier in this particular case FILE merely indicates that the variable is a file lt FILE PARAMETERS gt provide information about the file In this case three parameters are listed OLD indicates that the file already exists NEAREST NEIGHBOR indicates the interpolation method to use if the value of CELLSIZE requires this file to be resampled for processing purposes AOI NONE indicates that the entire file should be processed as opposed to a subset of the file This parameter has
38. Map Printing The Map Printing emap package provides routines for generating and reading map files map and for creating reading and writing all types of files associated with hardcopy map output Raster GIS Analysis The Raster GIS Analysis erga package provides tools to analyze raster data It includes tools for point analysis neighborhood analysis regional analysis and feature extraction This package is a high level package that operates on top of the eimg package unlike the egda efga and eirf packages which are not strictly dependent on any eimg constructs General Data Arithmetic The General Data Arithmetic egda package provides basic tools to perform operations on various data objects based on the Egda BaseData structure Objects based on this data structure are prevalent in the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit libraries e g the eimg PixelRect The derivatives of this data structure include layer stack matrix table vector window and scalar objects In addition to providing functions that create copy modify and destroy these data types the routines also handle operations such as data type conversion standard point functions e g sin cos etc GIS point functions e g diversity or density single argument operations e g not or sign multiple argument operations e g multiply or divide and neighborhood functions e g majority or convolve Graphics Support The Graphics Support eevg
39. SETUP THE BASE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT THIS INCLUDES CONNECTION FOR mee SESSION MANAGER ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES REGISTER RASTER FROMAT DLLS ETC esmg ApplicationInit NULL INIT TOOLKIT void eint InitToolkit Emsc_Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit GET ALL LAYER NAMES i layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 1 eint GetInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerGetNames OPEN ALL LAYERS 178 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit layerstack eimg LayerStackOpen layernames eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerStackOpen GET STATS MAP amp PROJECTION INFO FOR ALL LAYERS for 1 0 i layernames count i printf Layer s n layerstack gt layers i gt fullName Basic Statisitics stats eimg StatisticsRead layerstack layers i NULL amp lclerr printf nThe basic Statistics Mn printf The minimum g n double stats minimum printf The maximum g n double stats maximum printf The mean g n double stats mean printf The median double stats median printf The stddev g n double stats stddev Map Info mapinfo eimg LayerMapInfoGet layerstack layers i amp 1 1
40. Session Command History C Documents an SEE apptemplate message Update Message apptemplate message Your Message apptemplate message Your Message Command apptemplate message Your Message see You will notice the message is updated which is generated from the application In such a manner you can talk to the application through the Session Manager 302 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Application Template MESSAGE Your Message Show Message Callback Functions EML Each part may have a list of callback functions associated with it A callback function is a function that is called by EML when a given message is delivered to a framepart For example the application may have a given function called when the mouse is pressed that is when the mousedown message has been received This association is done using the eeml AddCallback function The following is an example of adding a callback function to a button md viewPart eeml FindPart md result sample frame viewb errptr eeml AddCallback md viewPart viewPartCB Emsc Opaque md mousedown amp err The framepart viewb from frame sample frame is found by using the eeml FindPart and then the function eeml AddCallback will associate the callback function viewPartCB with the message mousedown As a result whenever the user clicks on the OK button the viewPartCB function wil
41. So only update when Selector release p evue AddCallback app connection app gt selector EVUE SELECTOR MOVE SelectorMoveCB client data amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue AddCallback evue AddCallback app connection app gt selector EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE SelectorMoveCB client data amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue AddCallback cleanup return CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME PickCancelCB ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit DESCRIPTION This is a callback when user cancel the pick EE for example click on the viewer toolbar will cancel the pick i e reset window tool SESESEIGE ok e eo opo o void PickCancelCB Emsc Pointer data Eerr ErrorReport outerr return k CALLBACK FUNCTION SelectorMoveCB DESCRIPTION mem This is a callback that will update the new position of the selector in TN the viewer
42. The prototype of this API is Eimg LayerStack eimg LayerStackOpen Eimg LayerNameStack totalNames Eint InitToolkitData erdInit Eerr ErrorReport inerr va_dcl This function opens the existing layers indicated by the character string list totalNames It additionally sets up and returns an Eimg_LayerStack structure to be used by the eimg functions in the processing these layers Note 1 All layers will have the same dimensions pixel type layer types and attributes as specified via the variable length argument list 2 The last item in the argument list for this function must be EIMG_LAYER_OPTION_END 3 All options which may appear in the variable length argument for the function eimg_LayerOpen may also appear in this function Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 249 NULL is returned if an error occurs while trying to create the Eimg_LayerStack structure Otherwise a pointer to the resulting Eimg LayerStack structure is returned eimg LayerStackMapInformationWrite The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerStackMapInformationWrite Eimg LayerStack layerStack Etxt Text proName Etxt Text units Exfr XForm xForm Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function writes map information to be associated with the specified Eimg LayerStack layerStack Any previously existing map information will be overwritten This function will not remove any existing Projection informaton It is the
43. V4 Modeler running model Job State Done Percent Done 100 0 100 The options used the command line NQ option The Spatial Modeler will automatically enclose certain arguments in double quotes before passing them to the model unless the nq option is included on the command line Any argument will be Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 91 enclosed in quotes before being passed to the model unless it meets one of the following conditions The argument already starts and ends with the double quote character The argument is a valid floating point number The argument contains only letters numbers or underscore _ characters The argument does not contain any letters numbers or underscore characters METER option The m or meter option causes the Spatial Modeler to print to standard output a message which indicates the progress of the current stage of model execution as a percent of total time for that stage STATE option The s or state option causes the Spatial Modeler to print to standard output a status message which indicates the current status of model execution Call demo mdl from EML Script Demo SML eml You may find the Demo SML em l in your working folder Pay attention to the code block that calls the SML model All arguments are getting their values from the EML framepa
44. WILL DISPLAY ON THE STATUS BAR button btn_Batch title Batch geometry 160 340 100 40 button btn_Cancel title Cancel geometry 300 340 100 40 on mousedown unload CLOSE OF FRAME Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 41 ok K K ook koe ook K K K K K K K K K K ok K K K ok K K ook K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K COMPONENT PROCEDURE K K FK K K K K K K K on startup CLOSE OF COMPONENT display frm Demo Code Explanation m The following paragraphs explain the keywords used the above code Code 22 Sec2 02 keywords used in this exercise only a sub set of the available keywords For a complete language reference look at the EML menu found in the IMAGINE HOME HelpMardcopy The FILENAME Framepart its attributes and framepart functions The FILENAME framepart is the most frequently used framepart in EML It acts as a bridge between the data and the EML program The FILENAME Framepart The filename framepart possesses some unique and very useful features This framepart not only presents a list of file names within a particular direct
45. amp lclerr ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue SelectorCreate evue AddCallback app connection app gt selector EVUE SELECTOR MOVE SelectorMoveCB client data amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue AddCallback evue AddCallback app connection app gt selector EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE SelectorMoveCB client data amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue AddCallback cleanup return CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME PickCancelCB DESCRIPTION m This is a callback when user cancel the pick for example click on the viewer toolbar will cancel the pick iia i e reset window tool ak 3K ak 3k ake 3K II void PickCancelCB Emsc Pointer data Eerr ErrorReport outerr return CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME SelectorMoveCB DESCRIPTION pe This is a callback that will update the new position of the selector in T the viewer
46. 0 Bins are partitioned one to one EDSC LINEAR BINS Bins are partitioned linearly EDSC LOGARITHMIC BINS Bins are partitioned logarithmically EDSC EXPLICIT BINS Bin partitions are given explicitly Edsc BinFunctionType Read Stats from All layers After we set the BIN function and the skip factor we can use the Esta package to calculate the image statistics Since the histogram is part of the statistics you can get the pixel count from the histogram Esta AllStatsStack The prototype of this structure is Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 283 typedef struct long numLayers Number of basedata objects represented by these statistics Esta Covariance cvMatrix Covariance Matrix Esta AllStats allStats Array of Esta AllStats objects Egda Table excludedStatsValues Values to ignore when accumu lating statistics Epxm Double numPixels Number of pixels used to produce the covariance matrix Egda Table meanForCovariance Mean vector used to calculate covariance matrix long skipFactorX Skip factor in X direction long skipFactorY Skip factor in Y direction Esta AllStatsStack The Esta AllStatsStack structure contains a group of pointers for Esta AllStats structure and a covariance matrix It is used as a convenient way of representing all the statistical information for a layer stack with a single pointer The numbe
47. 22 LMB Shift Hold down the Shift key plus left mouse button Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 7 Section objective This section describes the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit and outlines what the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit include It also introduces the different levels of customization for IMAGINE which make up the framework of this traning book This manual will start off with very basic levels of customization and move into advanced levels of IMAGINE customization 8 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What is IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What does IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Include The IMAGINE Developers Toolkit is a set of libraries and documentation for ERDAS IMAGINE users who wish to modify the commercial version of the software or develop entirely new applications to extend the capabilities of the software to meet their specific project needs The new applications and jobs can be seamless integrated into the IMAGINE environment JL Note Throuout this document the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit will be refered to as 2 Toolkit for abbreviation Toolkit libraries are organized into several large functional packages The core is the base library called erasterlib ERDAS Raster Library contains all the core functionality needed to create read write geospatial imagery Layered on the top of this is elib ERDAS library which contains all
48. Class Notes 16 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 2 Add Button to IMAGINE Ribbon Exercise Objective This exercise will instruct you on how to add your own IMAGINE button to the IMAGINE Ribbon Add your own button to IMAGINE Ribbon The Ribbon is divided up into Tabs Groups and Controls Multiple tabs make up the Ribbon multiple groups make up a Tab multiple Controls make up a Group Further Controls may have various styles such as Button Popup Button and so forth For example the follow diagram shows the basic setup for ribbon S il aD P Untitled Toolbox is Tab which ontains a lot of 1 5 Image Model Mosaic AutoSync Stereo Maps Equalizer Maker Workstation Analyste Tools is group which ontains a lot of Control Create TIN Mesh irtualGIS is a Popup Button control which ontains more Button Create TIN Mesh is Button which associate ith command script In order to add your tab group and control you need to add the following folder and xml files to lt IMAGINE_HOME gt etc toolbox folder IMAGINE HOME NetcNtoolboxN toolkit tlbx toolkit toolset tlbx toolset btn toolkit tlbx btn toolkitdebug tlbx Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 17 Here
49. Design the GUI This exercise will create a simple GUI which allows user to select a Viewer and create a selelctor The label framepart will display the updated Map coordinates of the selector shown below 240 px 10 px lt btn gt 10 10 210 40 10 10 530 120 lt label gt Current Viewer lt label gt Current Image Name 10 60 210 50 230 60 210 50 270 px lt btn gt 10 10 210 40 10 140 530 120 lt label gt Map Coordinate 10 60 450 50 550 px 0 0 550 270 M4 Acquire Image Information The Map Coordinates of the Current Viewer is 2 2 img Image Name is selector will be displayed here Create Selector Current Map Coordinate 1064938 Y 2060564 306 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec7 03 browsetool c APPLICATION browsetool PURPOSE This exercise will create viewer interaction all user to pick and move selector in the viewer and update coordinate information from selector TOOLKIT INCLUDE
50. ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE Developer s Toolkit erdas The Earth to Business Company Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Copyright 2009 ERDAS Inc All Rights Reserved Printed in the United States of America The information contained in this document is the exclusive property of ERDAS This work is protected under United States copyright law and other international copyright treaties and conventions to include the Berne and Geneva Phonograms Conventions the WIPO Copyright Treaty and the World Trade Organization No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or by any information storage or retrieval system except as expressly permitted in writing by ERDAS All requests should be sent to the attention of Manager of Customer Education at the following address ERDAS 5051 Peachtree Corners Circle Suite 100 Norcross Georgia 30092 2500 Phone 770 776 3400 Fax 770 776 3000 Web www erdas com The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Warning All information in this document as well as the software to which it pertains is proprietary material of ERDAS Inc and is subject to a ERDAS license and non disclosure agreement Neither the software nor the documentation may be reproduced in any manner without the prior
51. T return rc Code Explanation Reading Pixel Values from a LayerStack The eimg LayerStackRead function is used to read a rectangle of pixel values from a layerstack to a buffer It reads from all layers instead of one layer eimg LayerStackOpen The prototype of this API is Eimg LayerStack eimg LayerStackOpen Eimg LayerNameStack totalNames Eint InitToolkitData erdInit Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function will open an eimg layer stack and a pointer to an Eimg_LayerStack structure is allocated and returned 170 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Eimg LayerStack The prototype of this Structure is typedef struct _eimg LayerStack long count Number of layers in this stack Eimg Layer layers Pointer to array of layer pointers Eimg LayerStack The Eimg_LayerStack structure is used to represent an array of Eimg Layer structures All Eimg Layer structure pointed to Eimg_LayerStack structure should beof the same pixel type and have the same number of pixels horizontally and vertically eimg LayerStackRead The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerStackRead Eimg LayerStack layerStack long init long sime long Wy long i Eimg PixelRectStack pixelRectStack Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function returns the value of all pixels x y within the rectangle specified by xlnit x lt Xlnit W 1 ylnit lt y lt ylnit
52. caa Start Python Command line by type python in the Windows command line console MSC v 1500 32 bit Intel on win copyright credits or license for more information The core Python libraries that introduced by IMAGINE is called imagine modeler you can import this library to python by type import image modeler MSC v 1500 32 bit Intel on win Select Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe python Type help copyright credits or license for more information gt gt gt Import 1magine modeler If you want to know more details about imagine modeler package you can type help imagine modeler inside python environment A Note If you want to see the complete help you can export help to an ASCII file 7L type the following command in WINDOWS command line console C Python27 gt python exe lib pydoc py imagine modeler gt c modeler_help txt 96 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit O_O 1 5 Select Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe python Type help copyright credits or license for more information gt gt gt Import 1magine modeler E help imagine modeler 2322 Help on package Imagine modeler in imagine NAME imagine modeler Functionality for using Intergraph SolutionBuilder compone FILE d work gi12013 roo
53. msg arg define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define 50 e msg EERR SHOW 0 e EERR DEBUG LINE msg MAIN STRUCTURE FOR THIS APPLICATION typedef struct FRAME PARTS Eui_Root root Eml_ParseResult result Eui_BasePart frame Eui BasePart coord Eui_BasePart cellPart Estr_StringList listNames Etxt_Char imgLayerName ESTR MAX PATH LEN 344 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EXTERNAL VIEW INTERACTION Evue Connection connection Evue DisplayHandle displayHandle Evue LayerHandle layerHandle Evue LayerInfo viewLayInfo SELECTOR Evue ObjId pick Evue ObjId selector double pointx double pointy int digitalnumber JAppContext THIS MACRO MAKE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MUCH CLEANER 57 define APP FUNC name static Estr_StringList name Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr APP FUNC getview APP FUNC dismiss APP FUNC pickpt APP FUNC addimage 7 CALLBACK FUNCTIONS DECLARATION VIEWER amp SELECTOR Emsc Boolean ViewerCloseCB Evue_ObjId Evue CallbackReason void int Emsc Opaque Eerr_ErrorReport Emsc Boolean SelectorMoveCB Evue ObjId Evue CallbackReason void int Emsc Opaque Eerr_ErrorReport void PointCreatedCB Evue LayerHandle Evue ObjId Efga Matrix int ObjId Eer
54. s n i columnname OPEN COLUMN column edsc ColumnOpen table columnname amp lclerr JE GET COLUMN DATA TYPE switch column gt dataType case EDSC COLUMN INTEGER datatype EGDA TYPE S32 break case EDSC COLUMN REAL datatype EGDA TYPE F64 break case EDSC COLUMN COMPLEX datatype EGDA TYPE C128 break case EDSC COLUMN STRING datatype EGDA TYPE STRING break 7 CREATE BASE DATA TO READ INTO VECTOR TABLE data egda TableCreate column numRows datatype NULL amp 1 1 edsc ColumnRead column OL Specifies the row within column from which to begin reading column numRows Specifies the total number of rows to read data Specifies an in memory table into which the data may be read amp lclerr PRINT DATA printf nClass s n columnname printf ys for c columnname c printf printf Wn for row 0 row column numRows row printf X5d row switch column dataType case EDSC_COLUMN_INTEGER printf d n EGDA_S32TABLE data row break case EDSC COLUMN REAL printf 8g n EGDA_F64TABLE data row break case EDSC_COLUMN_COMPLEX printf 8g 8g n EGDA_C128TABLE data row real EGDA_C128TABLE data row imag break 186 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit case EDSC COLUMN STRING printf s n EGDA_Stri
55. s 1f amp junk amp pixely PIXEL Y RESOLUTION fscanf headhandle 5 5 amp junk units PIXEL UNITS READ PROJECTION INFO d Line 14 Line 21 NEED MORE WORK BECAUSE NAME MAY CONTAIN white space FOR EXAMPLE PROJECTION NAME may be UTM State Plane you should me read the first part check it and decide wheather or not there d is the second part DATUN NAME may be UTM State Plane ii SPHERIOD NAME may be clark 1866 GRS 1980 WGS 84 y READ PROJECTION NAME fscanf headhandle 5 5 amp junk projectionname projectionnamep estr Sprintf NULL Xs amp lclerr projectionname if estr Eqic projectionnamep State COMPARE STRING CASE INSENSITIVE fscanf headhandle s projectionname2 projectionnamep estr_Sprintf NULL s s s amp lclerr projectionname projectionname2 READ DATUM NAME fscanf headhandle 5 5 amp junk prodatum totaldatum estr_Sprintf NULL Xs amp lclerr prodatum if estr_Eqic totaldatum clarke fscanf headhandle 4s prodatum2 totaldatum estr Sprintf NULL s s s amp lclerr prodatum prodatum2 READ PROJECTION ZONE fscanf headhandle 5 14 amp junk amp prozone READ SPHERIOD NAME fscanf headhandle s s amp junk amp spherename totalsphere estr_Sprintf NULL s amp lclerr spherename if estr_Eqic totalsphere
56. 4 DataView d work gi9 1 root tk course training data wynoochee tm88 mdf DR Fie Edit Help 1 Tape File Structure File d work gi81 root tk course training data wynoochee tm88 mdf Size 24804519 Bytes Last Modified Sat Mar 18 07 56 16 2005 lt a Record 1 d Record Size 256 i Offset 0 H A First 12 bytes Data Type Unsigned 8 bit Format Binary 0000000000 0000000004 0000000008 0000000012 0000000016 0000000020 0000000024 0000000028 0000000032 0000000036 0000000040 0000000044 0000000048 00110101 1101 00000110 00000000 00000000 10001 00001000 00000000 00000000 UUTIUIID 00110101 00110100 00110101 00110101 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110110 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110100 00110101 00110110 00110110 00110101 00110100 00110101 00110101 00110100 00110101 00110101 00110110 00110111 1 TTT TTT TTT PRK Agere eee 00110110 00110101 00110101 00110101 00110110 00110101 00110110 00110110 00110110 4 1 4 00000111 Bin 7 Dec 00000110 10001101 Bin 1677 Dec 5 1 00001000 01000001 Bin 2113 Dec Actual Pixel data 00110101 00110110 12 bytes header information from wynoochee tm88 mdf should match the BANDS ROWS and COLS in wynoochee tm88 mdh header file Below is what the wynoochee tm88 mdh looks like 194 lt gt Programmers Notepad 2 D work
57. EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL return when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed i return rc Code Explanation The eimg Package The eimg package is used to access layer information Since layers are accessed by name the first thing we need is a listing of layer names in a file To do this we use the eimg LayerGetNames function to find layer names The layer name looks like d data lanier img Layer 1 d datalanier img Layer 2 The layername string contains both the path name of the file containing the layer and the ehfa path name within the file which identifies the layer 162 Eimg LayerGetNames The prototype of this API is Estr_StringList eimg LayerGetNames Etxt Text filename Eint InitToolkitData erdinit Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport This function finds the names of all layers in file filename string Isit containing the list of laye names will be returned if an error occurs a NULL string list is returned and inerrorreport is set to reflect the error Each layer name is a string eimg_LayerGetNames allocates and returns a pointer to an Estr StringList structure containing the layernames When we re done we free the stringlist by using Estr StringListDelete ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit eimg LayerOpen In order to access data from a layer it must be opened We can open read write and clos
58. EFS Error efnp FileNameGet rootpart efnp FileNameGet infile EFNP FNLP FBASE 1 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error efnp FileNameGet headerfilename estr Sprintf NULL s s s amp lclerr pathpart rootpart mdh EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error trying to guess header file name EERR CHECK lefio FileExists headerfilename amp lclerr EFSO Error HEADER MDH DOESN T EXIST headhandle efio Open headerfilename r amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error opening mdh file READ THE FIRST 6 LINES ek Line 1 Line 6 SKIP THEM BECAUSE WE ALREADY KNOW WHAT ARE THEY y fscanf headhandle s s amp junk amp junk fscanf headhandle s s amp junk amp junk fscanf headhandle s s amp junk amp junk fscanf headhandle 5 14 amp junk amp junk fscanf headhandle 5 14 amp junk amp junk fscanf headhandle 5 14 amp junk amp junk READ MAP INFO Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 215 216 Line 7 Line 13 fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp ulx UPPER LEFT X fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp uly UPPER LEFT Y fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp lrx LOWER RIGHT X fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp lry LOWER RIGH Y fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp pixelx PIXEL X RESOLUTION fscanf headhandle
59. Interactive ApplicatiOn onore epp 287 Reference so sesuadasnkaAyRSREREEERRRERENEREREREREEERRERWERERERRERFRRRRRREF RSRERFEREREKFANE 373 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 5 Notational Conventions Bold Italicized Text Any text which is bold indicates a filename or parameter to be changed or selected Graphics To help you locate icons and objects used in the exercises the icons will be next to the icon name in the text Insets These italicized captions will appear in the outside margin of the page They define terms or explain theory behind the steps you are being asked to perform Diagrams These are optional means to direct you in the usage of some of the application s tools The following graphics are also used for particular purposes This is a note or a quick tip It gives additional relevant information or describes other ways of using the software This is information relating to the application of the current tools This is a reference It provides additional theory or science that will help in using the tools This is a warning It cautions you regarding potential pitfalls and how to avoid producing errors 6 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Mouse and Keyboard Conventions ex LMB Left mouse button D MMB Middle mouse button 2 RMB Right mouse button
60. It warns the user that there is already a file with the specified name and allows the user to decide whether or not to overwrite the existing file You may find example from the example code snippet Sec2 02 FILENAME fln Output GEOMETRY 270 10 200 50 TITLE ABOVE LEFT OUtput File name NEWFILE The SELECT Attribute for Input Files The select attribute is only used with the filename framepart It allows you to filter the list of files in a particular directory so that only the files of interest are visible The format of the select attribute is SELECT Filter String gt A common setting for the select attribute in IMAGINE is SELECT img When the select filename attribute specifies img the filename framepart displays only files ending in img in the directories you navigate This makes it much easier for the user to find and select the desired input files The select attribute can also be used to set the search directory The SELECT Attribute for Output Files While the select filename attribute provides a very obvious benefit when it comes to selecting input files it also provides valuable services for naming output files Typically with output files we need to type in the file name rather than selecting the file from the list that appears in the filename part Indeed if we did select the output file from a filename part IMAGINE would warn us that the file exists and would provide the option of rem
61. OVR string are related to annotation layers Do not use callback reasons that are not part of the complete Evue CallbackReason structure Applications must remove these callbacks before closing the connection to the Viewer Evue callbacks should always be removed once they are no longer needed and all callbacks should be removed when the application exits If they are not removed the Viewer will continue to send callback messages to the now non existent application via the Session Manager Callbacks are removed using RemoveCallback evue RemovecCallback The prototype of this API is void evue RemoveCallback Evue Connection apc Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 323 Evue ObjId objectId Evue CallbackReason reason Evue CallbackFunction function void client data Eerr ErrorReport err Picks and Selectors You can create and manipulate points lines and polygons in the Viewer as is done in the measure and profile tools by using picks and selectors A pick is the act of digitizing a new point line or polygon in a Viewer via mouse interaction selector is a point line or polygon which is drawn in the Viewer A pick is initiated by calling evue PickToolCreate evue PickToolCreate The prototype of this API is Evue ObjId evue PickToolCreate Evue Connection apc the connection to use Evue DisplayHandle view Evue LayerHandle layer Evue PickTy
62. The CellArray Package implements a general purpose part used for viewing and editing large virtual arrays of rows and columns The CellArray provides a large set of common tools for manipulating the data such as selection sorting importing exporting formatting etc The CellArray manages a scrollable window which contains one or more rows Each row is composed of one or more columns Each column may have its own title width type callback functions etc The layout of each row is the same Row Column Column Title Area Filename LaverName Pixel Value Class Name Image Type 2 2 ima Layer 2 134 NONE j Athematic 2 2 imal Layer_3 138 NDNE jAthematic The column on the left is the Row Column and it is used to label each row of values LMB on a row and the row will be selected highlighted in yellow By MMB the selection can be extended By shift LMB the selection of a given row can be toggled The right mouse button can be used to popup a menu of items which can be further used to control row selection Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 331 The Column Title Area is the topmost row it labels each column As with the Row Column clicking with the left mouse button in this area will select a column highlighting it in cyan Clicking the middle button will extend the selection and shift clicking the the le
63. The upper left center and lower right center define the relationship of the viewed map coordinate system to the pixel map coordinate system as well as the bounds of the map coordinate system that is to be viewed The upper left center of the pixel map system is 0 0 with the positive axis increasing to the right and the positive y axis increasing below 342 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Pixel Map System Coordinate Axes 0 0 v Y The map system to be viewed can have coordinate axes that have a different relationship than those of the viewed pixel map system By examining the relationship between the upper left center and lower right center of the Eprj_Maplnfo structure i e the map viewing parameters we can determine how the map is to be oriented with respect to the pixel map system Note that Eprj_Maplnfo always assumes the map coordinate system will be viewed without distortion from an orthogonal X and Y axis one of which is vertically oriented and the other horzontaly oriented in the Viewer The cell size defines the resolution of the map to be viewed on the raster device Cell sizes are always positive numbers By using the cell size and the upper left center coordinate and by bearing in mind the relationship of the Viewer map system coordinate axes to the viewed pixel map system a transformation from pixel coordinates to map coordinates can be appropriately constructed If the invert
64. This is the initial width for the column It is given in characters For example a value of 4 would mean 4 characters wide Since the font is proportional more than 4 characters will actually be able to fit into the column The actual num ber depends upon the characters editflag Emsc Boolean If the value of this flag is EMSC TRUE then column may be edited manu Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 339 ally or by paste or import If the value is EMSC FALSE then column may not be edited The default value is EMSC FALSE edittitleflag formatchange Emsc Boolean If the value of this flag is EMSC TRUE then the title of the column may be edited It is edited by using the Edit Title menu option in column popup menu When this is done the column title becomes a text edit field in which the user may enter a new name The default value for this is EMSC FALSE void Emsc_Opaque int char This is a pointer to a function which is called if the format for a column changes The first argument is the user data formatchangeinfo the second argument is column number which starts at 0 The third argument is a pointer to the new format if you wish to copy the format you must use estr Duplicate The function should return a 1 formatchangeinfo Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to be passed to the formatchange callback function criteriaflag getcoltitle
65. Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 277 statsSkipFactorY layer statsSkipFactorY pixelType layer pixelType FREE LAYERSTACK MEMORY AREA eimg LayerStackClose layerStack amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerStackClose CHECK IF THE IMAGE STATISTICS IS RIGHT s IN ORDER TO GET PIXEL COUNT FROM STATISTICS WE HAVE TO MAKE SURE bio IT USE DIRECT BIN AND SKIP FACTOR IS SET TO 1 IF RIGHT RECALCULATE THE STATISTICS as if binType EDSC DIRECT BINS statsSkipFactorX 1 statsSkipFactorY 1 PREPARE BIN FUNCTION PARAMETERS binFunc binFuncOption FIXED NUMBINS binFunc binfunctype EDSC DIRECT BINS switch pixelType case EGDA TYPE U16 binFunc numBins 65536 break case EGDA TYPE U8 binFunc numBins 256 break default break 7 RECALCULATE STATISTICS layerStack eimg LayerStackOpen layernames eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE WILL RE CALCULATE STATISTICS WEHN CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION DEFAULT BIN FUNCTION STRUCTURE amp binFunc SPECIFY THE BIN FUNCTION EIMG LAYER OPTION STATS SKIP FACTORS 1 1 SPECIFY THE SKIP FACTOR 1 MEANS NOT SKIP EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerStackOpen FREE LAYERSTACK MEMORY AREA STATISTICS WILL BE RE CALCULATED HERE 7 eimg_LayerStackClose layerStack amp lclerr
66. allStats bandVal histogram i Row 0 column testVal testPtr testVal double allStatStack allStats bandVal histogram data pixVal THIS DOESN T WORK YOU HAVE TO USE EGDA_BASEDATAPTR TO VISIT EGDA_BASEDATA STRUCT esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr data Xd i testVal endif returnList estr_LongToStringList 1 amp numOfPixels amp lclerr cleanup EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR_DEBUG if layerStack eimg LayerStackClose layerStack amp lclerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 279 EERR DELETE lclerr layerStack NULL if layernames estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1 1 layernames NULL if allStatStack 1 esta AllStatsStackDelete allStatStack amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr allStatStack NULL RETURN RESULTS TO EML T return returnList Code Snippet Sec6 03 pixelcount eml pixelcount eml THE SCRIPT TO CALL APPLICATION FUNCTION DLL pixelcount dll ok ok ok ok ok okook i component pixelcount frame frm_Pixelcount geometry 0 0 250 260 title Count Pixel resizable filename fln_Input edittext
67. argi argn The EERR WARNING SET lt n gt macros are similar to the EERR FATAL SET n macros it will create an Eerr ErrorReport with a Eerr ErrorClass of EERR WARNING EERR DELETE The prototype of this API is EERR DELETE ept The EERR DELETE macro simply deletes the error report pointed by ept and sets ept to NULL 144 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Toolkit API naming rule Aside from the basic C code we have several different types of Toolkit entities all of which start with or E The remaining three letters designate the package Each package contains at least one h file a few contain more than one Most package functions are in the form of packagename object action e g eimg LayerRead Here is how to recognize what is what Functions All lowercase eint earg eimg eerr emsc Data Types Data Type Structures and Eint and Symbols enumerations always begin with Earg a capital E Eimg Eerr MACROS All uppercase EERR SHOW EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 145 Class Notes 146 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 2 A Template for a Toolkit JOB Exercise Objective In this exercise we will create a template for a Toolkit JOB You will be able to modify this template
68. because eimg package need the ehfa esta core packages so the valid Eint InitToolkitData pointer will ensure this prerequisite condition is the variable argument list They are defined at enum type Eimg LayerOption in eimg h EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE option will recompute layer statistics and store them on disc when the layer is closed EIMG LAYER OPTION END option will always at the end of variable argument list EIMG LAYER OPTION END All options which may appear in the variable length argument for the function eimg LayerOpen may be found at emun type Eimg LayerOption in eimg h you may also find them in the reference J Note The last item in the argument list for this function must be Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 175 176 eimg LayerWrite The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerWrite Eimg Layer layer long xInit long yInit long numPixelsX long numPixelsY Eimg PixelRect pixelRect Eerr ErrorReport errptr This function stores values at pixel positions xlnit yInit within the rectangle specified by numberPixelsX 1 ylnit numberPixelsY 1 For positions beyond the area of valid data this function has no effect Note 22 The data the data are retrieved from the source pixelRect at the position specified by pixelRect gt CurrentData 2 Each row in the source pixelRect is comprised of pixelRect gt pitch
69. clarke estr_Eqic totalsphere wgs estr_Eqic totalsphere grs fscanf headhandle s spherename2 totalsphere estr_Sprintf NULL s s s amp lclerr spherename spherename2 READ Semi major axis fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp spheremaj READ Semi minor axis fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp spheremin READ ESquared fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp spheree ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit READ Radius fscanf headhandle s 1f amp junk amp sphererad CLOSE HEADER FILE WE DON T NEED IT ANYMORE efio Close headhandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO Error efio Close headhandle NULL oe RESI sk ok Io Dok e EE ea RA PART II WRITE TO IMAGINE FILE PREPARE MAP INFO mm simply create the transform matrix for file map and then me create the invert transform for map file mapinfoXform XFormCreateUsingCoeffs pixelx 0 0 ulx 0 0 pixely uly amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting mapinformation XForm exfr XFormInvert mapinfoXform mapinfoXform amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting mapinfo
70. else if estr Eqic argv 1 1 COMPARE STRING CASE INSENSITIVE optionalflag EMSC TRUE else if estr Eqic argv 1 optionalflag EMSC FALSE else optionalflag EMSC TRUE return In this case if the user does not specify the argument string i e uses only the f the default is set to EMSC TRUE f the user specifies 1 on the command line the option is set to EMSC TRUE f the user specifies 0 on the command line the option is set to EMSC FALSE If the user specifies anything else on the command line the option is set to EMSC TRUE Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 155 Class Notes 156 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 3 Basic Programming of the eimg package Exercise Objective In this exercise we will introduce the basic concept of IMAGINE img files and basic functionality of eimg package It is broaked down into 5 parts A Reading Pixel Values From a Layer B Reading Pixel Values from a Layer Stack C Creating and Writing to Layers D Reading other Layer Information e g statistics and projection E Reading a Descriptor Attribute Table Packages used eimg Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 157 Introducing an IMAGINE file img An IMAGINE file img is a self describing file format which is organized into layers that are
71. fln Output p pop PixelType t rad ImageType m chk meter h chk header on framedisplay testuserinput on testuserinput Check File name if fln Input amp amp f1n_Output enable btn_OK enable btn_Batch else disable btn_OK disable btn_Batch CLOSE OF FRAME K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K K K COMPONENT PROCEDURES FKK K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K K K K K K j on startup display frm Convertmdf CLOSE OF COMPONENT Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 237 Class Notes 238 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 7 Add Metering Bar to ConvertMDF Exercise Objective In this exercise we will add metering support to convertmdf program We will use the metering package to keep the user informed as to what a JOB is doing and how much of it has been compeleted Packages used emet Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 239 How metering works in IMAGINE The Metering bar is a feature of an IMAGINE JOB You will find the job keyword in your EML code on ok batch job convert
72. h 1 for each layer in the stack Eimg PixelRectStack The prototype of this structure is typedef struct long numlayers Emsc Boolean derivedFlag Egda BaseData datalayer Emsc Opaque userdata user specicied data pointer Egda BaseDataStack Egda PixelRectStack data type represents the multiple layers of BaseData it can be created and deleted by using eimg PixelRectStackCreate and eimg_PixelRectStackDelete Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 171 C Creating and Writing to Layers In our next example Sec5 03c we will learn how to create a IMAGINE img file The IMAGINE file will have 512x512 pixels in which the value of each pixel is the product of its row and column value The following figure shows the IMAGINE file created by this program Viewer 1 output img Layer 1 File Utility View AOI Raster Help 2 BE D Rd amp e 9 3E C d Ni Code Snippet 5 03c poe e ook oe koe SEERA LARD KKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K FK K FK K K FK FK K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K JOB writepixel PURPOSE This example creates an Imagine file 512x512 in which the value of each pixel is the product of its row and column value CALLING SYNTAX writepixel lt outputfile name gt e g writepixel
73. message Hello World n Your first EML button cancelb title Cancel geometry 130 30 100 40 on mousedown 1 unload CLOSE OF FRAME on startup CLOSE OF COMPONNET display HelloWorldFrame Code Explanation Note that the component is named Helloworld because the script name is Helloworld eml Also note that the frame HelloWorldFrame is declared before it is actually defined This is known as a forward declaration While forward declarations are not always required it is good practice to use them Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 31 at all times When you use forward declarations you tell the EML interpreter that a particular frame or framepart exists Without this information the EML interpreter will fail when frames or frameparts attempt interact with each other That is without a forward declaration an EML frame cannot interact with a subsequently defined frames or frameparts Note EML is not case sensitive For example COMPONENT and component are the SB same in EML 32 Comments The example script contains several strings that start with and end with These strings are comments As in SML EML comments are useful for explaining what we intend to do You must be very careful to close each comment you open in an EML script You should also bear in mind that comments cannot enclose other comments You may also use
74. they are data processing programs Examples of IMAGINE JOB program are the IMAGINE Import and Export programs The job command tells the IMAGINE session manager that the program is an IMAGINE JOB program The session manager displays the progress meter as a result You may find all IMAGINE Application job Command under IMAGINE HOME binWin32Release folder and you may find documentation from IMAGINE online help Appendix gt IMAGINE Application Command The SYNCJOB Command The syncjob command is very similar to the job command Like the job command it is used to execute IMAGINE JOB programs And as the job command it displays the progress meter However the syncjob command is different from the job command in some very important ways Each time you execute the job command in an EML script the job program specified is started immediately So if you issued ten job commands in a row in an EML script all ten programs would run simultaneously This can cause a variety of problems Suppose we have the following series 70 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit of job commands in an EML script and that each job program run reads an input image and creates an output image y Xem e ele wwe job progl job lt prog2 gt job lt prog3 gt Now suppose that the program lt prog2 gt uses the output image from lt gt as its input image In this case we will have a serious problem This
75. A pointer to another Eerr_ErrorReport structure You will find that there are a number of macros available to automate the process of creating an error report and returning it to the Session Manager The EERR macros are intended to make the process of error checking and reporting easier Used appropriately they can reduce the amount of error reporting code that is visible in any given function thereby making the real logic of the function easier to read The macros rely on the concept of a returned error pointer pointer and a local error pointer When working with the ERDAS Error Reporting package a programmer finds that it is usually handy to make 142 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit function calls using a local error pointer and then set a passed in error pointer if the local error pointer is set by the called function This arises from the fact that once an error occurs in many cases cleanup needs to be performed This cleanup must be performed by calling additional functions which take their own error arguments Any errors that occur during cleanup must be handled in their own way whether it is to display them immediately or completely ignore them In either case it is usually not desirable to include the cleanup errors in the error report being passed back to the calling function EERR INIT The prototype of this API is EERR INIT functionName placeToReturnErrorPointer localErrorPointe
76. CLEANER y define APP_FUNC name static Estr_StringList name Eeml_Menu menu Emsc_Opaque context long argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr APP_FUNC getview APP_FUNC dismiss APP_FUNC pickpt Eeml_TranslationTable menufunctions 1 getview getview dismiss dismiss pickpt pickpt NULL NULL 5 CALLBACK FUNCTIONS DECLARATION f Emsc Boolean ViewerCloseCB Evue_ObjId Evue CallbackReason void int Emsc Opaque Eerr ErrorReport Emsc Boolean SelectorMoveCB Evue ObjId Evue CallbackReason void int Emsc Opaque Eerr ErrorReport void PointCreatedCB Evue LayerHandle Evue_ObjId Efga Matrix int Evue 05310 Eerr ErrorReport void PickCancelCB Emsc Pointer Eerr ErrorReport JE APPLICATION EXECUTION ENTRY POINT int main int argc char argv Eint_InitToolkitData erdinit NULL char applicationName Browse Image Info int n Emsc Opaque context char buf char NULL AppContext app NULL int nc s1 INITIALIZE ERROR MACRO 308 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EERR INIT main amp lclerr lclerr INITIALIZE THE ERDAS TOOLKIT erdinit eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR lclerr EFSO eint InitToolkit Failed CREATE AND INITIALIZE THE APPLICATION CONTEXT STRUCTURE emsc New 1 AppContext
77. Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit ViewLayer types that are provided with the toolkit do not provide features required by the application Graphics Context Target The Graphics Context and Graphics Target API provide ViewLayers the mechanism needed to render them into the ViewWindow When implementing new ViewLayer types using the Edis ViewLayer Class it will be necessary to utilize these functions The Graphics Context is provided for setting attributes such as color size etc and the Graphics Target is provided for doing the actual drawing Selector The Selectors Edis SelNew package provides an interface for creating graphical representations of objects that are used by the user for editing elements The selectors do not provide a very robust set of display styles because they are typically used for displaying fast graphical elements including polylines polygons points icons and rectangles Selector Class The selectors class provides a mechanism for new selector types to be created when the existing selectors do not provide the features required by the application Picks The Picks API provides tools used when the user is responsible for creating an element interactively using the mouse The picks have been used for creating annotation elements AOI elements selecting Viewers etc The returns the coordinates selected by the user to the caller Raster Edit This API provi
78. EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerStackClose else P s TF IT HAS THE RIGHT STATISTICS THEN DO NOTHING NO NEED TO RECALCULATE STATISTICS 278 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit JE OPEN AGAIN THIS TIME IT MUST HAVE THE RIGHT STATISTICS SO WE CAN DIRECTLY READ PIXEL COUNT FROM HISTOGRAM ui layerStack eimg LayerStackOpen layernames eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR 1 1 50 eimg LayerStackOpen allStatStack eimg AllStatsStackRead layerStack NULL amp lclerr hii MAKE SURE INPUT BANDVAL IS REASONABLE EERR CHECK bandVal gt allStatStack numLayers EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE Band Xd invalid bandVal Kok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K READ PIXEL COUNT DIRECTLY FROM HISTOGRAM FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K TE numOfPixels double EGDA BASEDATAPTR allStatStack allStats bandVal histogram HISTOGRAM pixVal ROW COLUMN dif 0 FOR DEBUG PURPOSE OUTPUT DEBUG INFORMATIOON INTO IMAGINE SESSION LOG for i 0 i lt binFunc numBins i double testPtr NULL double testVal testPtr double EGDA BASEDATAPTR allStatStack
79. Egda PixelType datatype Egda Table data NULL char NULL DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR mm MACROS EERR INIT descriptors amp lclerr lclerr JE SETUP THE BASE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT THIS INCLUDES CONNECTION FOR rE SESSION MANAGER ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES REGISTER RASTER FROMAT DLLS ETC esmg ApplicationInit NULL 7 INIT TOOLKIT void eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit GET ALL LAYER NAMES layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 1 eint GetInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerGetNames OPEN THE FIRST LAYER oy layer eimg LayerOpen layernames strings 0 eint_GetInit amp lclerr EIMG_LAYER_OPTION_READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerOpen 7 GET DESCRIPTOR TABLE FROM LAYER T table layer table GET LIST OF COLUMN NAMES FROM TABLE columnnames edsc TableListColumns table amp 1 1 for i 20 i lt columnnames count i j columnname columnnames gt strings i printf Column d s n i columnname GET CONTENT OF TABLE for i 20 1 lt columnnames count i Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 185 columnname columnnames strings i printf n Column d
80. Eprj CharStrPtr units units of the map Eprj MapInfo The Eprj MapProjection structure contains is an Eprj ProParameters structure which stores projection parameters The Eprj ProParameters structure is defined as typedef struct Eprj ProType proType projection type long proNumber projection number for internal projections e Eprj CharStrPtr proExeName projection executable name for external projections Eprj CharStrPtr proName projection name long proZone projection zone UTM SP only Eprj DblArrayPtr proParams projection parameters array in the GCTP form Eprj Spheroid proSpheroid projection spheroid Eprj ProParameters 182 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit E Reading a Descriptor Attribute Table In our next example Sec5 03 we will learn how to read descriptor table The following show the descriptor table displayed column by column cx d Work gi9 1 root bin ntx8 6de 32 33 34 52941176 35 0 47058824 1 3 Class_Names Class_Names ALTAVISTA SANDY LOAM 2 6 APPLING SANDY LOAM 2 67 APPLING SANDY LOAM 6 187 APPLING SANDY LOAM 1 15 AUGUSTA LOAM CARTECAY amp CHEWACLA SOILS CECIL SANDY LOAM 2 67 CECIL SANDY LOAM 6 16 CECIL SANDY CLAY LOAM 6 187 CHESTATEE STONY SNDY 1 04 15 25 CHEWACLA LOAM FREQ FLOODED CHEWACLA WEHADKEE COMPLEX GWINNETT CLAY LOAM 6 16 ERODED GWINN
81. FOR i SESSION MANAGER ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES REGISTER RASTER FROMAT DLLS ETC esmg ApplicationInit NULL JE INIT TOOLKIT void eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit GET ALL LAYER NAMES layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 1 eint GetlInit amp 1 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerGetNames printf Image s n argv 1 printf The number of band d n layernames gt count for i 20 i lt layernames gt count i printf The d layer name s n i layernames strings i OPEN ALL LAYERS layerstack eimg LayerStackOpen layernames eint GetInit 168 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR_CHECK 1clerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerStackOpen for i20 i layernames count i printf The Name of Layer d s n i layerstack layers i fullName printf The Width d The Height d n layerstack gt layers i gt width layerstack gt layers i gt height switch layerstack gt layers i gt layerType Eimg LayerType case EIMG_THEMATIC_LAYER printf The Layer type EIMG_THEMATIC_LAYER n break case EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER printf The Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER n break default printf Other Enum value n switch layerstack gt layers
82. GIVE YOUR FUNCTIONS LOGICAL NAMES THAT IDENTIFY WHAT THEY DO BUT AVOID NAMES ALREADY DEFINED BY EML APP FUNC pixelcount and Edit this SPECIFY THE EML NAME S OF THE FUNCTION S SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL static char Titles pixelcount and Edit this THIS FUNCTION TELLS EML THE NAME S OF THE FUNCTION S SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL T DllExport long IFD_NAME InstanceTitleListGet unsigned long count char titleList long titleCount sizeof Titles sizeof char titleList emsc_New titleCount char if titleList for count 0 count lt titleCount count titleList count estr Duplicate Titles count return 0 DEFINE EACH OF THE APPLICATIONFUNCTIONS SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL It can take input parameters argc argv and may return a string list with the result s of the function iuis argv 0 pixelcount argv 1 bandvalue argv 2 pixelvalue APP FUNC pixelcount and Edit this LOCAL DEFINITIONS OF VARIABLES 7 int i 0 long numOfPixels numOfLayers 0 long bandVal pixVal FOR INPTUT ARGUMENT 276 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit long numBins 0 long statsSkipFactorx long statsSkipFactorY Estr Stringlist layernames NULL Egda PixelType pixelType Eimg Layer layer NULL Eimg LayerStack layerStack NULL Esta AllS
83. IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The prototype of this API is Etxt Text estr Sprintf Etxt Text outString Etxt CText format Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport This function performs formatted output to the indicated character string The function is essentially the same as sprintf except that it will create adequate storage for the output string if outString is NULL This function returns a pointer to the destination character string The etxt package char The char type is used to store the integer value of a member of the representable character set That integer value is the ASCII code corresponding to the specified character Etxt Text Etxt Text should be used instead of C s standard char data type whenever char is used to present a text string that can be seen by a user Also the Etxt Char should be used instead of C s standard char The benefit of doing this is making your program compatible with UNICODE or non UNICODE character set by specifying the preprocessor definition UNICODE The etxt Package is a means to develop an application that can be built using an alternate type of character set just as Windows NT applications can be built and run in UNICODE mode etxt is not a means to convert between one type of string to another Applications that wish to work with more than one type of string should use facilities supplied by the Operating System to convert between them The IMAGINE Developer s To
84. IMAGINE Viewer Using this package in conjunction with the rest of the EML package will result in an application that is easily ported between the various operating systems and window systems that ERDAS IMAGINE supports Dialog The Dialog eeml dialog package contains functions that provide consistent interaction with the user for common user interface operations such as asking the user for confirmation displaying a warning message displaying a status message etc Frame The Frame eeml frame package provides functions specific to EML dialog frames The APIs in this routine provide functions to set get geometry to from displayed or undisplayed frames display the frame on a different screen dual headed systems set the title string display the status message show hide the menu bar show hide the status bar etc access frame menus etc Generic Part The Generic Part eeml generic package provides functions specific to the EML generic part The generic part is designed as a space holder in an EML dialog lt typically reserves space in the dialog for a user interface part that cannot be specified in EML such as a CellArray or a canvas Aspects of the user interface that cannot be handled in EML must be handled programmatically Through the eeml generic portion of the eeml package functions are made available to the programmer that provide a consistent and portable way to display a busy cursor over a generic part whil
85. It will yield control when there is any Session Manager command pending in the application queue argv is the string that contains the command arguments and argc the number of arguments The memory is allocated for argv so the application need to free it after the commands are processed eeml FreeCommand The prototype of this API is void eeml FreeCommand long argc Command strings count char argv Command strings Eerr ErrorReport err Error return This function frees the space returned by eeml GetNextCommand Each EML framepart has a value You can use the eeml package to get the framepart value and set the framepart value Some frameparts such as meternumbers and textnumbers have numeric values Other frameparts such as edittexts have string values The functions eeml NumberPartValueGet and eeml StringPartValueGet are used to get the current value of any part The functions eeml NumberPartValueSet and eeml StringPartValueSet set the current value of the part and update the display so that the visual appearance of the part agrees with its value When part value is changed the message valuechanged is sent to the part Every part has a dependency list If there are any other parts whose values depend on the updated part then those parts will also be updated In addition there are other functionalities in the eeml package Show hide parts Enable Disable parts Get set part para
86. Job Status Box Vv Spectral Mixer Stereo Analyst Feature Collec 3 Log Message level verbose Steren fIntions lt 2i Session Log Printing never User Save Global Save Category Help Help v ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 247 p a Challenge 1 Use LayerStack to insert Map amp Projection Info Overview In the previous section you used eimg_LayerMapInformationWrite and eimg_LayerMapProctionWrite to insert map and projection information into layers You had to write a loop in order to write the same map and projection information into all layers In this challenge you will learn how to write the map and projection information into layers without using the loop We will use the layerstack to achieve this Code Snippet Ch5 08 Use layer stack to write Map amp Projection Information The old code using a loop INSERT MAP INFO amp PROJECTION INFO BY LOOP inlayernames eimg LayerGetNames outfile erdInit amp lclerr EERR 1 1 50 getting layer names of input file nlayers inlayernames count EERR CHECK nlayers 1 EFS You didn t specify a valid input file for 1 0 i nlayers i inlayer eimg_LayerOpen inlayernames gt strings i erdInit amp lclerr EIM
87. K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K FK K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K browsecell c PURPOSE This part will setup the CellArray and fill in the content to CellArray with Callback functions KKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K FK K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FR Fe ee a sek sob eR ERE EE 4 INCLUDE APPLICATION HEADER include browsetool h e sk poke EEE ERE ek kk sek ok ek kk AHA ERE HAH RAK HERE ek FUNCTION NAME setupCellarray DESCRIPTION Install cellarray custom part on generic part Also setup parameters for the cellarray K K E CK K CK CE SK E SK EK K K K K K K SE CE K CE K E K K FK K K K K K CE K CE HE CE CE E K K E K K K K K E K K E K K K K K E E K K E K K KK K K K extern void setupCellarray AppContext app Eerr ErrorReport outerr EERR INIT setupCellarray outerr lclerr int ncols 4 eeui CellArrayInstall app cellPart eeml SetParameters app cellPart amp lclerr APPLY TO THE ENTIRE CELLARRAY showcolumn EMSC TRUE rowtitle Row selectcallback selectCB columncount ncols deleteenable EMSC FALSE fillheight 1 fallwidth 1 alwaysshowverticalscrollbar EMSC TRUE alwaysshowhorizontalscroll
88. K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K TOOLBOX GUI FOR TOOLKIT ICON Kok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K component Toolbox 78 frame frm_Toolbox geometry 0 0 210 200 GEOMETRY WILL START FROM ICON SMART title Toolkit Training button btn_1 geometry 10 10 190 30 title Hello World EML on mousedown load helloworld eml button btn 2 geometry 10 50 190 30 title An Advanced EML on mousedown load Demo Job eml THIS DUMMY BUTTON WILL ENABLE THE EXIT ICON button btn cancel size 0 0 on mousedown unload on startup display frm_toolbox ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Then you can load this toolbox eml from IMAGINE HOME scriptsXk iconpanel inc as mentioned previously button btn Toolkit icon toolkit ico title IMAGINE nTOOLKIT on mousedown load toolbox eml Making a Menu While a button on the icon panel provides a convenient mechanism for accessing custom EML scripts there may not be enough room on the icon panel for all of our EML scripts An alternative approach is to add a menu to the icon panel The general syntax for a menu in EML is as follows menu menuname menutitle
89. MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 49 Class Notes 50 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit pe Exercise 3 Initialize Popuplist and Output Filename Exercise Objective During this exercise you will add action code into the GUI framework You will populate the Band list Popuplist and output Filename when you select your input image During the last exercise you learn how to design a GUI The next step is to fill in the framework with your business logic In this exercise you will learn the basic EML flow control statements and other useful functions In the code below you will learn how to automatically supply the output file name when you select the input file You will also learn how to populate the file layer names into the popuplist framepart Here is what you should do Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 51 Code Snippet Sec2 03 filename fln Input 52 on filenamechoosen EVENT HANDLER f SETUP POPUPLIST FOR LAYER NAME variable namelist VARIABLES CAN ONLY BE DEFINED IN EVENT HANDLER variable titlist variable i set namelist On ks set titlist All Layers set i 15 while i lt fln Input nbands set namelist namelist i set i i 1 set titlist titlist fln_Input RasterLayerList SETUP LIST pop Bands SetNameAndTitleLlist namelist ti
90. MeterInfoCreate The prototype of this API is Emet MeterInfo emet MeterInfoCreate Etxt Text taskname Etxt Text metername Efio Fd meterstream Eerr ErrorReport errtn 244 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit This function creates a structure for representing percentage done for a procedure This function should be called after you have connected to the session manager or after you have initialized the EML toolkit If you do the meter create before either of these two function calls the dialog will not act as you predict NULL is returned if an error occurs while trying to create the structure Otherwise a pointer to the resulting Emet Meterlnfo structure is returned emet MeterInfoSet The prototype of this API is void emet MeterInfoSet MeterInfo meterInfo double minPercentDone double maxPercentDone Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport This function resets the Emet Meterlnfo structure to map the range 0 0 through 100 0 linearly into minPercentDone through maxPercentDone The minPercentDone and maxPercentDone will range from 0 0 100 0 We usually set minPercentDone to 0 0 and maxPercentDone to 100 0 For example if you set the minPercentDone to 20 0 and maxPercentDone to 60 0 then the percent done displayed in the meter bar will start at 2096 and end at 6096 emet MeterInfoChangeTaskName The prototype of this API is void emet MeterInfoChangeTaskNam
91. RRA E OR ION he ee ORE OK DOR OR DES EORR ee ee eee eee ee void PointCreatedCB en o 314 Evue LayerHandle layerHandle Evue ObjId pick Efga Matrix mat int nverts Evue ObjId client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr AppContext app AppContext client_data double point 2 char str EERR INIT pointcreatdCB outerr lclerr evue PickDestroy app connection app pick amp lclerr ESO lclerr couldn t delete the pick if app gt selector evue SelectorDestroy app connection app gt selector amp lclerr ESO lclerr couldn t delete the selector UPDATE SELECTOR LOCATION gei This will allow cellarray to update display when the first time Selector is created so you don t need to mvoe the selector in Nor order to see the CellArray update us point EFGA MATRIX mat 0 0 point 1 EFGA MATRIX mat 1 0 str estr Sprintf NULL X 10 8g Y 10 8g amp lclerr point point 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Estr Sprintf eeml StringPartValueSet app coord str amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeml StringPartValueSet app gt selector evue SelectorCreate app connection app displayHandle app layerHandle browsepoint name string of the selector EVUE SELECTOR GCP Selector Type nverts point X Y Location Select Point Label Under the ICON for the Selector gcp icon ICON used for selector
92. SML are similar to EML Any line that begins with a character is considered a comment line and will be ignored by the Modeler An exception is the Macro Definitions statement which begins with define Comments can also be on lines with valid statements Any text after a is a comment unless is followed by define Comment lines can be embedded anywhere within the model A comment does not need to end with a semicolon However if a comment is on the same line as a statement the statement must end with a semicolon and the character must follow the semicolon Blank lines are also ignored by the Modeler You may also specify comments using the character sequences and Any text which is between and is ignored by the modeler Comments delimited by and may span multiple lines Below is an example about comments in SML H THIS IS COMMENT Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 83 THIS IS COMMENT TOO 2 Statements Notice that all non comment lines end with a semicolon This is an important syntax rule in SML It tells the SML interpreter that the SML statement is complete and ready for processing If you neglect to include the semicolon in your SML statements your SML scripts will produce errors Setting the processing area and pixel resolution The first three SML statements in the example script determine the processing area and pixel resolution of the model
93. This is the standard entry point of the program It will usually contain only the Do Args command This will then execute the earg dependent functions Earg Dependent Each argument on the command line is a function These functions Functions perform the necessary processing How to run a Toolkit JOB After you compile the program you can type one of the following commands into the IMAGINE Command line Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 151 V4 Session Command History C Documents SEE eml statusfinished JOBTemplate in Input Argument out Output Argument f 1 ES JOBTemplate in Input Argument out Output Argument f 1 or JOBTemplate input Input Argument output Output Argument flag 1 You should be able to see the YOU SELECTED THE FLAG in the IMAGINE Session log 13 10 07 20 45 07 JOBT emplate in 13 10 07 20 45 08 jobtemplate B084 YOUR INPUT 15 Aga 13 10 07 20 45 08 jobtemplate B084 YOUR OUTPUT 15 Output Argument 13 10 07 20 45 08 jobtemplate 6084 j YOU ELEI CTED THE FLAGI JoDrempla Status T lt You also setup the command arguments into your Microsoft Visual Studio Project setting and run the JOB from your Visual Studio The following figure shows how to do ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration Active Debug v Platform Active 1232 Configuration Manager E Configuration Properti
94. Toolkit Includes These must reflect any packages being used in the proceeding code Error Checking Macros Error checking is an important part of any Toolkit program Main structure of this This structure will be passed to all application functions associated application with this application EML translation table This translation table will map the external function name EML function name to an internal C function name C function will implement the EML function and you will not be able to call these application functions outside this application Main This is the standard entry point of the program Application function C Similar to the application functions in Application function DLL implementation except application function here can only be used within this application While application functions in application function dll can be used for all EML scripts Additional Functions Functions used internally Note The Microsoft Visual Studio project setting is similar to a JOB you only need to add Jf eemllib lib in the Linker After build the example application program Sec7_01 Sec7_02 you can use the IMAGINE command line to run the application shown below Session Command History C Documents DER eml statusfinished Command apptemplate seo You should see a dialog when your application starts which shows the name of your application 290 ERDAS Customer Education Introductio
95. a list of example program containing that item will be returned 4 Each user will be able to download the complete project from the Example database 5 A coding forum is included allowing customers to ask other developers questions on any developer related topic Customer can subscribe to coding forums so they can receive notification when answers are posting to the forum Any requirement for IMAGINE Developers Toolkit User of the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit must be an experienced C programmers The Toolkit support is offered as a separate package designed specifically to meet the needs of developers Access to download content from the IMAGINE Toolkit Developers Network is only available to those customers with a current software maintenance contract Note IMAGINE Developers Toolkit v9 1 need to be installed on a machine with IMAGINE v9 1 252 Professional already installed Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 9 Different level of customization for IMAGINE ERDAS IMAGINE is a broad suite of software products designed to address the needs of a wide audience Although the user interface is designed to make workflows easy for a variety of skill and experience levels some organizations need to customize the software in order to streamline a particular production workflow The basic customization capability of ERDAS IMAGINE can be done by using IMAGINE Preference Editor which is particularly well s
96. amp 1 1 EERR lclerr EFS eeml_FreeCommand Error rc 0 cleanup EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR DEBUG if app emsc Free app return rc 7 APPLICATION FUNCTION amp CALLBACK FUNCTION IMPLEMENTATION FUNCTION getview dismiss mm addimage CALLBACK FUNCTION ViewerCloseCB PointCreatedCB PickCancelCB SelectorMoveCB k k k k k APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME getview DESCRIPTION This function will get the displayhandle of the viewer and the layerhandle of the image With this information it will obtain the viewer number and image name and return it to the CALLING SYNTAX getview RETURN VALUE A Stinglist the first element is Image name the second element is the Viewer ID EORR GE EGER IIO Ee oe ooo APP FUNC getview AppContext app AppContext cont
97. amp lclerr EERR_CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg_PixelRectCreate if pixeltype EGDA_TYPE_U16 bytesperpixel 2 else bytesperpixel 1 if efio_FileExists output amp lclerr MAKE SURE THE OUTPUT IMG DOESN T EXIST efio_FileUnlink output amp lclerr DELETE IF EXIST EERR_CHECK lclerr EFS Error efio FileUnlink 7 CREATE IMG FILE LAYER BY LAYER Since MDF is 50 format for i 1 i lt numbands i layername estr Sprintf NULL s s d s amp lclerr output Band_ i s js EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating the layer names layer eimg LayerCreate layername imagetype pixeltype numcols numrows eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating the layer READ ONE ROW AT ONE TIME for j20 j numrows j READ FROM MDF BINARY efio ReadSeq handle pixelRect data bytesperpixel numcols amp lclerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 205 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error reading bytes file WRITE TO IMG eimg LayerWrite layer 0 j numcols 1 pixelRect amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error writing buffer to IMG layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error closing active layer layer NULL MARK SUCCESSFUL FINISH rc cleanup
98. been set to NONE because we did not specify an area of interest AOI when Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 85 we selected the input image via the graphical interface If we had defined an area of interest for the input raster AOI would be set to the name of the file containing the subset information Note that the output raster would be the same size as it would be if AOI were set to NONE But only pixels within the defined AOI would have values in the output raster All other pixel values within the processing WINDOW would be set to zero in the output raster lt LAYERNAMES gt represents the layers of the input raster file which should be made available to the model In automatically generated SML scripts either all layers of an input raster file can be used for a model variable or individual layers can be represented as different variables Thus file name including the full path to the file and layer if an individual layer is selected via the graphical interface will appear in automatically generated SML scripts You can alternatively select a subset of two or more layers of an input file for an SML script variable However this requires hand editing The format for the output raster declaration is the same but uses different file parameters lt DATATYPE gt RASTER NAME FILE FILE PARAMETERS LAYERNAMES Where DELETE IF EXISTING indicates that if the file named as the output raster
99. below to build and interact with your application 1 Compile and run the application If you run into errors work through them using the capabilities of the Microsoft Visual Studio editor 2 Click Setup click Select Viewer and select a Viewer containing an image 3 Click Create Selector and move the point around 4 Select the addimage button and notice the interface 5 Select lanier img and click Add 6 Select Inlake img and click Add 7 Select Inslope img and click Add Notice the updates in the CellArray 8 Move the selector around in the Viewer Notice the CellArray is being updated Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 369 V4 Acquire Image Information Current Viewer is lanier img Image Name is Create Selector Current Map Coordinate x 244535 Y 3800500 Row Filename LaverName Pixel Value Class Name Image Type 1 eme arenai 2 ierierimgl Layer 2 i Layer 4 Athenstic ierierimgl Layer 5 ES RONE amp thenati 133 NDNE Athematc 7 23 NONE Thematic Inslope img Layer 1 Odegrees Congratulations You have completed the development process of your application This application can be extended to include numerous other functionalities What you
100. best example to demonstrate the capability of SML is Image Interpreter in ERDAS IMAGINE Image interpreter is built primarily from SML script with an EML interface The new application may be plugged into the existing ERDAS IMAGINE menu toolbar structure so that it functions like any other part of the system EML IMAGINE Developers C Toolkit level 3 will provide I O for the ERDAS IMAGINE file format as well as functions that make it easier to create an importer exporter that operates like those that ship with ERDAS IMAGINE While the SML language provides over 100 built in functions spanning many types of image processing and spatial modeling functions there are always new developments underway With IMAGINE Developers C toolkit programmers can create new types of geographic imaging applications and access many types of imagery through a single interface as well as deal with many issues such as resampling or caching New algorithms developed in the IMAGINE Developers toolkit can be integrated into the ERDAS IMAGINE user interface just like all other ERDAS developed applications Toolkit is often used to create JOBs Custom DLLs and Applications e JOB A JOB is the simplest way to use Toolkit It works like other IMAGINE Application commands e Custom DLLs A major feature of the ERDAS IMAGINE architecture is the use of DLLs to provide for custom extensions A DLL is a Dynamically Loadable Library which is a piece of code to be located a
101. bytes Thus regardless of the values of numberPixelsX and numberPixelsY ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit D Reading other Layer Information e g statistics and projection In our next example Sec5 03 we will learn how to read basic statistics map information and projection information from img file The following figure shows the interface of the program d work gi9 1 root bin ntx8 6debug layerinfo exe Layer d uork data 3U meter imgC Layer 15 basic Statistics minimum maximum 398 mean 147 641 median 141 68 stddev 168 985 Map Info Upper Left X 193284 Upper Left Y 4 19168 006 Lower Right X 215364 Lower Right Y 4 17734 006 Pixel Size 8 38 Pixel Size Y 38 Unit meters Projection Info Projection Name UTM Zone 18 Spheroid Name GRS 1986 Datum Name UTM Code Snippet Sec5_ 03d TEC JOB layerinfo PURPOSE This example read layer info stat map amp projection info CALLING SYNTAX layerinfo inputfile name e g layerinfo d work data 30meter img ok oko ok ok ook oko ok ok ook ok sokok
102. computer languages These are the first errors you should check for when you have problems loading your EML scripts e stherea missing semicolon on the line preceding the line where the syntax error is reported e 5 there a missing curly bracket or on any of the lines preceding the line on which the syntax error is reported e Are there title strings or other strings that are missing closing quotes on any lines preceding the line on which the syntax error is reported See your Errors in Session Log IMAGINE Session log is our good friend to debug EML scripts session log will display the status error and information text generated by all the applications All the messages in the session log are date time stamped The session log window can be reached from the main icon panel under the session pulldown menu The log message can be of two types in your preference Verbose and Terse For troubleshooting and debugging however verbose messages can prove to be more useful s Preference Editor Verbose Snail Trail Delete Hi Fil Exi Spatial Modeler elete History File on Exit Spectral Analysi 1 Spectral Mm Keep Job Status Box p terse Stereo Analyst Feature Collec Stereo Analyst Options Log Message level verbose m Terrain E ditor Session Log Printing never User Interface amp Session Log Message time format dd mm yy hh mm ss Viewshed Analysis Di d work tem Virtual World Editor Tem
103. create a CellArray on our current interface so that we can load layers of the same geographical area and compare the image pixel value against the classes in a thematic scene Before we start to work on the CellArray the current layout of the interface needs to be changed to offer more functionality In redesigning the EML it will become apparent why we used application function in stead of frame part callback whenever possible It limits most of the redesign work to the EML Packages used eeml eeml frame eeml dialog Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 329 Design the GUI To Redesign the EML in order to include the layout of the CellArray The following figures show the geometry of the GUI and what it look like 240 px 10 px lt btn gt 10 10 210 40 10 10 530 120 label Current Viewer label Current Image Name 10 60 210 50 230 60 210 50 lt btn gt 10 10 210 40 lt label gt Map Coordinate 10 60 450 50 480 px 10 140 530 330 lt CellArray gt Cell Array Part 10 120 510 200 Current Viewer is 2 2 imq Image Name is M4 Selet Image to Cellarray Add Image to CellArray img Create Selector X 1064178 Y 2061332 gnutimelib info la Z lib3ds 1 1 0 orthobase Filename fLavertName PiwelValue Class Name eae SRTMplus 2 2 imaf Layer 1 125
104. d work datat out img ORK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K i define EFIO STDIO PROTOTYPES PASSTHROUGH WILL ENABLE printf include lt stdlib h gt TOOLKIT INCLUDES 7 172 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include emsc h MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include lt estr h gt STRING PACKAGE include egda h DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include eimg h HIGH LEVEL TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg static int rc 1 7 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT f int main int argc char argv long column row long width height amt 1 char layername NULL Eimg_Layer layer NULL Eimg_PixelRect m pixel NULL DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR m MACROS B EERR INIT writepixel amp lclerr lclerr SETUP THE BASE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT THIS INCLUDES CONNECTION FOR m S
105. defaultvalue bubblehelpinfo preference attributes Let s look at an example to understand this better Many IMAGINE programs use IMAGINE HOME examples as the default directory for finding input image files The preference used to find this directory is default datapath and is found in eml pdf Here s the preference definition default data path Default Data Directory HOME examples Default data path for images maxlength 256 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 45 First we see the preference name is default data path The preference name is required when using the getpref function Next we see the preference title which appears to the left of the preference setting when the Preference Editor is displayed Next is the default value for the preference This is the value of the preference before any user attempts to modify preference settings Next we see the string that will appear on the screen when bubble help is enabled Finally we see the maxlength attribute There are different types of preferences e g strings numbers and each type has its own attributes In this case the maxlength attribute indicates that default data path cannot contain more than 256 characters When you work with the getpref function you will only need to concern yourself with the name of the preference you wish to access and the name of the pdf file which contains this pr
106. enable command below Typical conditions evaluated by the If statement include checks for Equality is equal to Inequality does not equal l Greater than gt Greater than or equal to gt Less than Less than or equal to z The WHILE Statement 56 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The while statement allows you to repeatedly execute a set of functions or commands This sort of repetitive processing is generally referred to as a loop The while statement is only one example of a looping mechanism in EML Other examples include the foreach statement and the loop statement See the Appendix C for more information about these In EML loops are typically used to run the same model or other JOB program several times The basic syntax of a while statement is while condition is true lt action1 gt lt action2 gt Notice that like the If statement the while statement evaluates a condition However the if statement evaluates the condition only once whereas the while statement evaluates the condition repeatedly until it is no longer true Let s look at an example This is while example from an EML script while i lt fln Input nbands set namelist namelist fmt i set i i 1 In this case While statement will setup an array list and fill in with the band number If the
107. flag is EMSC_TRUE the map to pixel transform is returned The transform returned must be freed by a call to exfr XFormFreer Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 343 Code Snippet Sec7 05 browsetool h SE SE ROI Ke koe EEA ERS PERE ok ck ok ok K K ok ok K K ok K K K ok ok K K K ok K K ok K oe K K K K K ck K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K oe K K K oe K K oe oe K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K FILENAME browsecell h PURPOSE This file will includes all system and Toolkit includes declare the functions and structures which will be used in browsetool c and browsecell c FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K PEREKRE topo EEE KERRE RERE EE REEE ee epe LESS SYSTME INCLUDES g include lt string h gt J TOOLKIT INCLUDES gri include lt eint h gt include lt eerr h gt include eeml h include lt eeml_frame h gt include lt eeml_dialog h gt include lt eeml_cellarray h gt include lt emsc h gt include lt estr h gt include lt evue h gt include lt efnp h gt FILE NODE LIST PARSE include lt eprj h gt include lt esta h gt include lt eimg h gt ERROR MACROS define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE
108. general purpose part used for viewing and editing large virtual arrays of rows and columns The CellArray provides a large set of common The CellArray can be created in a C application The eeui CellArrayInstall function is used to install the CellArray eeui CellArrayInstall The prototype of this API is 332 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit void eeui CellArrayInstall Eui BasePart part This function is called to convert a generic part to a CellArray It replaces the table of function pointers methods associated with a part with the table of functions for a CellArray To include a CellArray in an EML Frame first create a frame which contains a generic part Once the EML has been parsed use eeml FindPart to get a handle to the generic This function is then used to convert the generic to a CellArray This is done before the frame containing the generic is displayed The function eeml SetParameters be used to set the parameters which govern the behavoir of the CellArray You may use eeml SetParameters function to setup CellArray part parameters eeml SetParameters The prototype of this API is void eeml SetParameters Eui BasePart part Eerr ErrorReport err Once the CellArray has been installed the eeml_SetParameters function is used to set CellArray parameters This function sets the parameters passed as variable arguments into the base part structure This funct
109. into IMAGINE framework at runtime there is no need to recompile IMAGINE IMAIGNE will locate and open a DLL by name at runtime when this DLL is needed IMAGINE DLL Class Applications Function DLL Class DLL Class instance 1 add dll IM AGINE Memory Space Load at run time when needed Note there is no reconfiguration tool for application functions dll because IMAGINE will load all application functions dlls into the memory space when excuting eeml Init Benifit of Plug in DLLs 254 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The Plug in DLLs can save the memory usuage and also extend IMAGINE without recompiling IMAGINE DLL Version Tool IMAGINE s DLL Version Tool Session gt Help gt IMAGINE DLL Information will provide an easy way to look at basic descriptions and functions about plug in DLLs It reads the cfg file to populate the information DLL Version Tool DLL Class Information DLL Instance Information Class ApplicationFunctions Owner eeml_appfuncs La Help The ApplicationFunctions DLL Class provides a means of making EML application function accessible from any pion EML script regardless of which application has parsed the Help Class v Help Instance W DLL Version Tool DLL Class Information DLL Instance Information instance gt Path D work gi
110. is because EML will start running the program lt prog2 gt before progl has created an output image The syncjob command prevents this problem When the syncjob command is used to run a job program from it tells the EML interpreter to wait until the job program is finished running before it attempts to execute the next instruction in the EML script So if syncjob were used instead of the job command in the above example the output image from progl would be available by the time prog2 was launched Js mte is betten tordo this 5 syncjob lt progl gt syncjob lt prog2 gt syncjob lt prog3 gt Another important problem solved by the syncjob command is a problem that can arise when executing loops in EML See the discussion of the while statement If you have a loop that launches the same job program hundreds of times you can experience serious problems if you use the job command instead of the syncjob command This is because EML will attempt to execute each job command statement simultaneously If too many processes are started at the same time your system will become so bogged down that none of the processes can progress at a reasonable rate By using the syncjob command you assure that only one process is run at a time The STARTBATCHSINGLE Command The only programs that can be batched in IMAGINE are job programs such as the modeler program There are two things you must do in order to batch a process from an EM
111. list of options to appear In contrast to the radiobutton framepart the popuplist framepart is useful for presenting long lists of options The basic syntax for the popuplist framepart is POPUPLIST name TITLE lt optionlisttitle gt NAMES optl lt opt2 gt BO Di WESLEY CO TDI 5 VALUE defaultvalue The names attribute serves the same purpose as the options attribute in the radiobutton framepart By default the names list provides the titles for the popuplist However just as with the radiobutton framepart the titlelist attribute can be used in the popuplist framepart to present more descriptive titles for the options provided in the names attribute list And as with the textnumber and radiobutton frameparts the value attribute can be used to set the default value for the popuplist In our example the content of popuplist will be automatically setup by input filename You will learn that in the following section 48 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The CHECKBOX Framepart The checkbox provides a toggle mechanism for on off yes no true false types of response The basic syntax for the popuplist framepart is CHECKBOX name TITLE lt checkboxtitle gt VALUE 1 SETUP DEFAULT TO CHECKED 1 UNCHECKED 0 NOTE CHECKBOX WILL ALWAYS BE NUMBER 1 NOT STRING The TEXTNUMBER Framepart The textnumber framepart provides a
112. mode EEML PARSE OPTION DISPATCH FLAG Force event updates during parse 5 EEML PARSE OPTION QUEUE CODE Add code only EMLs to the task queue EEML PARSE OPTION CHECK HELP Flag to Check help Eeml ParseOption Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 299 eeml FindPart or eeml PartFind The prototype of this API is Eeml Part eeml PartFind Eml ParseResult result The parse result Etxt CText string name of the part ex frame part Eerr ErrorReport outerr error report pointer This function finds a particular part in Eml_ParseResult and returns a pointer to that part You must pass the name of the part in argument string for which you need a pointer The part name should include the frame name name of the frame in the EML script and the specific part you are interested in In our case frm_Apptemplate lab_DisplayMessage is used frm Apptemplate is the frame name lab DisplayMessage is the label name Once the parts have all been initialized the primary or initial frame should be displayed and then the main event loop should be entered The main event loop checks for and dispatches message within the system The following is an example taken out of Code Snippet 01 300 while myData root doneFlag comCount 0 eeml GetNextCommand myData nroot amp context amp comCount amp comBuf amp err fo Got a command from Se
113. number The first column is 0 The third argument is a pointer to the new aligment string left center right alignchange alignchangeinfo Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to the user data for the alignchange callback clickcallback1 void part Emsc_Opaque row col This is a pointer to the function to be called when the user clicks with the left mouse button or the right mouse button for left handed mice on a cell in the column The default action is typically provided by the CellArray itself The Emsc_Opaque is the cellinfo clickcallback2 void part Emsc_Opaque row col This is a pointer to the function to be called when the user clicks with the mid dle mouse button on a cell in the column The default action is typically pro vided by the CellArray itself The Emsc_Opaque is the cellinfo column long This is the number of the column to which the following column parameters apply The default for this is 0 columntype This is a pointer to a string which names the type of column The default type is text The column types are text This indicates a column whose values are strings of characters The default alignment is left number This indicates a column whose values are numbers but they are given in character form The default alignment is right double This indicates a column whose values are numbers and are given a doubles The default alignment is right boolean This indicate
114. of IMAGINE DLL technologies and walks you through the creation of an application function dll which will extend the functionality of your EML Packages used 252 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Understand IMAGINE Plug in DLL Technology IMAGINE Plug in DLL Technology In architecting systems that deliver customization options to end users the creation of application programs which can be extended without recompiling or relinking becomes a highly desired goal The shared library technology in a UNIX system and the dynamically linked library technology in a Windows system is used to develop applications which access code from libraries Load DLLs at load time vs at run time The libraries can be loaded at the time the application is loaded or at the runtime when they are needed Core IMAGINE libraries i e eraster dll elib dll viewlib dll emllib dll will be loaded into memory in the IMAGINE startup time The plug in DLLs will be loaded into memory at runtime when they are needed How Plug in DLLs works IMAGINE plug in DLLs can be categoried into different classes by their ususage you may create plug in DLL instances for each class The creation of all plug in DLL class must follow the standard rule defined by IMAGINE we will learn an application function dll template in the next exercise After create the plug in DLLs just copy the dll lib into the destination folde
115. ok ok oko ok oko okokokeokeokokeok kokokeok kokokeok ok oko okokeokeokokok ook ok oko okokok ok APPLICATION FUNCTION TABLE This table exposes internal functionality to the script interpreter First the functions are prototyped and then inserted into the table The table is used at parse time KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K K K K K K Eeml TranslationTable menufunctions getview getview dismiss dismiss pickpt pickpt addimage addimage NULL NULL APPLICATION EXECUTION ENTRY POINT 5 int main int argc argv Eint_InitToolkitData erdinit NULL char applicationName Browse Image Info int n Emsc Opaque context char buf char NULL AppContext app NULL int rc 1 JE INITIALIZE ERROR MACRO EERR INIT main amp lclerr lclerr 346 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit INITIALIZE THE ERDAS TOOLKIT erdinit eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 InitToolkit Failed CREATE AND INITIALIZE THE APPLICATION CONTEXT STRUCTURE E app emsc New 1 AppContext INITILIZE THE ERDAS EML TOOLKIT PACKAGE gt e
116. pixel eimg PixelRectDelete pixel amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr pixel NULL if layername emsc_Free layername layername NULL return when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed T return rc ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation Creating and Writing to layers The eimg LayerCreate function is used to create a new layer eimg LayerCreate The prototype of this API is Eimg Layer eimg LayerCreate Etxt Text totalName Eimg LayerType inLayerType Egda PixelType inPixelType long inNPixX long inNPixY Eint InitToolkitData erdInit ErrorReport errptr ie This function will create and open a layer of raster data in an image file and a layer pointer will be returned totalName string includes both the file path name and the HFA node name for the layer so it looks like this D Work Data Demo img Band 1 inLayerType is the image type can be THEMATIC LAYER EIMG ATHEMATIC LAYER or EIMG REALFFT LAYER inPixelType is the pixel depth in our exercise it can be either EGDA TYPE 08 or EGDA 1 16 inNPixX is the number of columns in that layer inNPixY is the number of rows in that layer erdlnit is the global pointer Eint InitToolkitData of toolkit initialization structure usually eint Getlnit will return that global pointer The reason why this argument is involved is
117. pop_Bands edittext edt_Pixelvalue button btn Ok button btn Close variable res filename fln Input geometry 20 10 210 50 title above left Input File shortform 280 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit info The input file to be used select getpref eml default data path img filetypedef raster on filenamechoosen SETUP BAND POPUPLIST variable namelist VARIABLES CAN ONLY BE DEFINED IN EVENT HANDLER variable titlist variable i set namelist set titlist set i 1 while i lt fln Input nbands set namelist namelist fmt i set i i 1 set titlist titlist fln_Input RasterLayerList SETUP LIST pop Bands SetNameAndTitlelist namelist titlist pop Bands IS A STRING EVEN THE NAME IS NUMERIC popuplist pop Bands geometry 20 80 210 50 title above left Which Band you want to count textnumber txt Pixelvalue geometry 20 140 80 50 title above left PixelValue You want to count value 0 format 5 0 delta 1 button btn Ok geometry 20 210 100 40 title above center Count on mousedown GET BAND NUMBER Start From 0 index start frmo 0 index band 1 variable band set band pop bands GetListIndex Call pixelcount a C Application Function This function returns the number of occurence
118. rectangular blocks with all blocks having the same width and height in pixels Pixels are read from or written to the layer through the eimg LayerRead or eimg_LayerWrite functions struct EIMG LAYER long width Width in pixels of the layer long height Height in pixels of the layer Eimg LayerType layerType Type of layer e g thematic Egda PixelType pixelType Type of pixels in this layer Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 163 e g unsigned 8 bit Eimg Layer While the Eimg LayerType is an enumeration we will discuss it in the next exercise typedef enum EIMG_THEMATIC_LAYER 0 Data is thematic i e each pixel value is the index of a class EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER Data is a measurement of some sort Eimg_LayerType The Egda_PixelType defines the type of data we re working with Usually it is defined as EGDA TYPE US which means unsigned eight bit i e 0 255 We will discuss it in more details in next exercise eimg_LayerClose Eimg_LayerClose closes a layer and frees the Eimg_Layer memory It can also do other things such as computing statistics on the layer This is achieved by modifying the argument options The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerClose Eimg Layer layer Eerr_ErrorReport errptr This function closes a layer previously opened by a call to eimg_LayerCreate or eimg_LayerOpen It additionally
119. relationship between points lines and polygons Transform GeometricModels DLL The Transform exfr package provides a generalized set of tools for creating and managing coordinate transforms regardless of the type Each transform may be a combination of any number of the basic transforms The package provides functions for mapping arrays of points Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 131 through a transform inverting transforms and composing transforms The package is also constructed so that the programmer can create new types of transforms This package is extensible through the use of the Geometric Model DLLs Vectors amp Image Processing Methods Seed Region Growing The Seed Region Growing esed package performs the region growing functions Functions exist at different levels to do the raster region grow convert the raster region to a polygon and generate an annotation layer of the region polygon Signature Management The Signature esig and esig io packages contain all the signature support functions Esig provides functions to create signatures set and get signature attributes copy signatures manage lists of signatures merge signatures etc Esig io contains all the file I O functions for signatures and signature lists Image Mosaicking The Image Mosaicking emos Package provides basic tools for the Image Mosaicking Feature Space The Feature Space efsp pa
120. releases the memory occupied by the layer s Eimg_Layer structure Note this API doesn t set the layer to NULL Reading Pixel Values from a Layer The eimg_LayerRead function is used to read a rectangle of pixel values from a layer to a buffer 164 eimg_LayerRead The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerRead Eimg Layer llayer long SLE c long sodali e long long ae Eimg PixelRect pixelRect Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function retrieves a rectangle of pixels from a layer This function returns the value of all pixels x y within the rectangle specified by xInit lt x lt XInit w 1 ylnit lt y lt ylnit h 1 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Reading beyond the bounds of a layer is perfectly O K eimg LayerRead will return zero for these pixels This boundary value can be changed using the layer option EIMG LAYER OPTION BOUNDARY VALUE The value of the boundary value set via the variable argument lists of eimg_LayerOpen eimg LayerCreate or eimg LayerChangeOptions is returned Note that zero will be used as the default boundary value if the user doesn t explicitly specify a value Eimg PixelRect Eimg PixelRect is identical to the Egda BaseData structure since Eimg PixelRect is typedef d to the Egda BaseData type Egda_BaseData is a structure used to contain scalar vector table matrix or raster data The Eimg PixelRect structure can st
121. row is added to the CellArray The syntax is void addrow Eui BasePart part int row Emsc Opaque info where part the pointer to the generic part on which this CellArray is installed row the number of the row being added info the user provided data addrowinfo Emsc Opaque This is the user supplied data for the addrowcallback alwaysshowverticalscrollbar Emsc Boolean This flag controls whether the vertical scrollbars are always present or not A value of EMSC TRUE forces the vertical scrollbar to always be displayed If the value value is EMSC FALSE then the scrollbar is only displayed when needed The default value is EMSC FALSE Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 335 Emsc Boolean This flag controls whether the horizontal scrollbars are always present or not A value of EMSC TRUE forces the horizontal scrollbar to always be dis played If the value value is EMSC FALSE then the scrollbar is only dis played when needed The default value is EMSC FALSE long This defines the number of columns in the CellArray The default value is zero void This is a pointer to the function to be called when the current row selection is deleted This is set to an internal function by default Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to the user data which is passed to the delete callback func tion Emsc Boolean This flag is set to EMSC TRUE to enable the del
122. set num fmt 2 4 The variable num would take on the following values respectively 24 02 40 24 The SEND Command The send command delivers a message to a destination Messages are typically generated and delivered by the core of the EML system in response to user input events However messages may be explicitly generated and delivered using the send command The syntax of send command is SEND message to Frame or framepart gt Here is an example of a Send command as it appears in an EML script 58 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit fin Input will send a filenamechoosen message to fln ouput the Message handler from fln output will response to this message Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 59 Class Notes 60 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 4 Output Debug Information Exercise Objective There is no built in debug tool for EML so printing the debug information to the IMAGINE session log is very helpful In this exercise you will learn how to print debug information It is very useful to output debug information when you are debugging EML script you can add the following code block into the framework you used during exercise 2 and 3 Code Snippet Sec2 04 Output Debug Information filename fln Input 1 on filenamechoosen EVENT HANDLER i
123. string e g in put Vos in the Earg structure is similar to a print format string C in that it contains syntax specification that begins with a percent sign d Decimal format number f Floating point number x Hex format number 0 Octal format number s String of characters Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 153 How IMAGINE parse the Toolkit Job command line arguments The earg DoArgs is the heat of the IMAGINE command line parser The earg DoArgs will split the input output optional flag and process commands from the command line that is why in the Earg dependent function the argv 1 will represent the real argument value The following figure shows how earg_DoArgs works How earg_DoArgs Parse Command arguments and Process Command Toolkit Command line JOBTemplate in Input Argument out Output Argument f 1 COMMAND ARGUMENT PROTOTYPE Earg Cmd command 1 y set input in put s5 NULL A set output out put Xs5 NULL p earg_DoArgs set optionalflag f 1ag d 5 NULL p will parse command line and jobMain JOBTemplate NULL send individual argument to END related Earg Dependent P h 7 Function v a argument 1 argument 2 argument 3 argument 4 in Input Argume
124. the EML package The returned root pointer is used in most of the subsequent EML API function calls eeml Init The prototype of this API is Eui Root eeml Init Eint InitToolkitData erdinit ELIB toolkit init return char appname Application name int argc argc from the main char argv argv from the main Eerr ErrorReport err Error return The eeml ParseVa function will parse an EML script file it returns a Eml_ParseResult structure This function allows you to get access to the EML frame parts eeml ParseVa The prototype of this API is Eml ParseResult eeml ParseVa Elex SourceType type Elex ParserSource source Eui RootPart rootPart Eerr ErrorReport err This function takes a variable argument list which speicifies the options to use when parsing the file In our example we use EEML PARSE OPTION APP FUNCTIONS and EEML PARSE OPTION APP CONTEXT The Eeml ParseOption structure is listed below These are used by eeml_ParseVa to add options typedef enum EEML PARSE OPTION END 0 End of the list EEML PARSE OPTION APP FUNCTIONS Translation Table EEML PARSE OPTION APP CONTEXT Default application context EEML PARSE OPTION NO STARTUP Do not send startup message EEML PARSE OPTION APP TASK Set task for the startup EEML PARSE OPTION APP SOURCE Set the source for module EEML PARSE OPTION EDIT MODE Let the app know about edit
125. the Y direction f upper left Y Coordinate a b c Transform matrix T d e f D O 1 Map T file The created transform will be returned exfr XFormInvert The prototype of this API is XForm exfr XFormInvert XForm inXForm Exfr XForm outXForm Eerr ErrorReport err This function will invert an Exfr_XForm linked list into new Exfr XForm The address of the ouput Exfr XForm structure is returned File Map Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 221 The eprj package The Map Projection eprj package provides tools for storing and retrieving map projection information for a layer and for converting coordinates between map projections It also contains functions necessary for developing projections that are external to the ERDAS IMAGINE package Eprj ProParameters The prototype of this struct is typedef struct Eprj ProType proType projection type long proNumber projection number for internal projections Eprj CharStrPtr proExeName projection executable name for external projections Eprj CharStrPtr proName projection name long proZone projection zone UTM SP only Eprj DblArrayPtr proParams projection parameters array in the GCTP form Eprj Spheroid proSpheroid projection spheroid Eprj ProParameters This struct is used to define the map projection for a layer proType defines whether the pro
126. the max number of char which may be placed in the buffer AppContext app AppContext data Eimg Layer layer NULL Esta ClassNames classtable NULL long nbins 0 double dnVal 0 EERR INIT getClassNameCB amp lclerr lclerr ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit if app listNames strcpy app imgLayerName destination string app listNames strings row source string if lapp imgLayerName return 0 layer eimg LayerOpen app imgLayerName eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Opening Image if layer gt layerType 0 dnVal getRasterValue app amp lclerr classtable eimg ClassNamesRead layer classtable L ESTA_THROUGH_END_OF_TABLE amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Getting Class Names strncpy text destination string classtable strings int dnVal source string size number of charactres to copy else strncpy text NONE size cleanup if layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr layer NULL if classtable esta_ClassNamesDelete classtable amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr classtable NULL return 1 k CALLBACK FUNCTION
127. to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 21 and session log management Many of these features are implemented by directly incorporating access to the features into the ERDAS Macro Language syntax and implementation Therefore the Session Manager is currently considered part of EML EML Script Structure EML script consists of the following components Components Frames Frameparts and action code The following figure shows the basic structure of an EML Script 22 ompone neni DN x Framepart Vai Components All GUI elements in an EML script are contained in a Component The component is simply a means of collecting one or more GUI objects into a single named group The component can not be visualized it is only an entry point of the EML script Each EML script will only have one component and the name of the component should be the same as the name of the EML Frames A Frame is a rectangular region which contains one or more GUI elements called Frameparts In IMAGINE Frames are used in one of two ways They may be used as document Frames or as Dialog Frames A Document Frame displays information as an image or as a model which the user can edit A Dialog Frame provides a form with which the user interacts Frameparts ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Every frame is populated with one or more user interface elements We i
128. to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 67 Exercise 6 Call IMAGINE Application Command Exercise Objective In order to fully utilize the powerful IMAGINE commands we can call IMAGINE application commands from the EML script This exercise will show you useful techniques and related EML commands data processing i e you will be using the command exportecw an IMAGINE Note If your program is no working please let the instructor know You are about to start real application command to convert an img file to ECW To convert an img to ECW you need to add the following code block to the framework used in exercise 5 68 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec2 06 Call IMAGINE Application Command exportecw 5 FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K button btn OK geometry 20 340 100 40 title OK info Process ECW Compression WILL DISPLAY ON THE STATUS BAR on mousedown pro ExportECW button btn Batch title Batch geometry 160 340 100 40 on mousedown batchjobname froot fln Output startbatchsingle pro ExportECW 1 button btn
129. to comment the single line For example valid This is valid too T valid In the third example above EML will think that there is only a single comment which starts before the word This and ends after the word not It will attempt to interpret the string valid as part of the EML script language and will report an error More about Frame First note that the frame presented in the example contains a title attribute It has the following syntax TITLE title string gt While the script will function without this attribute but you should consider the title attribute to be a required attribute This attribute causes the frame title to appear in the border of the frame window when it is displayed The title makes the purpose of the GUI clearer to the user Button framepart Features As in the frame a title attribute is used with the button framepart in this script With buttons you should consider the title attribute to be required It provides the label for the button Another mechanism for labeling button frameparts involves using the icon attribute This attribute is used with an icon file name and has the following syntax ICON iconfilename ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit However even when an icon file is used to label a button the title attribute should also be used This way if the icon file is not available the ti
130. variable getviewreturn Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 365 statusbar K K FK K K FK K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K MENU 8 TOOBAR K K FK K K FK K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K FK FK K K K K K K K menu menu_File File menu File AddImgToCell Add Images to Cellarray info Add Images to Cellarray display frm AddImgToCell menu File Close Exit info Exit Browsetool dismiss toolbar button btn AddImgToCell icon catalog image icon info Add Images to Cellarray on mousedown display frm AddImgToCell 7 K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K GROUPs K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K f group grp_ViewInfo geometry 10 10 530 120 INK TO ACTIVE VIEWER button btn ViewConnection openview geometry 10 10 210 40 title Select Viewer on mousedown set getviewreturn getview set edt_ViewerID fname getviewreturn 1 set lab ViewerName g
131. written permission of Leica Geosystems Specifications are subject to change without notice About This Manual This manual is an instructional document designed as the second half of a 2 part course This course covers the implementation of sensor models within the ERDAS IMAGINE and LPS environment All topics on the theory of sensor modeling are covered in the first part entitled Theory of Sensor Modeling This course may also be used as a stand alone course for students who already familiar with the concepts and theory of sensor modeling Students are required to be familiar with the ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit and to have previously attended the training course on this offered be ERDAS Customer Education Trademarks ERDAS IMAGINE IMAGINE Essentials IMAGINE Advantage IMAGINE Professional IMAGINE GLT TopoMouse and Stereo Analyst are registered trademarks of Leica Geosystems Leica Photogrammetry Suite LPS IMAGINE VirtualGIS and CellArray are trademarks of ERDAS Other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 3 Welcome to the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The IMAGINE Developers Toolkit is a set of libraries and documentation for ERDAS IMAGINE users who wish to modify the commercial version of the software or develop entirely new applications to extend the capabilities of the software to meet their specific pro
132. 0 Geographic Latitude Longitude UTM 3 1 North 1 South for example 3 mean proParams data 3 1 1 State Plane 0 0 27 1 NAD83 for example 3 mean proParams data 0 0 1 Albers Conical Equal Area Latitude of 1st standard parallel Latitude of 2nd standard parallel 4 Lambert Conformal Conic Longitude of central meridian Mercator False Easting False Northing Latitude of 1st standard parallel Latitude of 2nd standard parallel Longitude of central meridian Latitude of origin of projection False Easting False Northing Longitude of central meridian Latitude of origin of projection False Easting False Northing Longitude directed straight down below pole of map Latitude of true scale False Easting False Northing Longitude of central meridian Latitude of origin of projection False Easting False Northing Latitude of standard parallel Case 0 Latitude of 1st Standard Parallel Case 1 Latitude of 2nd standard Parallel Case 1 Longitude of central meridian Latitude of origin of projection False Easting False Northing O Case 0 1 Case 1 Scale Factor at Central Meridian Longitude of center of projection Latitude of center of projection False Easting False Northing Longitude of center of projection Latitude of center of projection Latitude of origin of projection Polar Stereographic 7 Poly
133. 07 Open Viewer OPEN IMG IN VIEWER COLOR viewer create at 0 128 size 600 600 viewer truecolor quote fln Name rgb 1 2 3 transbackground 0 OPEN IMG IN VIEWER GREYSCALE viewer create at 128 size 600 600 viewer greyscale quote fln Name band 1 transbackground 0 74 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation The VIEWER Command There are three basic commands for displaying an image in the IMAGINE Viewer Before using these commands from an EML script you must make sure that a Viewer window is already open on the display Otherwise the commands will fail The basic syntax for displaying a single layer of an image in gray scale is viewer greyscale quote imagename band lt bandnum gt For EML the image layers are numbered from 0 to number of layers 1 So the value of lt bandnum gt for a single layer image will always be 0 To display the same image in pseudocolor the basic syntax is viewer pseudocolor quote imagename band bandnum This command is typically used for thematic images Finally if you wish to display a multilayer image in RGB the display command has the following basic syntax viewer truecolor quote imagename rgb lt r gt lt g gt b In this case lt r gt lt g gt and lt b gt should be the numbers of the layers you wish to load as the red green and blue bands on the display Keep in mind that th
134. 1 Error opening layer i INSERT MAP INFO eimg LayerMapInformationWrite inlayer projectionnamep units mapinfoXform amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS1 Error writing map info structure to layer i INSERT PROJECTION INFO eimg LayerMapProjectionWrite inlayer projinfo amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS1 Error writing projection info structure to layer i eimg LayerClose inlayer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS1 Error closing layer i inlayer NULL FREE EVERYTHING NO MEMORY LEAK mapinfoXform exfr XFormFree amp mapinfoXform amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr mapinfoXform NULL paramarray eprj_ProParametersFree amp paramarray paramarray NULL projinfo eprj ProjectionFree amp projinfo projinfo NULL inlayernames estr_StringListDelete inlayernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr inlayernames NULL inlayer eimg LayerClose inlayer amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr inlayer NULL headhandle efio Close headhandle amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr headhandle NULL 218 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit return Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 219 Code Explanation Write Map Info and Projection Info We use eimg LayerMaplInformationWrite function to write map information to the layer and the eim Layer
135. 10 rangespec 2 10 value 8 format 2 1 2 IS THE TOTAL NUMBER OF DIGIT 1 IS THE NUMBER OF DECIMAL delta 0 1 THE NUMBER OF INCREMENTED OR DECREMENTED 4 WHEN NUDGERS ARE USED checkbox chk PredefineRate geometry 10 100 180 30 40 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit title Use Predefined Compress Rate value 0 SETUP DEFAULT TO UNCHECKED group grp_PredefineRate geometry 270 90 200 220 radiobutton rad_PredefineRate label line lin_2 geometry 20 330 460 1 layout horizontal geometry 10 40 180 130 title Choose Predefined Quality layout Vertical options 2 5 8 value 8 DOESN T WORK YOU DON T NEED TO WORRY ABOUT THAT DEFAULT CHOICE IS ALWAYS 1st CHOICE titlelist Low Compress Rate 2 Med Compress Rate 5 High Compress Rate 8 lab_Status geometry 10 180 180 30 title You choice is value rad_PredefineRate ORK K K K ok ok K K ok ok K ok ok K K K ok ok K K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K K K K ok K K K K K K K ok K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K oe K OK OK FK K OK K K K OK K K K ke BUTTONS FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K button btn OK geometry 20 340 100 40 title OK info Process ECW Compression
136. 2D arrays of pixels Basically a layer is equivalent to a band or channel Image data within the layer is stored in tiles usually 64 x 64 pixels In addition to image data IMAGINE layers contain the following data structures e Image Statistics e and Projection Information e Descriptor Attribute data colors for thematic image histogram for athematic image You access IMAGINE files by using functions from each of the following packages The eimg package contains the highest level functions while the efio package contains the lowest level functions e eimg high level access of pixel data descriptors map amp projection info stats Image Info Descriptor Editor e edsc esta eprj Access of individual layer elements such as stats pixels etc e ehfa Hierarchical File Architecture Organizes a file into a tree like structure HFA View e Machine Independent Format Takes care of differences between machine amp compiler architectures e g byte swapping e Low level File A Reading Pixel Values From a Layer In this example Sec5 03a we will learn how to read pixel values from a layer the following figure show the interface of the example d Work gi9 1 root bin ntx8 6debug readpixel exe Image d work data 2 2 img number of band 3 layer name d work data 2 2 img Layer_1 gt 1 layer name d work data 2 2 img Layer_2 gt 2 layer name d work data 2 2 img
137. 31 root usr lib nt BB amp pplicationFunctions Date Time Stamp 31 Jan 2007 03 08 58 Description Help Class Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 255 Application Function DLL The ApplicationFunctions DLL class provides a means of defining functions callable from within EML scripts on a session wide basis The initial specifications of EML defined built in functions that are callable from any EML script regardless of the application that parsed the EML script These functions are defined in the EML library that EML based applications rely on for their EML script interpreting ability Though ccessible session wide this list of functions is not easily extensible Later specifications allowed this list of functions that were callable from within an EML script to be ex tended by allowing a function translation table to be supplied by an application to the EML library routine that parses an EML script for interpretation Although this provided extensibility the added functions were only usable from EML scripts that were parsed by the application that defined the functions The ApplicationFunctions DLL Class allows functions to be introduced to an IMAGINE installation that are available session wide These functions can be called from any EML script regardless of the applica tion that is used to parse that EML script The following instances of ApplicationFunctions DLLs are distributed wit
138. 4 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit If you don t want to create multiple picks you need to call evue PickDestroy to destroy the pick This is typically called in the function specified as the Evue PickCreatedFunction funcld in evue PickToolCreate evue PickDestroy The prototype of this API is void evue PickDestroy Evue Connection apc the connection to use Evue ObjId id Eerr ErrorReport enim A selector is used to represent points or regions of interest on an image They are often used in conjunction with picks after using a pick operation to digitize a polyline for example in most cases you will want to draw the same polyline as a selector Selectors are created by calling evue SelectorCreate function evue SelectorCreate The prototype of this API is Evue ObjId evue SelectorCreate Evue Connection apc the connection to use Evue DisplayHandle view Evue LayerHandle layer char name the name string to use Evue SelectorType type type of selector to create int nverts number of x y pairs in array double verts x0 y0 x1 y1 xN yN char label label displayed under GCP selector char iconname icon used for GCP selector Eerr_ErrorReport err The name argument is an internal name this should be unique to your particular application The Evue_SelectorType enumeration is defined as typedef enum EVUE_SEL
139. 8 8 0 ET Use Predefined Compress Rate Batch Cancel Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 37 Design the GUI 10 px filename Input filename Output 20 10 200 50 270 10 200 50 lt Popuplist gt Band 20 80 200 50 0 0 270 90 200 240 checkbox Meterbar 20 140 200 30 label lt radiobutton gt 0 0 180 30 10 40 180 130 390 px lt Textnumber gt 20 180 20 lt label gt lt checkbox gt 10 180 180 30 10 100 180 30 button button button 20 340 100 40 160 340 100 40 300 340 100 40 0 0 490 390 490 px Once your script is parsed through IMAGIE EML library it should look like the following dialog box k Advanced Demo Call IMAGINE JOB Input File Name OUtput File name jp2 2 Which band do you want to compress xl Display Meter Bar Choose Predefined Quality Choose Compresss Rate of JPEG2000 C Med Compress Rate 5 Use Exact Compression Rate 2 10 High Compress Rate 8 8 0 2 zx Use Predefined Compress Rate Batch Cancel 38 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec2 02 Empty GUI Framework no action code
140. AME AS ARGUMENT argv 0 layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 0 eint GetInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerGetNames MAKE SURE IMAGE IS VALID EERR CHECK layernames count 1 EFSO Error No layers in image ADD ALL LAYERS NAME INTO STRING LIST for i 0 i lt layernames count i if lapp listNames app listNames estr_StringListAppend NULL layernames strings i amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 estr StringlLlistAppend else estr_StringListAppend app gt listNames layernames gt strings i amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error estr_StringListAppend CREATE NEW SPACE IN CELLARRAY ok The callback function for CellArray will take care filling the TE content for the new rows in CellArray UPDATE THE NUMBER OF ROWS FOR CELLARRAY eeml SetValues app cellPart amp lclerr rowcount app listNames count NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeml SetValues CREATE NEW SPACE FOR CELLARRAY eeui CAAppendRows app cellPart 0 EMSC TRUE app listNames count amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeui CAAppendRows cleanup if layernames 352 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL return NULL
141. AS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 81 Exercise 1 Your first SML Script Exercise Objective In this exercise you will write a ERDAS Spatial Modeler Language SML script and will learn basic syntax and rules The following figure shows a graphic model model_1 gmd from IMAGINE Model Maker This model will simply multiply the digital values from an input image by 2 and output the result to a new image a d work datat model 1 gmd SE File Edit Model Text Process Help c D E Seana nl lanier nl lanier 2 Below is an automatically generated SML script model 1 mdl This will provide you with a basic understanding of the contents and syntax of these SML scripts 82 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet 01 Your first SML script model 1 mdl COMMENT Generated from graphical model d work datat model 1 gmd set cell size for the model SET CELLSIZE MIN set window for the model SET WINDOW UNION set area of interest for the model SET AOI NONE declarations Integer RASTER n1 lanier FILE OLD NEAREST NEIGHBOR AOI NONE d work data lanier img Integer RASTER n2 out FILE DELETE IF EXISTING IGNORE 0 ATHEMATIC 8 BIT UNSIGNED INTEGER d work datat out img function definitions n2 out n1 lanier 2 QUIT Code Explanation Comments Comments in
142. Cancel title Cancel geometry 300 340 100 40 on mousedown unload FRAME PROCEDURE K K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K on pro ExportJPEG CALL IMAGINE JOB if pop Bands PROCESS ALL BANDS job exportecw inputfilename fln Input Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 69 outputfilename fln Output compratio txt ExactRate photointerp Multispectral else PROCESS INDIVIDUAL BAND variable band set band pop_bands GetListIndex INDEX START FRMO 1 BAND START FROM 1 job exportecw inputfilename fln Input outputfilename fln Output bands band compratio txt ExactRate photointerp Grsyscale Code Explanation Buttons for Executing Commands Buttons here will look like the button described above for unloading an EML script However in this case the mousedown message handler on mousedown will be used to run an IMAGINE Application Command The command Exportgeojp2 used here will compress your input image to JPEG2000 format and you may able to change the compress rate and band The JOB Command The job command is used only with IMAGINE JOB programs These programs require initial input information from the user but do not interact with the user while they run In general
143. ECTOR_POINT a single point shown as a crosshair EVUE_SELECTOR_GCP a single point shown as an icon EVUE_SELECTOR_RECTANGLE a rectangular screen region not rotated EVUE_SELECTOR_ROTBOX a rotatable rectangle EVUE_SELECTOR_POLYGON a closed polygonal region EVUE_SELECTOR_POLYLINE an open polyline Evue_SelectorType Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 325 nverts is the number of vertices used to define the selector For points and GCP type selectors nverts should be 1 for rectangles and rotboxes 4 and for polygons and polylines any number verts is the array of vertices listed as x0 yO x1 y1 etc For the rectangle selector the order of the points is Upper Left Upper Right Lower Right Lower Left For the rotbox the order is Lower Left Upper Left Upper Right Lower Right This is important in the case of the rotbox so the rotation angle is computed correctly The label argument is a text string that will show up next to the selector in the Viewer It is used only for GCP type selectors iconname is also used only for GCP type selectors it is the name of the icon file used Note that the icon file specified must be in the same pixmap format as the default icon file for the GCP selector gcp icon The handle for the selector in the form of an Evue Objld type is returned If you want to remove a selector use evue SelectorDestroy function
144. EFS evue RemoveCallback evue Close app connection amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO evue Close app connection NULL app displayHandle NULL app gt root gt doneFlag EMSC TRUE cleanup return NULL CALLBACK FUNCTION ViewCloseCB DESCRIPTION This is a callback that will free all allocated memory associated with the viewer when the viewer is closed FSS CSG Emsc Boolean ViewerCloseCB nr Evue ObjId id Evue CallbackReason reason void cbd int cbdlen Emsc Opaque client data Eerr ErrorReport outerr AppContext app AppContext client_data app gt displayHandle NULL Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 313 app layerHandle NULL return EMSC FALSE CALLBACK FUNCTION NAME PointCreatedCB DESCRIPTION This is a callback that create the Selector SESKOR IER EE
145. ERDAS_COLOR_PATH S PERSONAL Colors IMAGINE_HOME_PATt ERDAS_DBCONNECT_PATH SPERSONAL DBConnect IMAGINE_H ERDAS_DEVICES_PATH SIMAGINE_HOME_PATH devices SARCHh ERDAS_DLL_DIR SIMAGINE_HOME usr lib SARCHM ERDAS_DYNAMIC_MOVIES_DIR SIMAGINE_HOME usr ib SARCHM ERDAS_ESRI_BIN_PATH SARCHOME bin ERDAS ETC PATH SPERSONAL SIMAGINE 5 CONAC DCvDD NID CIMACINEG LIMLDS A AS Avr System Defaults Personal Defaults Delete tem Edit Add Environment Variables Variable Value SIMAGINE_HOME archome ARCHM License Information License Information is set and modified using License Manager the following button OK Help Actually you don t need to modify these environment variables because it can be dangerous to change them For example if you change ERDAS SCRIPT PATH to d then next time you will not be able to start IMAGINE because IMAGINE can not find all its EML script for GUI display 106 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit IMAGINE HOME PATH is expandable IMAGINE HOME is NOT IMAGINE HOME is unique while IMAGINE HOME PATH is expandable You can expand it to your own working folder so IMAGINE can find your EML script and EXEs We will show you how to do that in the next section Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 107 Class Notes 108 ERDAS Custo
146. ESSION MANAGER ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES REGISTER RASTER FROMAT DLLS ETC esmg ApplicationInit NULL 7 INIT TOOLKIT x void eint InitToolkit Emsc_Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit GET ALL LAYER NAMES layername estr StringCat NULL argv 1 Layer_1 Concatenate 2 strings allocate memory and return its pointer OPEN THE FIRST LAYER layer eimg LayerCreate layername EIMG ATHEMATIC LAYER EGDA TYPE F32 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 173 512 512 eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerCreate ALLOCATE SPACE FOR THE PIXEL TO BE WRITE ONE FULL ROW 2 pixel eimg PixelRectCreate layer width 1 layer pixelType amp 1 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg PixelRectCreate WRITE LAYER for row 0 row layer gt height row Assign pixel value to row ai for column 0 column layer width column Egda F32 EIMG DATAPTR pixel column column row 7 Write the row to layer 7 eimg LayerWrite layer 0 row layer width 1 pixel amp lclerr 1 cleanup 174 EERR SHOW lclernr EERR DEBUG if layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layer NULL if
147. ETT CLAY LOAM 1 25 ERODE HIWASSEE LOAM 2 67 oO RONDE Bee Ree EO This figure shows the descriptor table from IMAGINE V4 Raster Attribute Editor Insoils img Layer 1 File Edit Help D 1 Layer Number Class Names Color Opacity Histogram Percentage Hectares Actes Erosion ALTAVISTA SANDY LOAM 2 6 0 0702 16 5605 409207 APPLING SANDY LOAM 2 6 cm 0 0950 224107 55 3764 CECIL SANDY LOAM 2 6 0 3399 80 1926 138 154 CECIL SANDY LOAM 6 10 0 3888 233 288 576 448 CECIL SANDY CLAY LOAM 6 10 2 9087 686 272 1695 76 CHESTATEE STONY SNDY LOAM 15 2 RN 0 1766 41 6714 102 363 CHEWACLA LOAM FREQ FLOODED MMM 0 0061 1 44005 355832 CHEWACLA WEHADKEE COMPLEX 0 0000 0 0 GWINNETT CLAY LOAM 6 10 ERODE 0 6584 155 345 383 854 GWINNETT CLAY LOAM 10 25z EROD IB 1 7429 411 223 1016 12 e e e E 4 e S I E Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 183 Code Snippet Sec5 03e JEE RER ek REOR E REE Ee EE eee ee Re IK OR OR eh eRe ae eee K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K OK K K K OK K K OK OK K K K OK K K JOB descriptors PURPOSE This example descriptor table CALLING SYNTAX descriptors lt input
148. El Action General Command P TarzetPath Debugging Command Arguments in Input rgument out OQutputArgument c c Working Directory Linker Attach C Browse Information Symbol Path Build Events Custom Build Step Debugger Type 1 Web Deployment SQL Debugging El RenoteSetting Connection Remote Machine Remote Command HTTP URL Specifies the URL for the project used only when appropriate such as for ATL Server or managed web services 9 c e 152 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Earg Cmd Structure You will find the following struct code in this exercise This code determines how the Toolkit JOB command line is structured COMMAND ARGUMENT PROTOTYPE Earg Cmd command set input in put Xs NULL set_output out put s NULL set_optionalflag f lag d NULL jobMain JOBTemplate UU NULL EARG END The Earg Cmd structure is the heart of the earg package and is responsible for setting up the command line structure in put Ves everything in the bracket i e put is optional You can type either or input but you can not type inp or inpu f lag d is optional but the argument notification f is not optional the programmer is reponsible for setting a default value in the code The prototype
149. Emsc Boolean If the value of this flag is EMSC_TRUE then this column may be used in the criteria selection dialog If the value is FALSE then it cannot The de fault value for this is EMSC TRUE int Emsc Opaque int char int This is a pointer to a function which is called to get the string to be used enti tle the column The first argument is a pointer to user supplied data The sec ond argument is the column number the first column is 0 The third argu ment is a pointer to the buffer into which the function will place the string The fourth argument is the maximum number of characters which the function may return The default value for this parameter is NULL This function should return a value of 1 putcoltitle int Emsc Opaque int char int This is a pointer to a function which is called to return the new column title to the application The first argument is the caller supplied data The second ar gument is the column number 0 is the first column The third argument is a pointer to the new title The fourth argument is the length of the new argu ment The default value for this parameter is NULL This function should re turn a value of 1 selectflag Emsc Boolean This is a flag which controls whether a column is selectable If the flag is EMSC TRUE then the column may be selected If itis EMSC FALSE then the column may not be selected The default for this is TRUE getcellvalue
150. FOR SINGLE CELLARRAY COLUMN COLUMN TYPE text PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE or getcellvalue getImageTypeCB DESCRIPTION get value for each cell of the column It is called each time the CELLARRAY needs iun to display the column data for a given cell tok Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 361 static int getlImageTypeCB char data Pointer to user data int row Row number int column Column number char text A pointer to a char buffer into which the application places the text int size the max number of char which may be placed in the buffer AppContext app AppContext data EERR INIT getlImageTypeCB amp lclerr lclerr Eimg Layer layer NULL if app listNames estr StringCopy app imgLayerName app listNames strings row if lapp imgLayerName return 0 layer eimg LayerOpen app imgLayerName eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Opening Image switch layer gt layerType case etxt_Text_strncpy text Thematic size break case T etxt Text strncpy text Athematic size break 1 eimg LayerClose layer amp 1 1 EERR DELETE 1cle
151. G_LAYER_OPTION_END EERR 1 1 EFS1 Error opening layer i INSERT MAP INFO eimg LayerMapInformationWrite inlayer projectionnamep units mapinfoXform amp lclerr EERR 1 1 EFS1 Error writing map info structure to layer i INSERT PROJECTION INFO eimg LayerMapProjectionWrite inlayer projinfo amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS1 Error writing projection info structure to layer i eimg LayerClose inlayer amp lclerr EERR 1 1 51 closing layer i inlayer NULL 248 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The new code without loop OPEN LAYER STACK inlayernames eimg LayerGetNames outfile erdInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting layer names of input file inlayerstack eimg LayerStackOpen inlayernames erdInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error p ening layerstack INSERT MAP INFO amp PROJECTION INFO BY LAYER STACK T eimg LayerStackMapInformationWrite inlayerstack projectionname units mapinfoXform amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error writing Map info to layerstack eimg LayerStackMapProjectionWrite inlayerstack projinfo amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error writing projection info to layerstack Code Explanation eimg LayerStack eimg LayerStackOpen
152. I HELLO WORLD This is Hello World progam for IMAGINE C Toolkit it will initialize the Toolkit global flags and display a dialog box ee ok OR Rok koe eol eS o e Rok e EA ooo RIO RR include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include lt emsc h gt MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS JE ERROR CHECKING MACROS EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg int main int argc char argv Eint InitToolkitData tkInit NULL DECLARES AND INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR MACROS EERR INIT Hello World amp lclerr lclerr INIT TOOLKIT tkInit eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit WEDS DISPLAY MESSAGE esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr Hello World NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR esmg LogMessage cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG return 0 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolk
153. IS APPLICATION typedef struct FRAME PARTS Eui_Root root Eml_ParseResult result Eui_BasePart frm_Apptemplate Eui_BasePart lab_DisplayMessage AppContext FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Application Function Table This table exposes internal functionality to the script interpreter First the functions are prototyped and then inserted into the table The table is used at parse time B static Estr_StringList showmessage Eeml Menu Emsc Opaque long char Eerr ErrorReport static Estr Stringlist closeapplication Eeml Menu Emsc Opaque long char Eerr port static Eeml TranslationTable menufunctions showmessage showmessage closeapplication closeapplication NULL NULL ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS T static void processMessageFromSessionManager Emsc Opaque int char Eerr_ErrorReport APPLICATION EXECUTION ENTRY POINT iA int main int argc char argv EERR INIT main amp lclerr lclerr int n Emsc Opaque context NULL char buf char NULL Eint_InitToolkitData erdinit NULL AppContext a
154. In automatically generated SML scripts all three parameters are always set in the same way set cell size for the model SET CELLSIZE MIN The CELLSIZE parameter determines the pixel resolution of the model In automatically generated scripts CELLSIZE is always set to MIN This means that if a model has two input rasters then the processing resolution of the model will be the minimum of the pixel resolutions of these rasters That is if one of the input rasters has 20 meter resolution and the other has 30 meter resolution the model will generate an output raster with 20 meter resolution In order to do this it will resample the 30 meter resolution input raster to 20 meters for processing purposes set window for the model SET WINDOW UNION The WINDOW parameter determines the extent of the processing area If the model produces an output raster its extent is also determined by the model WINDOW In automatically generated SML scripts like the one above the WINDOW area is always set to UNION This means that the extent of the processing area will consist of the union of all input layers So if a model takes five non overlapping input layers the processing area will accommodate the areas of all five inputs set area of interest for the model SET AOI NONE The third parameter setting in an automatically generated SML script determines the area of interest AOI or the subset of the overall processing area wh
155. L script First you must issue the startbatchsingle command The syntax for this command is simply STARTBATCHSINGLE Next you must call the JOB program with job command E g job modeler The Startbatchsingle command tells the EML interpreter to find the next job command and place it in a batch process The standard batch dialog then appears allowing the user to set the date and time of execution The STARTBATCH STOPBATCH Command The startbatch and stopbatch commands work together to allow you to run several job programs in a single batch process Whereas the startbatchsingle command simply loads the next job Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 71 command into a batch process the startbatch command indicates that each subsequent job command should be loaded into a batch process until the stopbatch command is issued The following is an example of a batch button that loads several job commands into a single batch process 72 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 73 Challenge 1 Open Viewer from EML Exercise Objective This exercise will instruct you to open the IMAGINE Viewer from your EML script It is nice to be able to view the input and output images after you finish the processing Try the following code see what happens Code Snippet Sec2
156. LAYER OPTION CONVOLUTION Specifies the convolution filter kernel to apply when reading data from this layer 2 additional arguments Eimg Kernel Eimg Window EIMG LAYER OPTION STATS IGNORE ZEROS EIMG LAYER OPTION STATS IGNORE VALUE Indicates that zeros should be ignored when computing statistics no additional arguments Indicates that a specify value should be ignored when computing statitiscs 1 additional argument Egda BaseData EIMG LAYER OPTION NON INITIALIZED VALUE EIMG LAYER OPTION NO DMS Specifies the value to return when reading raster data which has not been previously written to 1 additional argument Egda_BaseData This option indicates that the layer is not to be truly opened the virtual memory system is not activated This option is used as a quick method to find out certain information about the layer without truly opening it no additional argument EIMG LAYER OPTION DO NOT COMPUTE SUBSAMPLED IMAGES ON CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION BOUNDARY TYPE EIMG LAYER OPTION SET AOI Don t compute subsampled images and stores them on disc when the layer is closed no additional arguments Specify how to handle out of bounds values 1 additional argument Eimg BoundaryType which indicates how to determine pixel values when reading pixels outside the valid window This window is initialized to be the entire layer but can be modified via the EIMG LA
157. Layer_3 gt Width 1403 The Height 1376 Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER Pixel type EGDA_TYPE_U8 Column Row For The First Layer 2 3 value 126 Column Row For The First Layer 20 45 value 15 Column Row For The First Layer m Note In order to run program in Console mode you need to modify project settings in your Zz Microsoft Visusal Studio 1 Remove the ewinmainlib lib from Linker Linker gt Input gt Additional Dependencies remove the ewinmainlib lib 158 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit 2 Change Subsystem to Console Linker gt System gt Subsystem change to Console SUBSYSTEM CONSOLE lt 3 gt Go to IMAGINE Command line type the following command c windows system32 cmd exe lt 4 gt In the DOS Console type the following command c Program Files ERDAS ERDAS Desktop 201 1 Bin Win32Debug readpixel d work data 2 2 img Another way to run is to set up the command arguments in your Visual Studio Go to project settings gt Configuration Properties gt Debugging gt Command Arguments and type d work data 2 2 img there Code Snippet Sec5 03a JOB readpixel P
158. MACHINE X86 Profile No CLR Thread Attribute No threading attribute set CLR Image Type Default image type Key File Key Container Delay Sign No Error Reporting Prompt Immediately ERRORREPORT PROMPT CLR Unmanaged Code Check No Change the output directory to the following 260 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 261 Exercise 1 An Application Function DLL Template Exercise Objective In this exercise we will create a template for Application Function DLL you will be able to modify this template for the future exercises Packages used 262 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What this Application Function DLL Tempalte does This template will create an application function dll called aftemplate dll which includes three dummy EML functions i e function1 function2 functionetc Application function dlls use the IMAGINE plug in DLL technology so that the dll can be loaded when called from an EML since the purpose of the application function dll is to extend EML functionality EML is used for creating the IMAGINE GUI interface After you modify or add dlls the next time you restart IMAGINE IMAGINE will automatically re scan the lt IMAGINE_HOME gt usr lib Win32Release applicationfunctions folder and load all
159. MAKE SURE THERE IS 4 ARGUMENTS IF argcount 4 QUIT Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 89 VARIABLE DECLARATION INTEGER RASTER in FILE OLD NEAREST NEIGHBOR AOI NONE ARG1 INTEGER RASTER out FILE DELETE IF EXISTING ARG4 DISPLAY INPUT ARGUMENT mh SHOW START PROCESS SHOW INPUT FILE NAME ARG1 SHOW BAND INDEX ARG2 SHOW MULTIPILER ARG3 SHOW OUTPUT FILE NAME ARG4 MULTIPLY A SINGLE LAYER BY A NUMBER out in arg2 arg3 SHOW END PROCESS QUIT Code Explanation Implementing Command Line Parameters Command line arguments can be substituted for any constant value defined in an SML script Constant values include numeric constants e g numeric values associated with alternative parameter settings for processing area and pixel resolution and string constants e g strings representing file names of input and output raster files This substitution is achieved by using the arg lt gt reserved words where constants would otherwise appear The arg lt gt strings take the form argl arg2 arg3 and so on Each string corresponds to a command line argument The number in the string indicates the position of the argument Thus if only one command line argument is defined for an SML script it must be defined as argl in the SML script Related to the arg lt gt key words is the argcount key word The
160. MapProjectionWrite function to write map projection information to the layer The following is a detailed description 220 eimg LayerMapInformationWrite The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerMapInformationWrite Eimg Layer layer Etxt Text proName Etxt Text units XForm xForm Eerr ErrorReport errptr This function writes map information to be associated with the specified Layer layer Any previously existing map information will be overwritten This function will not remove any existing projection information It is the caller s responsibility to ensure that the projection information associated with the layer is consistent with the Map information associated with the layer proName units xForm must be either all NULL or all non NULL If they are all non NULL the map information contained in the parameters will be written the layer If they are all NULL any map information associated with the layer will be deleted proName contains a projection name which identifies the map system of the layer This may be the eprj ProjectionNameUnknown units contains the map units upon which xForm is based xForm contains the map to layer pixel transformation for the layer eimg LayerMapProjectionWrite The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerMapProjectionWrite Eimg Layer layer Eprj MapProjection projection Eerr ErrorReport This function associates a map projection projectio
161. NIT functionetc outerr lclerr Estr_StringList result NULL Fill in the logic here cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG return result Code Explanation InstanceTitleListGet The InstanceTitleListGet function will also be exported in the DLL and it will enable IMAGINE to get function titles quickly This list of titles returned from InstanceTitleListGet is interpreted as a list of function names of global Eeml AppFunction s accessible in the DLL instance from which the list was obtained If a given title is located as a global function symbol a pointer to that function is placed in the translation table of the EML library Otherwise the title is ignored Any given title must currently name an Eeml AppFunction or the argument passing from the EML script to the function will not occur properly InstanceTitleListGet The prototype of this API is long InstanceTitleListGet unsigned long count Output char titleList Output The InstanceTitleListGet function is used to query a DLL for titles of objects or methods that are serviced by that DLL The results of this function are intended to be used ultimately by user Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 269 interface software so that appropriate title lists can be constructed and presented to the user based solely on what sort of input a particular interface is looking for and what DLLs are a
162. NULL set optionalflag f 1ag d NULL jobMain JOBTemplate NULL EARG END 7 Earg DEPENDENT GLOBAL VARIABLES FOR INPUT ARGUMENT static char input NULL static char output NULL static Emsc Boolean optionalflag EMSC FALSE 148 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EXECUTION ENTRY POINT f int main int argc char argv DECLARES AND INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR MACROS EERR INIT JOBTemplate amp lclerr lclerr INIT TOOLKIT uw void eint InitToolkit Emsc_Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit JE REGISTER WITH THE SESSION MANAGER AS A JOB esmg_JobInit JOBTemplate amp lclerr EERR_CHECK lclerr EFS Error esmg JobInit PARSE THE COMMAND LINE BASED ON THE PROTOTYPE earg DoArgs command argv amp 1 1 ANNOUNCE THAT THE JOB IS DONE esmg JobEnd amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 esmg JobEnd cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG return 1 J Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION INPUT static void set input int argc char argv input estr Duplicate argv 1 DUPLICATE STRING RETURN PINTER TO INPUT return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION OUTPUT 7 static void set_output int argc char argv output estr Duplicate argv 1 DUPLICATE STRING RETURN PINTE
163. OF YOUR DLL ud FOR SOMETHING DLL DLL INSTANCE NAME SHOULD BE SOMETHING mem OTHERWISE IMAGINE WILL NOT FIND YOUR DLL Ki define DLL_INSTANCE_NAME aftemplate THIS MUST COME AFTER THE DEFINE DLL INSTANCE NAME MDF LINE AS REQUIRES THE THE DLL INSTANCE TO ALREADY SET include edll h 7 DEFINITION OF ERROR CHECKING MACROS a define EFS1 msg EERR_FATAL_SET_1 msg arg define EFSO msg EERR_FATAL_SET_ LINE msg define ESO e msg EERR_SHOW_ e EERR_DEBUG LINE msg DEFINITION OF APPLICATION FUNCTION MACRO This APP FUNC macro will prototype and define application functions exported by the DLL NAME prepends the DLL d instance name to the application function name which is mm a requirement for all ApplicationFunction DLLs T define APP FUNC fName N DllExport Estr_StringList N IFD NAME fName Eeml Menu menu N Emsc Opaque context N long argc N char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr PROTOTYPE S OF THE FUNCTION S EXPORT BY THIS DLL TE Give your functions logical names that identify what they do but avoid names already defined by APP FUNC function1 and Edit this APP FUNC function2 and Edit this APP FUNC functionetc and Edit this SPECIFY THE EML NAME S OF THE FUNCTION S SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL Bor You should call the following functio
164. R SIA ACI AC A AG AC CRACK emet_MeterInfoPrint meter j 100 numrows amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error printing to the meter info eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error closing active layer layer NULL WRITE MAP amp PROJECTION INFO TO IMG y if headerflag METER CHANGE TASK NAME PR EEE ERLE ES emet_MeterInfoChangeTaskName meter Insert Map amp Proj Info amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error emet MeterInfoChangeTaskName ReadHeader input output amp lclerr MARK SUCCESSFUL FINISH cleanup Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 243 if pixelRect eimg_PixelRectDelete pixelRect amp lclerr EERR_DELETE 1clerr pixelRect NULL if handle efio Close handle amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr handle NULL if layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr layer NULL if meter emet MeterInfoDelete meter amp lclerr EERR DELETE 1clerr meter NULL return Code Explanation The emet package The Progress Meter Support emet package allows an ERDAS IMAGINE application to report its progress in an extensible way Placing calls to the emet package at critical points in a process allows a user to track the progress of an application emet
165. R TO INPUT return i Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION FLAG Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 149 7 static void set optionalflag int argc char argv 7 if argc 1 i optionalflag EMSC TRUE DEFAULT else if if estr_Eqic argv 1 1 COMPARE STRING CASE INSENSITIVE optionalflag EMSC_TRUE else if estr_Eqic argv 1 optionalflag EMSC_FALSE else optionalflag EMSC_TRUE return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION THE CORE PROCESS ENTRY POINT THE HEART OF THE PROCESSING static void jobMain int argc char argv EERR INIT jobMain amp lclerr lclerr if input esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr YOUR INPUT IS Xs input EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR esmg LogMessage if output esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr YOUR OUTPUT IS s output EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR esmg LogMessage if optionalflag esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr YOU SELECTED THE FLAG NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR esmg LogMessage cleanup return I 150 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation Pseudo template for Toolkit Job One of the hurdles in learning to use the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit is determining what is setup code and what is actual function code Since there is no IDE Integrated Development Environment whic
166. RDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Toolkit Libraries Overview There are four IMAGINE libraries of major interest to Toolkit application developers eraster dll elib dll emllib dll viewlib dll Although they were mentioned earlier in the Microsoft Visual Studio Project settings section they will be looked at in more detail here The core is the base library called eraster ERDAS Raster Library It contains all of the core functionality needed to create read write geospatial imagery Layered on top of this is elib ERDAS Library which contains all of the non GUI components of application creation such as session management annotation and a number of utility packages Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 123 eraster dll elib dll Vectors amp Image Processing Methods I O Methods ics System Access Abstract Data Types 124 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Layered on top of the elib library is the user interface library called emllib ERDAS Macro Language Library which contains all of the functions for creating a portable GUI and interfacing with EML EML GUI Embedded Viewer IMAGINE Toolkit Libraries Reference Here is a brief introduction of IMAGINE C Toolkit Packages Error Logging a
167. S ah include lt eint h gt include lt eerr h gt include eeml h include lt eeml_frame h gt include lt eeml_dialog h gt include lt emsc h gt include lt estr h gt include lt evue h gt ERROR MACROS a define EFSO m EERR FATAL SET O _LINE_ m define ESO e EERR SHOW 0 e EERR DEBUG LINE MAIN STRUCTURE FOR THIS APPLICATION typedef struct i FRAME PARTS Eui Root root Eml_ParseResult result Eui_BasePart frame Eui BasePart coord EXTERNAL VIEW INTERACTION Evue_Connection connection Evue_DisplayHandle displayHandle Evue LayerHandle layerHandle Evue LayerInfo viewLayInfo SELECTOR Evue 0531 pick Evue ObjId selector double pointx double pointy JAppContext Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 307 FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K APPLICATION FUNCTION TABLE This table exposes internal functionality to the script interpreter First the functions are prototyped and then inserted into the table The table is used at parse time K kK k k k kk k k kK K k K kK k k KK k f THIS MACRO MAKE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF APPLICATION FUNCTIONS MUCH
168. TIC_LAYER n break case EIMG ATHEMATIC LAYER printf The Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER n break default printf Other Enum value n switch layer pixelType Egda PixelType case EGDA_TYPE_U8 printf The Pixel type EGDA_TYPE_U8 n break case EGDA TYPE U16 printf The Pixel type EGDA TYPE U16A4n break default printf Other Enum value n ALLOCATE SPACE FOR THE PIXEL TO BE READ as pixel eimg PixelRectCreate 1 1 EGDA_TYPE_F32 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg PixelRectCreate ACCESS PIXEL VALUE BY COLUMN AND ROW f while lexit printf Enter Column Row For The First Layer type 1 1 to exit scanf d d amp column amp row if column 1 Read Pixel Value into Eimg PixelRect Structure eimg LayerRead layer column row 1 1 pixel amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eimg LayerRead Access Eimg PixelRect Structure printf Pixel value g n Egda F32 EIMG DATAPTR pixel 0 0 1 lt exit 1 break 1 cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG if layer eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layer NULL if pixel eimg PixelRectDelete pixel amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 161 pixel NULL if layernames estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr
169. Text name External form of the name Eeml AppFunction function Internal name of the function Eeml_TranslationTable Each of the application functions should have the following prototype Estr_StringList appFunc Eeml_Menu menu Unused Emsc_Opaque context Function Context long argc Argument Count char argv Argument List Eerr ErrorReport err When the application function is called each of the arguments is converted to a string and passed in via the argv The number of arguments is contained in argc Additionally the context argument is a pointer to user defined data which is defined as the appdata in the eeml ParseVa call The eeml Package Eeml package is a collection of API functions to access the different places of the EML system Parser Interpreter GUI manager Session Manager Batch manager etc This package is built on the top of the following packages i e erasterlib dll elib dll Windows system library X Xt Motif under unix Win32 under Windows This feature allows any C programmer to easily create a complete GUI based application without having any experience in the native window system 298 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit All applications will use eeml Init to initializes the EML toolkit package and creates the Eui Root as a Root Part The application program must call this function before calling any other function in
170. These point values are displayed in the label in the EML dialog A GCP selector at the point is then created by calling evue SelectorCreate and a callback is added on the selector so that the function SelectorMoveCB is called if the selector is moved 326 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Within the SelectorMoveCB function the callbackData pointer is cast to an Evue CallbackDataSelector pointer The vertices are accessed from the Evue CallbackDataSelector structure via the EVUE VERTEX X and EVUE CB VERTEX Y macros which take as arguments the selector data pointer and the vertex number Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 327 Class Notes 328 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 3 Exercise Objective We now have an application which will interact with the IMAGINE Viewer and will through Selectors get information regarding the associated image It would also be useful to have a table whereby we could upload geographically related cover types and compare the pixel value or coordinate information of the image with the attribute value of a cover type In this section we will incorporate a CellArray into the application A CellArray is a very useful tool in being able to visualize data It is similar to a Microsoft Excel table consisting of columns and rows We will
171. URPOSE This example shows how to read pixel value from an existing image layer 1 by default by col and row number CALLING SYNTAX readpixel inputfile name e g readpixel d work data 2 2 img Enter Column Row 100 100 lt Use space in between ereerrrerrerrr ere ee 4 define EFIO STDIO PROTOTYPES PASSTHROUGH WILL ENABLE printf include lt stdlib h gt TOOLKIT INCLUDES include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include emsc h MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include estr h STRING PACKAGE include egda h DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include eimg h HIGH LEVEL TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg static int rc 1 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 159 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT we int main int argc char argv long column row long width height int i int exit 0 Estr Stringlist layern
172. VERSION MORE PRECISE Need to do a slight shift in order to accurately get the return di in the viewer 1 2 pixel in x direction 1 2 pixel in y direction EFGA MATRIX transmatrix OL OL EFGA MATRIX transmatrix 1L 1L x mapinfo pixelSize width 2 y mapinfo pixelSize height 2 CREATE A MAP gt PIXEL TRANSFORMATION xForm exfr XFormCreateFromMapInfo mapinfo EMSC TRUE EMSC TRUE map to pixel EMSC FALSE pixel to map amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating xForm from MapInfo exfr Transform xForm transmatrix transmatrix amp lclerr EERR 1 1 EFS Error transforming map coords to pixel coords fx fy EFGA MATRIX transmatrix 0L 0L EFGA MATRIX transmatrix 1L 1L READ PIXEL VALUE BASED ON FILE COORDINATES eimg LayerRead rlayer fx fy 1 1 pixrect amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerRead rval Egda F64 EIMG DATAPTR pixrect 0 0 RETURN DIGITAL NUMBER TO APP app digitalnumber rval cleanup if rlayer 1 eimg LayerClose rlayer amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr rlayer NULL if layernames estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL if mapinfo eprj MapInfoFree amp mapinfo mapinfo NULL if xForm exfr_XFormFree amp xForm amp lclerr EERR DELETE lcle
173. YER OPTION WINDOW option Register an area of interest AOI to use when reading and writting layer data 1 additional argument Eaoi AreaOFInterestHandle which defines the area of interest EIMG LAYER OPTION AOI IGNORE VALUES Specify a list of pixel values which are considered to indicatee out of bounds area This is one method to establish an area of interest AOI 1 additional argument Egda Table which contains the list of values to be ignored EIMG LAYER OPTION AOI USE BOUNDARY VALUE Substitue the boundary value for pixels which are outside the AOI no additional argument EIMG LAYER OPTION USE SS LAYERS Use subsampled layers whenever possible when reading data through a reducing transformation no additional argument EIMG LAYER OPTION AOI DO NOT USE BOUNDARY VALUE Do not substitute the boundary value for pixels which are outside the AOI no adddtional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION DO NOT USE AOI ON NEIGHBORHOOD Apply mask from layer during eimg LayerStackArrayApplyNeighborhoodFunction Block EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE SUBSAMPLED LAYERS ALGORITHM Specify which resampling algorithm to use for computing subsampled images 1 additional argument Eimg SSAlgorithmType EIMG LAYER OPTION STATS SKIP FACTORS EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON FLY Skip factors to use when computing statistics 2 additional arguments int int which specify the
174. a is thematic i e each pixel value is the index of a class EIMG ATHEMATIC LAYER Data is a measurement of some sort EIMG REALFFT LAYER Data is a packed FFT of real valued data Eimg_LayerType You can also find the image type from Imagelnfo dialog the following figures show where to look at the Image type Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 195 Imagelnfo 2 2 img File Edit View Help 5 1 Layer X n fGeneral Projection Histogram Pixel data Layer Name Layer 1 File Type IMAGINE Image File Info Last Modified Mon Feb 12 20 25 47 2001 Number of Layers Image Auxiliary File s All File Size 6 31 MB Width 1403 Height 1376 Block width 64 Block Height 54 Data Type Unsigned 8 bit Compression None Data Order Pyramid Layer Algorithm IMAGINE 2X2 Resampling Layer Info Min 5 Max 253 Mean 120 832 Median 125 Mode 136 Std Dev 49 106 Skip Factor X 13 Skip Factor Y 13 Last Modified Mon Feb 12 20 25 48 2001 Statistics Info File Upper Left 1062354 0 Upper Left Y 2062356 0 Lower Right X 1073570 0 Lower Right Y 2051356 0 Pixel 8 0 Pixel Size Y 8 0 Unit other Geo Model Map Info Map Info Projection Unknown Projection Info ImagelInfo landcover img File Edit View Help eOS8S z Layer Name Layer 1 File Type IMAGINE Image File Info Last Modi
175. abilities of the ERDAS Spatial Modeler with a view to quickly developing and deploying complete end to end GIS workflows Our aim is to enable you the reader to extract actionable information from raw data faster than ever before spatial models gmd the reverse process is not possible In IMAGINE 2013 it is impossible Note While the New graphical spatial models gmdx files be converted from legacy to export Python script directly from spatial modeler Before we go into using spatial models and operators within python let us talk about initial setup for IMAGINE Modeler Python libraries Create Windows System Environment called Launch System Properties and then click Environment Variables Create a new system user variable and point to IMAGINE_HOME usr lib win32release python PYTHONPATH C ERDAS ERDAS Desktop 2013 usr lib Win32Release python Edit System Variable Variable name PYTHONPATH Variable value D work gi20 13 yoot usr Vib Win32release p ewe Introduction to ERDAS Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 95 If you installed Python 2 7 then you also need to add the path of python exe to system PATH environment variable so that you can launch Python environment from command line Edit User Variable Variable name Path Variable value i Files Intel WirelessCommon C Python27
176. able String Pooling No Configuration Properties Enable Minimal Rebuild No General Enable C Exceptions Yes EHsc Debugging Smaller Type Check No cicer Basic Runtime Checks Default Runtime Library Multi threaded Debug DLL MDd cutem ETITTICTONEENENEN 2727 Buffer Security Check Yes Sas Enable Function Level Linking No Precomplied Headers oe B Instruction Set Not as Output Files Floating Point Model Precise fp precise Browse Information Enable Floating Point Exceptions No Advanced Command Line 8 Linker Manifest Tool Resources XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step E Web Deployment Struct Member Alignment Specify 1 2 4 8 or 16 byte boundaries for struct member alignment Zp num ewe Change the Stuct Member Alignment to the following Struct Member Aligment Default Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 115 Configuration Properties gt C C gt Precompiled Headers annotationF romText Property Pages Configuration Prope Bole wea Not Using Precompiled Headers General Create Use PCH Through File Debugging Precompiled Meader File e General ptimization Preprocessor Code Generat Language Precompiled Output Files Browse Inforr Advanced Command Line Linker Browse Informati Build Events Custom Build Ste Web Deployment
177. ading data from this layer 2 additional arguments Exfr_XForm char which speccfy the transformation and type of resampling method used to transform the data The transformation should be constructed such that when it is applied to a coordinate in the transformed coordinate system a coordinate in the file coordinate system of the layer can be derived The resampling method can be any of the resampling methods available for the Exfr XForm see eirf ResampleMethodsGet If the transformation is NULL no transformation will be used when reading pixels from the layer EIMG LAYER OPTION ERROR IF NONEXISTENT EIMG LAYER OPTION USE PRIVATE STORAGE Return an error if a layer is non existent when an open is performed 1 additional argument Emsc Boolean which specifies whether an error should be returned and processing should be aborted The default is EMSC TRUE If the option is EMSC FALSE the returned layer will be NULL which means you may have NULL layers in a layer stack if you use this option on a layer stack open Use private copies of all allocated wwrk areas This option takes 1 additional argument Emsc Boolean which specifies whether or not private storage should be used to perform calculations during eimg LayerRead functiton calls The layers that have this option set to EMSC TRUE may use eimg LayerRead calls During the eimg LayerRead calls of different layers i e recursively at the expense of increased d
178. ager what to do when this message is received In the case of a button that is used to remove an EML script from the session manager the mousedown message handler must issue the unload command so that the session manager knows to remove or unload the EML script This is the basic syntax for a button which servers to unload an EML script BUTTON buttonname ON MOUSEDOWN UNLOAD The button framepart must be contained in a frame Each frame can have several button and other frameparts Each framepart must be named The name must be unique and by convention a framepart name should indicate its purpose Each framepart must be opened and closed with curly brackets While not always required message handlers such as on mousedown must often be opened and closed with curly brackets Thus it is a good practice to always open and close them in this way A Startup message handler the display command Whenever an EML script is loaded in an IMAGINE session the startup message is issued A startup message handler must be included in all stand alone EML scripts so that the GUIs contained in the script frames can be presented to the user Without providing a startup message handler the EML script has no means of interacting with the user In order to present a GUI to the user the startup message handler on startup must issue the display command The syntax of the display command is DISPLAY framename The frame displaye
179. allers they basically have the same functionality Make Your Own Icons ico You may use Microsoft Visual Studio to create your own icon file Microsoft ICON files can contain multiple sized ICONs in one single file When creating an ICON for IMAGINE make sure there is only one size i e 48 x 48 pixels If you put 2 different size e g 32 x 32 pixels and 48 x 48 pixels in one ICON file I MAGINE will use the smallest icon which in this example is 32 x 32 pixels The following figure shows the ICON editor in Microsoft Visual Studio 72 csmgmsupportlib Microsoft Visual C design toolkitdebug ico Ele Edit View Project Build Debug Tools Image Window 1 1 5 5 88 p p Debug g eprj_ProParametersCreateByName gt Properties x hooser c CSMOrientedRasterSpace cpp toolkitdebug ico 4 gt X Icon Editor IIconEd gt e 4i m Device 48 48 16 colo E Bisc Name Icon Editor Filename D workkgiSgiNr ID v Mame J 10 dx3 1a 4J85 de geo E Zu mm 655 O Find Results 1 x Find all eprj_ProParametersC A D Wwork gi9l sources_gio emlli D Wwork gi91l sources_gio emlli D Wwork gi9l sources_gio image D work gi9l sources_giolimage D Wwork gi9l sources_gio image D work gi91 sources_giolimage Y lt 9 out Fin 6 1 Magnification
180. ameparts when necessary You can add the following code block into the framework we used in exercise 4 Code Snippet Sec2 05 Disable Enable Framepart group grp Rate checkbox chk PredefineRate on valuechanged if chk PredefineRate 1 enable grp PredefineRate disable txt ExactRate else disable grp PredefineRate enable txt ExactRate filename fln Output on filenamechoosen if fln Input amp amp fln Output enable btn OK enable btn Batch 64 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit on framedisplay disable grp PredefineRate disable btn OK disable btn Batch Code Explanation The DISABLE Commands In the user interfaces you create with the EML script language you will often find it is wise to disable different frameparts that appear in a frame This is often done to help the user avoid making mistakes For example if the EML script you create is intended to apply a spatial model to an input file and create an output file the model will fail if either the input file or the output file has not been specified If a button is used to run the model this button can be disabled until the user provides both file names The disable command can be used to disable any framepart The disable command has the following syntax disable framepartname The disable command is commonly used in the body of an on framedisplay
181. ames NULL Eimg Layer layer NULL Eimg PixelRect pixel NULL DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR Ek MACROS EERR INIT readpixel amp lclerr lclerr 7 SETUP THE BASE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENT THIS INCLUDES CONNECTION FOR SESSION MANAGER ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES REGISTER RASTER FROMAT DLLS ETC esmg ApplicationInit NULL 7 INIT TOOLKIT void eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR_CHECK 1clerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit 7 GET ALL LAYER NAMES layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 1 eint GetInit amp lclerr layernames eimg LayerGetNames d work data example 2 2 img eint GetInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerGetNames printf Image s n argv 1 printf The number of band d n layernames gt count for i 20 i lt layernames gt count i printf The d layer name s n i layernames strings i OPEN THE FIRST LAYER ny layer eimg_LayerOpen layernames gt strings eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG_LAYER_OPTION_READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eimg LayerOpen printf The Width d The Height d n layer width layer height switch layer layerType Eimg LayerType 160 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit case EIMG THEMATIC LAYER printf The Layer type EIMG_THEMA
182. application function dils including modified or new into memory There are three places where the function name appears and you need to make sure the same name is used For example the function1 will appear in the following three places 1 APP FUNC functioni and Edit this APP FUNC function and Edit this APP FUNC functionetc and Edit this c2 static char Titles Funetiont EHI Chis Ty Make sure the three function function2 and Edt ESI match the same name n functionetc and Edit this For Example If you want to change the name Function1 you need to change all the three places 3 APP FUNC functioni and Edit this EERR_INIT functioni outerr 1 1 Estr_StringList result NULL Fill in the logic here 7 cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG return result Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 263 Application Functions amp APP FUNC Macro Each of the application functions should have the following prototype Estr_StringList appFunc Eeml Menu menu Unused Emsc Opaque context Function Context long argc Argument Count char argv Argument List Eerr ErrorReport When the application function is called each of the arguments is converted to a string and passed in via the argv The number of argumen
183. are the xml files tlbx you need to create Toolkit tlbx lt xml version 1 0 gt lt TLBX start false gt Tab lt name gt Toolkit lt name gt lt type gt Tab lt type gt lt command gt lt category gt ToolBox lt category gt name Toolkit name type info toolbox toolkit gt Folder lt type gt lt order gt 250 lt order gt lt command gt lt TLBX gt Toolset tlbx lt xml version 1 0 gt TLBX start false gt Group lt name gt Tool set lt name gt lt type gt Group lt type gt lt command gt lt category gt ToolBox lt category gt name Toolset name type info toolbox toolkit toolset gt Folder lt type gt lt order gt 50 lt order gt lt command gt lt TLBX gt Btn Toolkit tlbx Control lt name gt Toolkit Tool 1 lt name gt lt type gt Button lt type gt lt controlSty1le gt IconAndCaptionBelow lt controlStyle gt lt command gt lt category gt ToolBox lt category gt lt name gt Toolkit lt name gt type info demo_job em1 gt Script lt type gt lt icon gt Toolkit ico lt icon gt lt help gt lt hel p gt lt order gt 50 lt order gt lt command gt lt TLBX gt Btn Toolkitdebug tlbx lt xml version 1 0 gt TLBX start false gt Control lt name gt Toolkit Tool 2 lt name gt lt type gt Button lt type gt lt controlSty1le gt IconAndCaptionBelow lt controlStyle gt lt command gt lt category gt ToolBox lt categor
184. arg Cmd command set_input in put s NULL set output out put Xs NULL set_pixeldepth p ixel depth s NULL set_imagetype t ype s NULL set_header h eader d NULL set_meter m eter d NULL jobMain convertMDF NULL EARG END Earg DEPENDENT GLOBAL VARIABLES FOR INPUT ARGUMENT static char input NULL static char output NULL static Egda PixelType pixeltype EGDA TYPE U1 BY DEFAULT static Eimg LayerType imagetype EIMG THEMATIC LAYER BY DEFAULT static Emet MeterInfo meter NULL static Emsc Boolean headerflag static int rc 1 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT 8 int main int argc char argv DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR BOR MACROS EERR INIT convertMDF amp lclerr lclerr INIT TOOLKIT void eint InitToolkit Emsc_Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eint InitToolkit 202 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit REGISTER WITH THE SESSION MANAGER AS A JOB esmg JobInit convertMDF amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error esmg JobInit PARSE THE COMMAND LINE BASED ON THE PROTOTYPE earg DoArgs command argc argv amp lclerr JE ANNOUNCE THAT THE JOB IS DONE i esmg JobEnd amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error esmg JobEnd cleanup EERR_SHOW 1cl
185. argcount key word can be used in an SML script to see how many command line arguments the script has received This is very useful in models that require several command line arguments By checking the value of argcount you can quit the model immediately if the user fails to provide the correct number of arguments 90 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit ARGCOUNT ARGCOUNT is useful for making sure that the model is executed with the correct number of arguments In the previous example we could add as the first line of the model IF argcount 4 QUIT This would cause the model to stop executing after the first line if less than 4 model arguments were included on the command line Call demo mdl from IMAGINE Command line If you want to multiply the first band of 2 2 img by 2 you can type the following command into IMAGINE Command line job modeler nq demo mdl quote d work data 2 2 img 1 2 quote d work datat out img meter state When you run the SML model from the IMAGINE command line you should see the following dialog boxes Session Command History C Documents and Settings hqu imagine_histor SEE modelmaker modelmaker modelmaker job modeler ng demo mdl quote d work data 2 2 img 1 2 quote d work datat out img meter state job modeler nq demo mdl quote d work data 2 2 img 1 2 quote d work datat out img meter state
186. ary eklb package provides for reading and writing convolution filter kernels from a kernel library file Map Projection The Map Projection eprj package provides tools for storing and retrieving map projection information for a layer and for converting coordinates between map projections lt also contains functions necessary for developing projections that are external to the ERDAS IMAGINE package Pixel Management The Pixel Management epxm package provides functions for creating and copying rectangular arrays of pixels of any of the thirteen data types supported by ERDAS IMAGINE The pixel rectangles are compatible with the egda functions Statistics The Statistics package esta provides tools for manipulating i e reading and writing to from files creating and copying in memory data structures computing etc statistics mean standard deviation etc histograms covariance matrices color tables and class names This is a middle level package in that it is utilized by the eimg package but relies on the edsc ehfa and emif packages Vector The Vector evec package provides tools for Creating and deleting structures related to vector layers Opening and closing vector layers Reading features and their attributes Getting descriptive information about the layer Measuring distances and lengths Modifying vertices of arcs splining generalizing and densifying Determining the spatial
187. ase y r d If Performing Custom Build Step on InputFileName Outputs scripts Win32Release InputFileName Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 233 Code Snippet Sec5 06 ConvertMDF eml mor ConvertMDF eml Let you input the following argument through GUI Nor 1 Pixel Depth m 2 Image Type ok 3 chk header WE 4 chk meter Bar Display me 5 Input filename output filename FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K 47 component Convertmdf frame frm Convertmdf frame frm Convertmdf title Convert MDF format to IMG geometry 50 50 490 390 GEOMETRY BASED ON SCREEN COORDINATE statusbar GEOMETRY DOES NOT INCLUDE STATUSBAR FK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K DECLARATION FRAMEPART FORWARD DECLARATION T filename fln Input INPUT FEILES filename fln Output group grp InputOptions INPUT OPTIONS popuplist pop PixelType radiobutton rad ImageType group grp MiscOptions MISC OPTIONS checkbox chk meter checkbox chk header bu
188. ata storage requirements for that layer Any layers that have this option set to EMSC FALSE must not be used with any eimg LayerRead calls while in the midst of any eimg LayerRead call EIMG LAYER OPTION RETAIN LAYERSTACK RESAMPLEDATA EIMG LAYER OPTION APPLY BIN FUNCTION EIMG LAYER OPTION NAME PARAMETER CORRECT Retain resample data storage on a layer stack This option takes 1 additional argument Emsc Boolean which specifies whether or not the resample storage associated with a layer stack should be retained between successive calls to eimg LaaerStackRead for efficiency This is usually only possible when all operations to the layers in the layer stack are performed solely through eimg LayerStack function calls so that the eimg package has the opportunity tt maintain the resample storage properly The default is EMSC FALSE Apply a bin function when reading raster data This option takes 2 additional arguments Edsc BinFunction which performs the bining and Eimg BinUndefinedRule which controls what pixels values are to be used when bining results in an error or undefined bin NOTE Bining is mutually exclusive with any other radiometric tranformation option Plug in funcitons taht allow a user to be prompted when data associated with the image layer via a file FUNCTIONS system object reference can not be located This option takes 3 additional arguments Efio_FileNameVerifyFunction Ef
189. atabase i e pdf lt IMAGINE_HOME gt Etc Models folder contains built in SML model i e and pmdl IMAGINE HOME Wcons folder contains all icons for IMAGINE toolbox IMAGINE gt 15 folder contains all EML scripts for IMAGINE GUI IMAGINE HOME ScriptsWin32Release folder contains your own EML scripts After IMAGINE Toolkit installation you will found the installer add more folders to IMAGINE installation structure they are in the grey color IMAGINE HOME BinWin32Debug contains debug version of IMAGINE Core DLLs and EXEs lt IMAGINE_HOME gt Usr Include contains header files h of IMAGINE Toolkit C API lt IMAGINE_HOME gt Usr Lib Win32Release contains lib for all IMAGINE core dlls which will be needed at link time when you compile toolkit program lt IMAGINE_HOME gt Usr Lib Win32Debug also contains debug version of IMAGINE Demand Loaded Libraries and we will cover this topic at Section 6 The figure below shows the brief installation structure of IMAGINE and Toolkit Grey color Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 103 IMAGINE HOME Win32Release Win32D ebug What s the Benefit of debug version of DLLs Actually the header in the include folder is all you need you can access all IMAGINE Toolkit APIs with headers While the debug libraries will allow developers to view the function call stack while debugging and als
190. ate the user interface Each of the procedures is converted into an internal form which can be quickly evaluated by the Interpreter The translation of the EML script into an internal form by the Parser allows an EML based application to perform at a level somewhere between that of a purely interpreted application and a purely compiled application The GUI Manager controls the creation and display of dialogs and the interpretation of user input It is responsible for transparently adapting the EML dialogs to different systems such as Motif or Windows NT The Message Manager EML relies heavily on the use of messages When the user clicks on a button or selects an item a message is generated and sent to the framepart to indicate what event has occurred When a script is parsed the startup message is sent to the EML component defined in that script so that any necessary initialization can be performed Messages can originate from several places The most common place from which messages originate is the GUI manager which sends event messages in response to user actions The second source of events is from within EML procedures The Session Manager The Session Manager provides functionality for managing an IMAGINE session This functionality includes global variable management preference and configuration management batch JOB management inter application communication help system management interactive command execution Introduction
191. ation bound The guidelines are 1 Ifa script contains a generic framepart it is definitely application bound However not all application bound scripts contain generic frameparts So the absence of a generic framepart indicates nothing 2 Ifa script does not contain an on startup message handler it is definitely application bound But some application bound EML scripts do have on startup message handlers So the presence of this message handler indicates nothing 3 Ifthe above two guidelines do not provide conclusive information try the following For example purposes suppose a file named xxx eml is distributed with IMAGINE and that you want to modify it Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 25 To find out whether xxx eml is a stand alone EML script you need to look for the name xxx eml the other IMAGINE EML scripts If you find xxx eml in another EML script and you find that it is loaded from the other script via the load command then xxx eml is definitely a stand alone EML script If you have searched all of the IMAGINE EML scripts and do not find xxx eml in any of them then it is definitely an application bound script Note All EML Scripts distributed with IMAGINE are found in IMAGINE gt folder How to design a GUI The code Snippet Sec2 02 will generate an empty GUI framework you may wonder that how to setup these geomet
192. automatically from the IMAGINE Spatial Modeler application The Spatial Modeler provides a graphical interface for creating image processing and GIS analysis routines When these models are converted to SML scripts you can execute them without the need to access the graphical interface SML scripts also permit model inputs and outputs to be defined as command line parameters which further enhances the automation it offers Finally SML provides iterative capabilities not available in the graphical Spatial Modeler application Note While graphical spatial models gmd files can be converted to SML scripts mdl or LZ pmdl files the reverse process is not possible When you run a model via the graphical interface in the Spatial Modeler the model itself is converted to a temporary SML script which is then executed by the modeler program This temporary script is deleted as soon as the model finishes running The Process Generate Script Menu option can be used to automatically generate a permanent SML script This menu option is depicted in below Note that if you become very comfortable with SML you can actually use a text editor to create new SML scripts However it is generally wise to use the automatic script generation option initially to prevent syntax errors You can then use a text editor to hand edit these scripts if you wish to change certain default settings associated with automatic script generation Introduction to ERD
193. b ViewerName imagename geometry 230 60 210 50 title left top Image Name is group grp SelectorInfo geometry 10 140 530 120 button btn_CreateSelector getpoint geometry 10 10 210 40 title Create Selector on mousedown H pickpt disable btn ViewConnection J WHERE THE MAP COORDINATE WILL BE DISPLAYED f label lab MapCoordinate pointlocation geometry 10 60 450 50 title left top Current Map Coordinate THIS DUMMY BUTTON WILL ENABLE THE EXIT ICON button btn cancel size 0 0 title Close on mousedown dismiss unload 318 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit JE SET VARIBLES IN DISPLAY on framedisplay disable grp SelectorInfo ok oko okeke ok kk COMPONENT PROCEDURE a on startup display frm browsetool Code Explanation The evue Package The evue package allows you to write applications which communicate with a running IMAGINE Viewer allowing you to create and destroy view windows display layers and add selectors which can be added and moved within the Viewer In order to use the evue package your program must be an application and there should be a Vi
194. b eml The button should be identified a meaningful way All of IMAGINE s icon panel buttons are labeled using icon files You may not always have the appropriate icon files for new buttons and therefore you should have a proper title In the above example we see n between the words TOOLKIT and DEBUG The n introduces a line break between the two words and prevents the title string from running off the edge of the button When you use a text button instead of an icon button in the icon panel you must use the geometry key word explained later in this course so that the button will have the same size and shape as the rest of the buttons on the panel Also by using the load command in the on mousedown message handler the need to load this EML script manually from the commands dialog is eliminated 2 ztion to ERDAS Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 15 Note You should always add a title to an icon button even if the title doesn t display By doing so an un existing ico file can always be replaced by a meaningful title Note If you choose the Small Icons from IMAGINE Preference gt Icon Panel Display Options you need to edit lt IMAGINE_HOME gt scripts ntx86 tk_iconpanelsmall inc The tk files are created during the installation of IMAGINE Toolkit while the spt_ inc files are installed during the IMAGINE installation Although these files are created by different inst
195. band number is in the end the array list will be O 1 2 3 The FPATH FROOT FEXT and FMT Command When you enter a filename via the filename framepart the full path and name of the file is contained in the filename variable That is although the user interface appears to show only the name of the file the filename framepart contains the full path information as well The fpath function can be used to extract the directory path from a filename framepart or from any other string containing a file path The froot function extracts the root name of a file from its full path The fext function extracts the file extension from a file name Here is an example of how to use these command together filename fln Input on filenamechoosen EVENT HANDLER echo filename fln Input echo amp Fpath fln Input echo Froot FROOT fln Input echo Fname FNAME fln Input echo Fext FEXT fln Input In the Session Log you will see Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 57 13 08 07 15 39 10 SessionMgr 4936 filename 13 08 07 15 39 10 SessionMgr 4936 FpathO d work data 2 2 img 13 08 07 15 39 10 SessionMgr 4936 FrootQ 2 2 2 2 m work data 13 08 07 15 39 10 SessionMgr 4936 FnameQ 13 08 07 15 39 10 SessionMgr 4936 FextQ img img The fmt function is used to format numbers It converts the numbe
196. bar EMSC TRUE APPLY TO COLUMN column 0 columntitle Filename LayerName columnwidth 10 columntype text editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getImageNameCB Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 357 cleanup return putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app APPLY TO COLUMN 1 column 1 columntitle Pixel Value columnwidth 4 columntype double editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getImageValueCB putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app APPLY TO COLUMN 2 column 2 columntitle Class Name columnwidth 8 columntype text rowalignment center editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getClassNameCB putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app APPLY TO COLUMN 3 column 3 columntitle Image Type columnwidth 8 columntype text rowalignment center editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getImageTypeCB putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml SetParameters UPDATE CELLARRAY eeui CAUpdateAll app cellPart amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eeui CAUpdateAll
197. be displayed in the progress meter Jobs should also call esmg InterruptQuery function periodically This function will return true if the user has cancelled the job through the Cancel button provided by Session Manager in the progress meter When the task is finished the job program must call esmg JobEnd to disconnect from the Session Manager The communication between Jobs and the Session Manager is one way most of the time i e Jobs send commands to Session Manager For certain query commands the Session manager will send a reply answer back to the Job Jobs should not call any functions designed for Applications i e functions starting with eeml XXX or functions defined in eeml h include file Likewise Applications should not call esmg Joblnit esmg JobState esmg JobProgress esmg JobEnd etc An Application Template In this exercise we will create an application template apptemplate exe which will demonstrate the basics of an application All applications will contain two components EML script and C source The EML scripts will define the GUI for the application while the C source is the actual application source code Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 289 Below is a Pseudo template of C source code which will help you become familiar with the framework Components of Pseudo Note template Standard Includes These standard system header files include sdtio h
198. bers e Log Bin established a logarithmic mapping between data values and bin numbers e Explicit Bin explicitly defines mapping between each bin number and data range 282 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Bin function will determine the data values in histogram In order to count pixel value we need to use direct bin Skip Factor The Skip factor is the value to ignore when calculating statistics which can reduce the calculating time For example here is what the Skip factor 3 means In X direction one of every 3 pixels will be used to calculate statistics In Y direction one of every 3 pixels will be used to calculate statisitcs So in both X Y direction one of every 9 pixels will be used to calculate statisitcs which means 1 9 11 1 of pixels will be used to calculate statistics Of course it will be quicker In this case we will set all X Y direction skip factors to 1 using every pixel value in order to get an accurate pixel count result Erga DefaultBinStruct structure contains basic information about bin function Erga DefaultBinStruct The prototype of this structure is typedef struct Erga BinFuncOption binFuncOption long numBins Edsc BinFunctionType binfunctype Erga DefaultBinfStruct Edsc BinFunctionType The prototype of this structure is typedef enum EDSC BFT OPAQUE 1 BF details are nt known use edsc API only EDSC DIRECT BINS
199. c FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K APPLICATION FUNCTION amp CALLBACK FUNCTION IMPLEMENTATION APPLICATION FUNCTION getview pickpt dismiss CALLBACK FUNCTION ViewerCloseCB PointCreatedCB PickCancelCB SelectorMoveCB APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME getview DESCRIPTION This function will get the displayhandle of the viewer and the ib layerhandle of the image With this information it will obtain the viewer number and image name and return it to the CALLING SYNTAX getview RETURN VALUE A Stinglist the first element is Image name the second element is the Viewer ID ok e RERE EKE APP FUNC getview AppContext app AppContext context long viewid 0 char str1 NULL char str2 NULL Estr_StringList listnames NULL EERR INIT getview outerr lc
200. caller s responsibility to ensure that the projection information associated with the layers in the layer stack is consistent with the map information associated with the layers in the layer stack proName units xForm must be either all NULL or all non NULL If they are all non NULL the map information contained in the parameters will be written the layer If they are all NULL any map information associated with the layer will be deleted proName contains a projection name which identifies the map system of the layer This may be the eprj_ProjectionNameUnknown units contains the map units upon which xForm is based xForm contains the map to layer pixel transformation for the layer eimg LayerStackMapProjectionWrite The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerStackMapProjectionWrite Eimg LayerStack layerStack Eprj MapProjection Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function associates a map projection projection with an Eimg LayerStack ayerStack This map projection describes the earth to map system transformation for the map system associated with the layer If you want to remove the map and projection information from the layer you need to set the projection to NULL 250 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 251 Section objective This section introduces the basics
201. ciated set of column parameters to describe it In matrix mode all columns are the same and are described by parameters for column 0 The default mode is table void Eui BasePart Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to a function which is called when the CellArray is about to begin an operation such as paste import or formula The default value is NULL void Eui BasePart Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to a function which is called after the CellArray has com pleted an operation such as paste import or formula The default value is NULL Emsc_Opague This is a pointer to data which is passed to the multiputstartcallback and the multiputendcallback functions It is a pointer to user defined data importappendonly insertcallback insertinfo insertenable maximumrowheight mode multiputstartcallback multiputendcallback multiputinfo 336 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit rowalignment rowtitle rowcolumnwidth char This specifies the alignment for the labels in the row column The alignment types are left center and right The default value is right char This is a pointer to a character string to be used as the title of the column on the left of the CellArray which is used to number the rows The default value is Row long This is the width of the row column in the CellArray rowcount selectcallba
202. cified appears in the file If so getpref uses this value Otherwise it checks to see whether there is a v8preference file in the IMAGINE HOME Wdefaults directory Again if the file is found and the specified preference appears in it getpref will use this value If getpref does not find the preference setting in either of these two files it uses the default value from the pdf file One example of how the getpref function can be used is to set paths with the select filename attribute For example SELECT GETPREF eml default data path would automatically position the filename selector in the defalult data path directory This can be further enhanced by appending a filter string to the end of the path as follows 46 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit SELECT GETPREF eml default data path img Using the select filename attribute in this way not only automatically positions the filename framepart in the directory specified by default data path but it will only display the files in that directory which end in img Note You may find detailed description about preference database 20 from User Manual The RADIOBUTTON Framepart The radiobutton framepart is used to present a short list of options to a user Actually we should call it readiogroup because it consists of one or more entries each with a radio button displayed to the left of it Typicall
203. ck selectinfo The third argument is a pointer to user supplied data The default is NULL long This is the number of rows in the CellArray The default value is 0 void Emsc_Opaque Esel SelectionTable Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to a function which is called when a row selection is made or changed The first argument is a pointer to the CellArray structure and should not be used The second argument is a pointer to the selection table which indicates which rows are selected and which are not See the esel package Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to user supplied data It passed to the selectcallback func tion The default is NULL selectrange int 2 This is a pointer to a two element array which contains the start and end ad dress of a range of rows which are to be initially selected The first row is zero This is initially unset i e there are no rows selected showrowcolumn Emsc Boolean This is a flag which controls the display of the leftmost column which contains the row numbers This is EMSC TRUE by default sortable endselectioncallback endselectioninfo startselectioncallback False by default Emsc Boolean If this flag is TRUE then the Sort Rows menu item will be enabled This is void Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to a function which is called when a new selection is com plete It is called with a pointer to user supplied data Emsc Opaque This is a pointer
204. ckage contains all the feature space functions These include the reading and writing of feature space nodes as children in img files and as lists of feature space nodes for communication with the transformation process The functions in this package will also convert the image data into feature space plots and map auxiliary files thematic into the feature space Digital Signal Processing The Digital Signal Processing edsp package provides functions that perform one and two dimensional forward and inverse Fast Fourier Transformations FFTs on complex or real data Most functions in this routine have been specially designed for efficient transformation of real valued sequences and arrays These sequences have certain symmetries that reduce both storage requirements and the number of computations The length of each sequence must be a power of two 132 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Fast Fourier Transform The Fast Fourier Transform efft package provides high level two dimensional faster Fourier transforms Image Resampling ResampleMethods DLL The Image Resampling eirf package provides tools to resample imagery that is being geometrically transformed see Transform Three resampling methods are supported nearest neighbor bilinear interpolation and cubic convolution lt is possible to support other types of resampling through the ResampleMethods DLL Class mechanism
205. conic Equidistant Conic Transverse Mercator False Easting 10 Stereographic False Northing Lambert Azimuthal Equal area Longitude of center of projection 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 A Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 223 5 Latitude of center of projection 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 12 Azimuthal Equidistant 4 Longitude of center of projection 5 Latitude of center of projection 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 13 Gnomonic 4 Longitude of center of projection 5 Latitude of center of projection 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 14 Orthographic 4 Longitude of center of projection 5 Latitude of center of projection 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 15 General Vertical Near Side 2 Height of perspective point above sphere Perspective 4 Longitude of center of projection 5 Latitude of center of projection 6 False Easting 7 False Northing Sinusoidal 4 Longitude of central meridian 6 False Easting 7 False Northing Equirectangular 4 Longitude of central meridian 5 Latitude of True Scale 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 4 Longitude of central meridian 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 4 Longitude of central meridian 6 False Easting 7 False Northing Oblique Mercator Hotine 2 Scale Factor at center of projectio
206. d Command Line Linker Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step Additional Include Directories Specifies one or more directories to add to the include path use semi colon delimited list if more than one 1 path Cx ene Change the output directory to the following Additional Include Directories usr include Win32Debug usr include Win32Release Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 113 Configuration Properties gt C C gt Preprocessor annotationF romText Property Pages Configuration Active Debug Z Active Win32 r E Configuration Prope A repro or Definitions 2 DEBUG 0 5 186 pcnt General mi Ignore Standard Include Path Debugging Generate Preprocessed File e Keep Comments Ho General Optimization Preprocessor Code Generat Language Precompiled utput Files Browse Inforr Advanced Command Line 22 Linker Browse Informati Build Events Custom Build Ste Cd feb Deployment a Change the Preprocessor Definitions to the following 114 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Configuration Properties gt C C gt Code Generation viewlib Property Pages Configuration Active Debug Platform Active Win32 Common Properties En
207. d by the startup message handler must contain an interface object such as a button framepart that allows the user to unload the frame See above The basic syntax for a startup message handler is ON STARTUP DISPLAY framename The startup message handler should appear at the end of the EML component It must be defined inside the component but outside any frames defined in the script ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Now let s look at an example of the most basic type of EML script We will use this example to provide context for the above descriptions and to look at some optional features not described in the basic syntax information provided thus far Modifying the EML scripts that comes with IMAGINE EML not only allows you to create new user interfaces it also allows you to modify some of the user interfaces that come with IMAGINE Among these are the user interfaces that appear in imagine emfl Before you begin to edit any of the EML scripts provided by ERDAS you should follow the appropriate procedures If you observe these procedures you will avoid potential problems 1 Never edit the versions of these scripts found in IMAGINE gt The correct procedure is to copy the script you wish to modify into a custom directory Edit this new copy of the script If you fail to observe this guideline and edit the script in IMAGINE HOME I scripts you may end u
208. de environment variables Change the output directory to the following Output Directory bin Win32Debug The bin Win32Debug folder also contains all the debug version of IMAGINE core dlls When you run your Toolkit program Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 compiler will find all core dll i e elib dll eraster dll emllib dll in the same folder as the output exe and then load them into memory space Visual Studio tries to find the DLLs in the following locations 1 The Windows System Directory 2 The Windows directory 3 The Application local path 4 The directories listed in the path environment variables In this case the dlls are in the application local path 112 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Configuration Properties gt C C gt General ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration Debug Platform Active Win32 Properties Additional Include Directories usr include Win32Debug usr include N 3 Configuration Properties Resolve using References Debug Information Format Program Database for Edit amp Continue ZI Suppress Startup Banner Yes nologo Warning Level Level 3 W3 Detect 64 bit Portability Issues No Optimization Treat Warnings As Errors No Preprocessor Use UNICODE Response Files Yes Code Generation Language Precompiled Headers Output Files Browse Information Advance
209. des a few routines for modifying properties of raster images including contrast and convolutions kernels These functions can also be used for modifying the pixel values in a TrueColor or GrayScale image layer Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 137 Class Notes 138 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Section objective In this section you will learn how to create JOBs using the Toolkit The first 3 exercises deal with basic Toolkit concepts and introduces the EIMG package which allows you to read pixel values and write them into an IMAGINE native format img The remaining exercises will instruct you on how to convert a known data format mdf into an IMAGINE native format img It will also introduce the concepts of map and projection information and instruct you on how to add this information to an image Packages used eint earg emet eimg efio eprj eerr egda emsc estr exfr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 139 Exercise 1 Hello World Toolkit Program Exercise Objective The following code is a hello world program for IMAGINE Toolkit it will initialize the Toolkit global variables flags and display a dialog box Packages used eint eerr emsc esmg 140 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec5 01 helloworld c CEC
210. e d test 2 2 img is the input argument 2 is the multiplier and d test output img is the output argument Select Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe pyt BEGIN BUFFERED 50 max mum GIO ARCH Win32 GIO ARCH lt lt lt GIO ARCHM Win32Debug GIO_HOME D work g12013 root lt lt lt IMAGINE HOME PATH D work gi2013 root ERDAS BIN PATH D gi2013 root bi 1n32Debug lt lt lt GIO_ETC_PATH D g12013 root etc GIO_FONT_PATH D g12013 root etc SetEnv GIO SYMBOL PATH D work gi2013 root etc symbols 0 work g12013 root e GIO RASTER FORMATS PATH D work g12013 root usr 1i1b Win32Debug Raster Formats lt lt lt gt gt gt SetEnv ERDAS_VECTOR_FORMATS_PATH D work g12013 root usr 1ib Win32Debug Vect orFormats lt lt lt gt gt gt SetEnv GIO PDF PATH D work gi 2013 root defaults Wi n32Debug D work gi 2013 r oot defaults lt lt lt Call test py from EML Script Demo_Python eml You may find the Demo SML em l in your working folder Pay attention to the code block that calls the Python model All arguments are getting their values from the EML frameparts on pro_ExportJPEG variable band variable a variable b variable c set band pop bands GetListIndex 1 INDEX START FRMO WHILE BAND START FROM 1 CALL Python SCRIPT set a quote fln input set c quote fln output system cmd c pyt
211. e All the user needs to do is to click on the file icon that appears to the right of the text field for the file name The shortform attribute is especially useful in very complex interfaces The more compact representation can often make the GUI clearer to the user The shortform attribute should always appear with the other filename attributes at the top of the filename description The syntax for this attribute is FILENAME fln Output SHORTFORM The following figure demonstrate the difference between with and without the shortform keyword Without shortform keyword k With shortform Input File img keyword Ll gnutimelib Input File img info la 4 lib3ds 1 1 0 orthobase panorama SRTMplus T nk A mm m 44 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit FILENAME functions In addition to its directory navigation and file naming services checking to see if input files exist automatically appending file extensions warning if output files already exist the filename framepart possesses framepart functions These functions provide information about the file entered via the filename framepart These functions are accessed via the name of the filename framepart followed by lt functionname gt So if the filename framepart was named infile we would access the filename framepart functions as follows fln Input functionname
212. e Emet MeterInfo meterinfo Etxt Text taskname Eerr ErrorReport errtn This function changes the taskname job state for the specified meter emet MeterInfoPrint The prototype of this API is void emet MeterInfoPrint Emet MeterInfo meterinfo double percentdone Eerr ErrorReport errtn This function displays the percentage complete You should provide the correct percentdone range from 0 0 100 0 In our example the percentdone j 100 numrows emet MeterlnfoPrint meter j 100 numrows amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO Error error printing to the meter info Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 245 246 This percentageDisplayed always range from 0 100 is computed in the following manner percentdone ercentDisplayed T 100 maxPercentDone minPercentDone minPercentDone emet MeterInfoDelete The prototype of this API is void emet MeterInfoDelete Emet MeterInfo meterinfo Eerr ErrorReport errtn This function deletes a structure which had been created with the function emet MeterlnfoCreate It checks user preferences to see if the dialog should remain on the screen before freeing the structure You may find this option from Preference gt User Interface amp Session gt Keep Job Status Box if you check this option the meter bar will not disappear after job finished Preference Editor Spatial Model Araksi a Keep
213. e layers much like files Layers can be opened by using the eimg LayerOpen function The prototype of this API is Eimg Layer eimg LayerOpen Etxt Text totalName Eint InitToolkitData erdInit Eerr_ErrorReport inerr va_dcl This function will open an eimg layer and a pointer to an Eimg_Layer structure is allocated and returned The last item in the argument list for this function must be EIMG_LAYER_OPTION_END All options which may appear in the variable length argument for the function eimg_LayerOpen may be found at emun type Eimg_LayerOption in eimg h you may also find them in the reference There are many of them but the ones we ll need now or soon are EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY Allow only read only access no additional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE Recompute layer statistics and store them on disc when the layer is closed no additional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION END End of option list no additional arguments Eimg Layer An Eimg Layer layer is a two dimensional array of raster data one element in the array for each image pixel For example a true color RGB image stored in such an eimg file would have three layers one for each of the red green and blue bands Different layers in an eimg file can be composed of pixels with different data types and the layers need not have the same number of pixels horizontally and vertically The pixels of a raster layer are partitioned into
214. e first layer is always 0 There are optional arguments for all three of these display commands Refer to Appendix of IMAGINE online help for information about the optional arguments and for information about other Viewer commands Viewer command is not a JOB because it is not supposed to process any data You can not put job syncjob before viewer command DON T DO THIS job viewer truecolor quote lt imagename gt rgb lt r gt lt g gt lt b gt Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 75 Class Notes 76 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit m Challenge 2 Add Toolbox Dialog amp Menu Exercise Objective This challenge will instruct you on how to add your own Toolbox dialog and Menu to IMAGINE Making a toolbox You may make a toolbox that looks just like other IMAGINE toolboxes here is how to do it On the toolbar shown below click the Toolkit Icon it will open the toolbox dialog ld ERDAS IMAGINE 9 1 DER S 2 ORDE VirtualGIS LPS Stereo AutoSync Subpixel DeltaCue icd Hello World EML Advanced EML s Toolkit Training Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 77 Code Snippet Sec2 08 Associate Toolbox dialog with Icon ORK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K
215. e following figure show the interface of the example 166 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit d WorkWgi9 1 root bin ntx8 6debug readpixels exe Image d work data 2 2 img number of band 3 layer name d work data 2 2 img Layer_1 gt 1 layer name d work data 2 2 img Layer_2 gt 2 layer name d work data 2 2 img Layer_3 gt Name of Layer d work data 2 2 img Layer_1 gt Width 1403 The Height 1376 Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER Pixel type EGDA_TYPE_U8 Name of Layer 1 d work data 2 2 img Layer_2 gt Width 1403 The Height 1376 Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER Pixel type EGDAR 08 Name of Layer 2 d work data 2 2 img Layer_3 gt Width 1403 The Height 1376 Layer type EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER Pixel type EGDR 08 gt Column Row 2 3 value from Layer 01 value from Layer 1 value from Layer 2 Column Row m Code Snippet Sec5 03b JOB readpixels PURPOSE This example shows how to read pixel value from an existing image all layers by col and row number CALLING SYNTAX readpixels inputfile name e g readpixels d work data 2 2 img Enter Column Row 100 100 lt Use space in between
216. e of the exercises and lists the application tools to be utilized within the exercises Exercise Each exercise consist of background introduction package introduction and code snippet You can find the code snippet on the CD Questions These appear in a slightly larger font size using bold and italics The instructor may quiz you about them following each exercise Class Notes These pages for your class notes are found at the end of each exercise 4 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Table of Contents Welcome to the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit onn 4 Using This Manial E TRRRERRREXERERRRA ER KARERRRERERRRER ERR RRERRAE 4 Table of Contents iino paa yap R yy 5 Section 1 Introduction to IMAGINE Toolkit 2 2e eorr nnn 8 Section 2 Introduction to IMAGINE 19 Section 3 Introduction to IMAGINE SML legacy and Modeler Python IIDraries ies esss a Riu ux EERREERERRERENRERERENEEFEREFRSERE EEREEKKANEFEKEKAKENKAKEREREAE 81 Section 4 Getting Started with IMAGINE C Toolkit 103 Section 5 Creating JOBs using the Toolkit s 139 Section 6 Application Function DLL 252 Section 7
217. e that part is being updated Menu ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The Menu eeml Menu package provides the functions to create and interact with popup and pull down menu systems Popup List The Popup List eeml popuplist package provides functions specific to the EML popup list part The APIs in this package will provide functions to replace the old list with a new list replace the old picture list with new picture list Projection Editor The Projection Editor eeml prjeditor package provides a function to control an interactive Projection Editor that can be used by application programs to get projection parameters from the user Scrolled List The Scrolled List eeml scrollist package contains functions specific to the EML scroll list part The functions allow application programs to manipulate the EML scroll list e g add items replace items etc Tablet Digitizer The Tablet Digitizer eeml tablet package provides functions to access the Tablet Digitizer driver via an interactive GUI The routine provides API functions to do the following open connect to the tablet digitizer add callbacks on the digitizer close disconnect from the tablet digitizer Text The Text eeml text package contains functions specific to the EML text part The functions will allow application programs to insert text overwrite replace append text turn on off
218. easy to use Egda PixelType instead of using the actual C data type Here is the actual data type we use inside IMAGINE egda h typedef Egda Byte Egda U1 typedef Egda Byte Egda U2 typedef Egda Byte Egda 04 typedef unsigned char Egda U8 typedef char Egda S8 typedef unsigned short U16 typedef short Egda S16 sif ESYS OS ESYS ULTRIX ESYS OS ESYS NT typedef unsigned long Egda U32 typedef long Egda S32 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 197 else typedef unsigned int Egda_U32 typedef int Egda S32 endif typedef float Egda_F32 typedef double Egda F64 typedef Egda Complex Egda C64 typedef Egda DoubleComplex Egda C128 typedef Etxt Text Egda String Hif ESYS OS ESYS NT typedef unsigned _ int64 Egda U64 typedef 1 64 Egda S64 elif ESYS OS ESYS SOLARIS typedef unsigned long long Egda U64 typedef long long Egda S64 11 ESYS OS ESYS IRIX ESYS OS ESYS AIX include lt unistd h gt typedef uint64_t Egda_U64 typedef int64_t Egda_S64 else typedef unsigned long Egda_U64 endif 198 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Design the Command line Since this Convertmdf program is an IMAGINE JOB the command line should contain the following arguments Input MDF file name required Output IMG file name required support for selecting pixel depth required Support for selecting image
219. eate a complete application which communicates with the IMAGINE session manager and enables users to interact with the IMAGINE Viewer Packages used eeml Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 287 ps Exercise 1 Application Template Exercise Objective In this exercise you will implement a standard application template and incorporate your custom EML A solid ERDAS application will provide a strong working relationship between EML and the C Toolkit There are many ways to program solutions BUT some methods are better than others In this section the techniques that we teach for developing an application provide a solid foundation for successful development with the IMAGINE C Toolkit One of the main reasons for creating an application is to make it independent of the EML Frameparts This allows for the change and reuse of functions as well as the modification of the EML without breaking the program We will constantly reiterate this concept while walking through the development process of creating an application Now let s review some basic information about the terminology related to these techniques Packages used eeml 288 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Application vs Job The first thing you need to do is to figure out what type of toolkit program that you are going to develop IMAGINE C Toolkit supports two basic program types
220. ed command EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO Error with message dialog cleanup return k APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME showmessage DESCRIPTION This function will return HELLO WORLD string back to EML RETURN VALUE A Estr_StringList string list which contain HELLO WORLD static Estr_StringList showmessage Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr AppContext AppContext context EERR INIT messageFunc outerr lclerr eeml StringPartValueSet app lab DisplayMessage Hello Application amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eeml StringPartValueSet cleanup return NULL EERE EL doo ok ok ok ALLEL EAA ERER EEE LEELA EERE EES APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME closeapplication DESCRIPTION This function will make the doneFlag to true and close this application RETURN VALUE NULL Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 295
221. eference You should be aware that when you change preference values via the Preference Editor the changes are not written to the pdf files but rather to one of two v8preference files When you save changes at the user level the new preference value is stored in a v9preference file found in the imagine910 directory under your home directory If you have the required write permissions you can also save preferences at the global level The v9preference file which stores these changes is found in the IMAGINE _HOME gt defaults directory The GETPREF Command The getpref function allows you to extract a preference value for use in an EML script It has the following syntax GETPREF pdfbasename preferencename If for example you wanted to extract the Default Data Directory preference from the User Interface amp Session category you could call the getpref function as follows GETPREF eml default data path In this case eml is the base name of the file eml pdf which stores the User Interface amp Session category The string default data path represents the name of the preference associated with Default Data Directory When the getpref function is called it looks in three different places for the value of the specified preference First it looks to see if there is a v8preference file in your imagine830 directory If there is it checks to see whether the preference you have spe
222. eml Init erdinit applicationName argc argv amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO Eeml Init Error PARSE OUT THE EML WITH THE FRAME PARTS mn app gt result eeml_ParseVa ELEX_FILE browsetool eml GUI eml app root rootPart amp lclerr EEML PARSE OPTION APP FUNCTIONS menufunctions Translation Function EEML PARSE OPTION APP CONTEXT Emsc Opaque app NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml ParseVa Error FIND OUT MAP COORDINATE app coord eeml PartFind app result frm browsetool grp SelectorInfo lab MapCoordinate amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml PartFind Error SETUP CELLARRAY app cellPart eeml FindPart app result frm browsetool grp SelectorInfo cel Browseinfo amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO eeml FindPart Error setupCellarray app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting up cellarray SETS UP THE COMMAND TO LISTEN TO SESSION MANAGER EXITS APPLICATION ON DONEFLAG i while lapp root doneFlag To Process All application commands use eeml GetNextCommand in loop 7 0 eeml GetNextCommand app root amp context amp n amp buf amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS eeml_GetNextCommand Error Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 347 JE We are not interested in any of the commands here so free them eeml FreeCommand n buf
223. ension path name etc estr GetPathPart estr GetRootPart estr GetNamePart estr GetLayerPart estr GetNonNodePart estr GetExtPart Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 227 estr GetBestFitParts estr GetPathList estr FreePathList estr AddSubPath estr PathExpand estr GetServerPart estr GetProtocolPart estr GetLocalFilename 3 String List functions These functions can be used to manipulate the datatype Estr StringList estr StringListCreate estr StringListCopy estr StringListDelete estr StringListAppend estr StringListAppendUniq estr StringListCount estr StringToBoolean estr StringToStringList estr DoubleToStringList estr LongToStringList estr StringListQuotedCopy 4 String expression evaluation estr EvaluateString estr StringToBoolean estr StringToChar estr StringToIntList 5 Manipulate strings used for estr XLFormatCreate numeric formatting estr XLFormateFree estr XLFormatPrintNumber 6 Miscellaneous functions estr ErrnoString estr IsDir estr GetCwd estr IsFile estr GetEnv estr PutEnv estr CheckEnv estr The prototype of this API is int estr Egic Etxt CText string1 Etxt CText string2 This function compares the string passed in string1 to the string string2 This is similar estr Eq except that this function is case insensitive Returns 1 if the strings are equal 0 otherwise estr Sprintf 228 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS
224. eokekokokekeokokekekokoke define EFIO STDIO PROTOTYPES PASSTHROUGH WILL ENABLE printf include lt stdlib h gt TOOLKIT INCLUDES f include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 177 include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include emsc h MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include estr h STRING PACKAGE include egda h DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include eimg h HIGH LEVEL TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg static int rc 1 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT 7 int main int argc char argv long column row long width height ant 1 Estr_StringList Eimg LayerStack Esta Statistics stats NULL Eprj MapInfo mapinfo NULL Eprj MapProjection projectioninfo NULL layernames NULL layerstack NULL Bb Gk Eprj ProParameters m proParams DECLARES INITIALIZES ALL VARIABLES TO BE USED BY THE OTHER EERR TN MACROS EERR INIT layerinfo amp lclerr 1 1
225. er Left 432532 0 Lower Right 495892 0 Pixel Size x 30 0 Unit meters Map Info Projection UTM Zone 10 Projection Info Spheroid GAS 1980 Datum NAD83 Code Snippet Sec5 05 Read Map amp Proj Info and Insert to IMG code part 1 Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION HEADER f static void set header int argc char argv if argc 1 DEFAULT IS CREATE A HEADER headerflag EMSC_TRUE else 1 if estr Eqic argv 1 0 headerflag EMSC FALSE else if estr_Eqic argv 1 1 headerflag EMSC TRUE else headerflag EMSC FALSE Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit 1 Std 205 897 Skip Factor Y 1 Upper Left Y 5258010 0 Lower Right Y 5207730 0 Pixel Size Y 30 0 Geo Model Map Info ERDAS Customer Education Map Info Projection Info 213 return code part 2 Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION THE CORE PROCESS ENTRY POINT The heart of the processing static void jobMain int argc char argv CREATE IMG FILE FROM MDF WRITE MAP amp PROJECTION INFO TO IMG if headerflag 1 ReadHeader input output amp lclerr MARK SUCCESSFUL FINISH T rc 28 cleanup code part 3 READ amp PROJECTION INFO FROM USER DEFINE HEADER MDH
226. er interfaces designed on UNIX platforms can be transferred to PC platforms Windows95 NT XP and vice versa IMAGINE takes care of determining what the windowing system is on a particular platform and interprets the GUI elements in EML scripts accordingly When the designing of ERDAS IMAGINE began it was clear that a traditional static GUI would not meet the needs of the variety of users and applications of the ERDAS product line Under static GUI structure users would not be able to customize the interface and to create scripts which could be used to execute frequently used functions The ERDAS Macro Language EML is the result of this design EML is designed to serve as a scripting language as well as a user interface language Unlike simple user interface description tool such as UIL in motif EML is able to define the actions which are to be taken when a user interacts with a dialog It provides a complete syntax for defining a typical dialog box as well as constructs for defining scripts which contain branching and control logic In addition to the macro language itself EML provides a very good connection to Toolkit Toolkit programmers can build the EML language into their toolkit application and to extend the language through application specific variables functions and commands All ERDAS IMAGINE GUI interfaces are generated by EML and ERDAS IMAIGNE itself is the best example of how to use EML scripts You may find all of them in fo
227. err EERR DEBUG peturn 0 when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed ry return rc Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION INPUT static void set input int argc char argv input estr Duplicate argv 1 DUPLICATE STRING return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION OUTPUT static void set output int argc char argv output estr Duplicate argv 1 DUPLICATE STRING return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION PIXEL DEPTH f static void set pixeldepth int argc char argv t if 1 pixeltype EGDA TYPE U8 DEFAULT UNSIGNED 8 BITS else if estr Eqic argv 1 u8 COMPARE STRING CASE INSENSITIVE pixeltype EGDA TYPE U8 else if estr_Eqic argv 1 u16 pixeltype EGDA TYPE U16 else Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 203 pixeltype EGDA TYPE U8 return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION IMAGE TYPE static void set argc char argv if argc 1 imagetype EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER DEFAULT LAYER TYPE ATHEMATIC else if estr_Eqic argv 1 thematic imagetype EIMG_THEMATIC_LAYER else if estr_Eqic argv 1 athematic imagetype EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER else imagetype EIMG_ATHEMATIC_LAYER return 7 Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION METER static void set meter int argc char return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION HEADER static vo
228. ers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 121 ewinmainlib lib The Toolkit program JOB amp application is a Windows32 program not a console program Win32 programs require WinMain as the startup point the ewinmainlib lib actually will call main internally That is why there is only main in the toolkit program and not WinMain You can still create a console program for toolkit but you may find that the standard I O e g printf scanf does not work The reason is the eint InitToolkit already redirects the standard I O to pipe I O The following figure shows the SubSystem property in Microsoft Visual Studio aoiFromText Property Pages Configuration Active Debug Platform Active Win32 Configuration Manager Preprocessor windows SuBSYSTEM wINDOWs v 0 Code Generation Heap Reserve Size Language Heap Commit Size 0 Precompiled Headers Stack Reserve Size 0 Output Files Stack Commit Size 0 Browse Information Enable Large Addresses Default Advanced Terminal Server Default em Line Swap Run From CD No 3 Swap Run From Network No General ze NC Input iver lot Se Manifest File Debugging System Optimization Embedded IDL Advanced Command Line Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events z Custom Build Step SubSystem Web Deployment Specifies subsystem for the linker SUBSYSTEM type 122 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to E
229. eset subsampled layers no additional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION DO_NOT_USE_SS_LAYERS Do not use subsampled layers when reading data no additional arguments EIMG EIMG EIMG LAYER OPTION DO_NOT_APPLY_MTFC_CORRECTION LAYER OPTION USE_APPLICATION_OWNED_DMS LAYER OPTION RASTER_QUALITY Do not apply MTFC correction when reading data no additional arguments Use external DMS cache provided by application This option takes 1 additional argument Emsc_Cache which specifies that the layer must use DMS cache provided by the application The default is to use internal DMS per layer This image quaaity desired when reading the image pixels This option takes 1 additonal argument double which specifies the desired quality as a percentage in the range of 0 0 to 100 0 where 0 0 quality is defined by the implementation Copyright 2010 ERDAS Inc All rights reserved ERDAS IMAGINE IMAGINE Professional IMAGIZER IMAGINE VirtualGIS and Stereo Analyst are registered trademarks IMAGINE Geospatial Light Table IMAGINE GLT IMAGINE Developers Toolkit IMAGINE IFSAR DEM IMAGINE LZW IMAGINE NITF 2 0 2 1 IMAGINE OrthoRadar IMAGINE Radar Interpreter IMAGINE StereoSAR DEM IMAGINE Subpixel Classifier and IMAGINE Vector are trademarks Other brand and product names are the properties of their respective owners SOCET SET is a registered trademark of BAE SYSTEMS Mission S
230. etion of selected rows The default value is EMSC FALSE Emsc Boolean alwaysshowhorizontalscrollbar columncount deletecallback deleteinfo deleteenable ree This flag indicates that the CellArray should fill the entire height of its area The default for this flag is EMSC_FALSE fillwidth Emsc_Boolean This flag indicates that the CellArray should fill the entire width of its area The default for this flag is EMSC_FALSE Emsc_Boolean This flag control whether the import function only appends data and doesn t overwrite existing rows The default value is EMSC_FALSE void Emsc_Opaque data Boolean afterflag int row This is a pointer to the function to be called when a row is inserted There is no default function If afterflag is 0 insert before row if afterflag is 1 insert af ter row Emsc_Opague This is a ponter to the user data which is passed to the insert callback func tion Emsc_Boolean This flag is set to EMSC_TRUE to enable the insertion of selected rows The default is EMSC_FALSE int This is the height in pixels to be used for each row Normally the height of the rows is determined automatically by the height of the font This allows the row height to be enlarged so that arbitrary pixmaps may be added char This is a string which indicates the mode of the CellArray The current values are table and matrix In table mode each column is different and must have an asso
231. etviewreturn 2 enable grp SelectorInfo J WHERE THE VIEWER ID WILL BE DISPLAYED edittext edt ViewerID currviewtext 366 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit geometry 10 60 210 50 title left top Current Viewer is readonly WHERE THE IMAGE NAME WILL BE DISPLAYED label lab_ViewerName imagename geometry 230 60 210 50 title left top Image Name is group grp SelectorInfo geometry 10 140 530 330 button btn CreateSelector getpoint geometry 10 10 210 40 title Create Selector on mousedown pickpt disable btn ViewConnection WHERE THE MAP COORDINATE WILL BE DISPLAYED label lab MapCoordinate pointlocation geometry 10 60 450 50 title left top Current Map Coordinate ADD CELLARRAY HERE cellarraypart cel Browseinfo generic cel Browseinfo geometry 10 120 510 200 lock left right top bottom info Images to compare THIS DUMMY BUTTON WILL ENABLE THE EXIT ICON button btn_cancel size 0 0 title Close on mousedown dismiss unload j on framedisplay Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 367 disable grp SelectorInfo CLOSE OF FRAME K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K OK K K K K K K K OK K OK K OK K K K OK K K K K
232. ewer running under the same session as your application The first step of Viewer interaction is to establish a connection to a Viewer which is currently running evue Open function opens a connection to the Viewer evue Open The prototype of this API is Evue Connection evue Open char drivername the name of the driver to connect to e g viewer Eerr ErrorReport err the error report This function opens a connection to a Viewer of the given name drivername Unless otherwise specified this should always be viewer For Ribbon interface the drivername should be ewkspace The returned pointer to Evue Connection structure is then used in all subsequent evue calls which must be used as the first parameter in all calls that communicate with a Viewer Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 319 evue Close function is used to close a Viewer connection it also frees the Evue Connection pointer evue Close The prototype of this API is Evue Connection evue Close Evue Connection apc the pointer to a connection to be closed Eerr ErrorReport err the error report Individual view windows are accessed via the Evue DisplayHandle type You can get the display handle for an existing view window by calling evue SelectViewer evue SelectViewer The prototype of this API is Evue DisplayHandle evue SelectViewer Evue Connection apc char
233. ext long viewid 0 char str1 NULL char str2 NULL 348 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Estr_StringList listnames NULL EERR INIT getview outerr lclerr app connection evue Open viewer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR Evue Open app displayHandle evue SelectViewer app connection Select Viewer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR Evue SelectViewer if app displayHandle cleanup CREATE CALLBACK TO VIEWER evue AddCallback app connection app displayHandle EVUE OBJECT DESTROY ViewerCloseCB Emsc Opaque app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR evue AddCallback 7 GET LAYERHANDLE FROM VIEWER IMAGE M app layerHandle evue GetTopLayerHandle app connection app displayHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR Evue GetTopLayerHandle GET VIEW LAYER INFORMATION app viewLayInfo evue GetLayerInfo app connection app layerHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR GetLayerInfo 7 GET VIEWER DISPLAY NUMBER T viewid evue GetViewNumberFromHandle app connection app displayHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 ERROR evue GetViewNumberFromHandle PREPARE STRING LIST BE RETURNED listname 0 Image Name listname 1 Viewer ID
234. f data 04 Create a layer to hold the one band of data 05 Read one row of data into buffer 06 Write buffer to layer 07 Repeat steps 5 amp 6 until the entire band has been written to layer 08 Close layer and repeat steps 4 through 8 until entire image has been written 09 Free buffer 10 Close mdf file How to run the example program After you compile our example Sec5 04 you can type the following command in the IMAGINE Command line to run the example 200 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Session Command History C Documents and Settings hqu imag Sel eml statusfinished convertmdf in d work datat demo mdf out d work datat demo img p u16 t athematic convertmdf in d work datat demo mdf out d work datat demo img p u16 t athematic convertmdf in d work datat demo mdf out d work datat demo img p u16 t athematic convertmdf in d work data demo mdf out d work data damo img p u16 t athematic Or you use a command argument in Microsoft Visual Studio as we discussed in previous exercise Code Snippet 5 04 Convert MDF to IMG JOB TEMPLATE
235. fied Wed Oct 09 09 47 36 1991 Number of Layers Image Auxiliary File s All FileSize 0 30 Width 563 Height 556 Block Width 64 Block Height 64 Data Type Unsigned 4 bit Compression None Data Order BSQ Pyramid Layer Algorithm Unknown Layer Info Min 0 Max 6 Mean 0 687 Median 0 Mode 0 Std Dev 1 061 Skip Factor X 1 Skip Factor Y 1 Last Modified Wed Oct 03 03 51 23 1991 Statistics Info File Upper Left 1685770 0 Upper Left Y 304203 50 Lower Right 1731292 0 Lower Right Y 259248 50 Pixel Size x 81 0 Pixel Size Y 81 0 Unit feet Geo Model Map Info Map Info Projection State Plane Projection Info The Continuous here represent the Athematic layer The Thematic here represent the Thematic layer 196 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What are the Pixel depths The PIXEL DEPTH 8 BIT in the wynoochee tm88 mdh file defines the Pixel Depth of the image What is the Pixel Depth Pixel Depth is the number of bits required to store all of the data file values in a file e g data with a pixel depth of 8 or unsigned 8 bit data have 256 values 28 256 ranging from to 255 Remotely sensed imagery usually comes in unsigned 8 or 16 bit binary data although more are usually supported It is important for the programmer to take into account the different pixel depths that a user may want to apply in his her program Before
236. file You can open the image in IMAGINE and check the DN values Administrator C Windows system32 cmd exe C Python27 gt python exe d test test py_ 98 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Add argument to the model Now let s add argument to the model so user need to provide 3 arguments input image path multiplier and output image path Code Snippet Sec3 03 Python Script with argument demo mdl Import IMAGINE spatial modeler library from imagine import modeler Import Python built in sys library to handle commandline argument import sys Parse the command line so first three arguments will be recognized as input mul tiplier and ouput 1 input sys argv 1 file path to input image arg2_multiplier sys argv 2 multiplier arg3 output sys argv 3 file path to output image Define model m modeler Model Define input raster object i m RasterInput arg1 input u8 Nearest Neighbor Use Multiply operator o m Multiply i arg2 multiplier Define output raster object m RasterOutput o arg3 output u8 Thematicity modeler Thematicity continuous Run model m Execute Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 99 Now you can call your model with arguments For example you can type the following command lin
237. file already exists it should be deleted before the model is executed This file parameter appears in our example file because we selected the Delete If Exists option when we selected our output file name via the graphical interface If we had not selected this option the file parameter in this case would be NEW When NEW is specified the model will not run if a file with the same name as our output file already exists USEALL indicates that all pixel values in the output image should be used in computing its statistics This file parameter appears because we did not specify an Ignore value when we selected our output image name in the graphical interface IGNORE 0 lets you to specify an Ignore value this file parameter would be IGNORE value ATHEMATIC indicates that the output raster will be designated as continuous as opposed to a thematic This file parameter appears in our example model because we used the default File Type setting when we selected our output image name via the graphical interface If we had set File Type to thematic this file parameter would be THEMATIC in our SML script 16 BIT UNSIGNED INTEGER determines the pixel type of the output raster file Note that this is independent of lt datatype gt However if the output pixel type allows for a smaller range of values than lt datatype gt then any pixel values exceeding the valid range of the output pixel type will be set to the maximum value of its range Fo
238. file name gt e g descriptors d work data lnsoils img FKK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K aaoo ooo kkk kkk define EFIO_STDIO_PROTOTYPES_PASSTHROUGH WILL ENABLE printf include lt stdlib h gt J TOOLKIT INCLUDES include eint h TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include eerr h ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include lt emsc h gt MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include lt estr h gt STRING PACKAGE include lt egda h gt DEFINE PIXEL TYPE include lt eimg h gt HIGH LEVEL API TO CREATE OR ACCESS IMG FILES ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 X LINE msg arg static int rc 1 EXECUTION ENTRY POINT int main int argc char argv long col row long numrows height int i Estr Stringlist layernames NULL Eimg Layer layer NULL Esta_Histogram histogram NULL Edsc Table table NULL Estr Stringlist char 184 ERDAS Customer Education columnnames NULL columnname NULL Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Edsc Column column NULL
239. for future exercises Packages used eint eerr emsc esmg Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 147 Code Snippet Sec5 02 jobtemplate c doe JOB TEMPLATE template for Toolkit JOB TOOLKIT INCLUDES t include lt eerr h gt ERROR LOGGING AND REPORTING PACKAGE include lt eint h gt TOOLKIT INITIALIZATION PACKAGE include lt esmg h gt SESSION MANAGER API PACKAGE include lt emsc h gt MISCELLANEOUS FUNCTIONS FOR COMMON OPERATIONS include lt earg h gt ARGUMENT PARSING PACKAGE include lt estr h gt STRING PACKAGE ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg Earg DEPENDENT GLOBAL FUNCTIONS DECLARATION static void jobMain int static void set input int char static void set output int char static void set optionalflag int char COMMAND ARGUMENT PROTOTYPE Earg command set input in put Xs NULL set output out put Xs
240. ft button will toggle the selection The right mouse button can be used in this area to display the popup menu of commands for Copy Paste Import Export etc The CellArray does not store any application data internally Instead it relies on get and put functions provided by the application to provide the data as it is needed The CellArray itself simply manages the mechanics of displaying the data This allows access to data from any source for which the application can provide get and put functions There are seven different types of columns in the CellArray these are text number double boolean exclusive color and pixmap Each of these different types of columns has different defaults and behaviors as described below TEXT COLUMNS A text column is displayed as a text string which is left justified in the the cell The data for the column is transfered to and from the application as a NULL terminated text string NUMBER COLUMNS A number column is displayed as a numeric text string which is right justified in the cell The information in the cell can be formatted using the format command in the column menu and the format can be set using the columnformat parameter described below The data for the column is transfered to and from the application as a NULL terminated string This has been superseded by the double column and should not be used in any new applications DOUBLE COLUMNS A double column is displayed as a numeric text which is ri
241. g PixelRect pixelRect NULL A buffer structure Eimg Layer layer NULL Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 241 char layername NULL EERR INIT jobMain amp lclerr lclerr CHECK INPUT OUTPUT REQUIRED EERR CHECK linput 50 INPUT FILENAME DOESN T EXIST EERR CHECK loutput EFSO Error OUTPUT FILENAME DOESN T EXIST METER INIT METER INFO emet MeterInfoSet meter 0 0 100 0 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting the meter info emet MeterInfoChangeTaskName meter Convert MDF to IMG amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error changing name of meter info READ FIRST 12 BYPES handle efio Open input rb amp 1 1 NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error opening generic file efio ReadSeq handle void amp numbands sizeof long amp lclerr LONG 32 BITs 4 BYTEs EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of bands from file READ BINARY DATA BIT BY BIT efio ReadSeq handle void amp numrows sizeof long amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of rows from file efio ReadSeq handle void amp numcols sizeof long amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of columns from file 7 CREATE IMG FILE FROM MDF pixelRect eimg PixelRectCreate numcols 1
242. g the histograms for the layers and prompting the user to set the limits for the contrast stretch EVUE STRETCH NONE does a min max stretch on the layers To close a layer i e delete it from a view window use LayerClose evue_LayerClose The prototype of this API is void evue LayerClose Evue Connection apc Evue LayerHandle layer id Eerr ErrorReport err This closes the layer represented by layer id Callback Functions Viewer There are many instances in which you need to know when something happens in the Viewer that is not under the control of your application For example suppose you have displayed a layer in a view window If the user closes that particular view window the display handle and layer handle for that Viewer are no longer valid However you can add callbacks on certain Viewer events so a specified function is called in your application when such an event occurs You can add a callback by calling evue_AddCallback function 322 evue_AddCallback The prototype of this API is void evue AddCallback Evue Connection apc Evue ObjId objectId Evue CallbackReason reason Evue CallbackFunction function void client data Eerr ErrorReport err This function adds a callback onto the given object with the specified reason objected is the handle for the particular evue object from which the callback is generated The given object may be of type Evue LayerHandle Evue Displa
243. ght justified in the cell The information in the cell can be formatted using the format command in the column menu and the format can be set using the columnformat parameter described below The data for the column is transferred to and from the application as a pointer to a double BOOLEAN COLUMNS A boolean column is displayed with either a space or an x The x indicated that the value of the column is TRUE and the space indicates that the value of the column is FALSE The data is transfered to and from the application as a pointer to an Emsc Boolean EXCLUSIVE COLUMNS An exclusive column is displayed with a gt in one row and a space in all other rows The column itself has a value which is the number of the row which has been selected The data is transfered to and from the application as a pointer to an integer COLOR COLUMNS A color column is displayed as a rectangular patch of color The user may use the right button popup menu to select an alternate color The is transferred to an from the application as a pointer to an array of four doubles which represent the color components as red green blue and opacity The ranges of the values is 0 0 to 1 0 PIXMAP COLUMNS A pixmap column is displayed as a small rectangular image The user may not interact or modify a pixmap The value is transferred to an from the application as pointer to an Eeml Canvas Install CellArray amp Setup Parameters The CellArray Package implements a
244. gi9 1r DER File Edit View Tools Window Panter A PROJECTION INFO Present IMAGE TYPE Athematic E DEPIH 8 UL X COORDINATE UL Y COORDINATE LR X COORDINATE LR Y COORDINATE PIXEL WIDTH PIXEL HEIGHT MAP UNITS meters PROJECTION NAME UTM PROJECTION DATUM NAD83 PROJECTION ZONE 10 SPHEROID NAME GRS 1980 SEMI MAJOR AXIS SEMI MINOR AXIS E SQUARED RADIUS 432532 000000 5258010 000000 495892 000000 5207730 000000 30 000000 30 000000 6378137 000000 6356752 314140 0 006694 6371007 180883 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What is the image type The image type in IMAGINE must be either ATHEMATIC or THEMATIC in this class we will not discuss the FFT image type EIMG REALFFT LAYER Both of these image type look the same from the Binary data point of view The difference comes in the way you interpret the pixel value In an image the digital value 0 may represent the reflectance value while the 0 a THEMATIC image may represent the class 0 e g water The output image from un supervised classification will always be THEMATIC ATHEMATIC means CONTINUOUS data THEMATIC means CATEGORICAL data usually the classification result The layer type is governed by the eimg package typedef enum EIMG THEMATIC LAYER 0 Dat
245. guration Management ecfg package provides facilities for managing ERDAS IMAGINE s configuration database The configuration database stores information about system resources such as tape drives CD ROM drives printers and hosts to which an ERDAS IMAGINE session will require access Initialization of the database is handled transparently to the application program when it is running in an ERDAS IMAGINE session see esmg eeml packages Applications will be most interested in the functions of this package that query the configuration database for the values of preferences for configured devices ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Master Initialization The Master Initialization eint package allows the programmer to initialize the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit This step is required in an application before the other IMAGINE Developers Toolkit functions can be used Progress Meter Support The Progress Meter Support emet package allows an ERDAS IMAGINE application to report its progress in an extensible way Placing calls to the emet package at critical points in a process allows a user to track the progress of an application Preference Database The Preference Database epmg package provides a programmer with an interface to the Preference Database It provides functions to access set and change the preferences for different categories at global and user levels It also provides callback
246. h allows this automatically we created a base template to assist in creating new JOBs Raster processing via JOBs is a command line process This means that we need a standard means to process command line arguments The IMAGINE Developers Toolkit includes an earg package to help manage that process The following table is a pseudo template which describes the frame work of an IMAGINE JOB There are a number of basic elements which we need to identify as part of our program In the code you should follow the order that appears in the following table Components of Pseudo Note template Standard Includes These standard system header files include sdtio h Toolkit Includes These must reflect any packages being used in the proceeding code Error Checking Macros Error checking is an important part of any Toolkit program Earg Dependent Global Each element of the command line structure needs to be Function Prototypes represented as a global function Earg Cmd Command Each command line argument and its required inputs will be Structur described in this structure Each of these inputs must have a function prototype and definition Earg Dependent Variables for use in the Earg Global functions There is a special technique which the earg package uses to set success or failure Basically it is set to false at the beginning of the program and on successful completion it is set to true Global Variables Main
247. h the current version of IMAGINE Application functions built in to EML 256 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Setup Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 In order to compile plug in DLLs you need to change a few settings for your Visual Studio 2008 Configuration Properties gt General aftemplate Property Pages Common Properties Configuration Properties Output Directory usr lib win32release ApplicationFunctions Intermediate Directory S ConfigurationName 2 Extensions to Delete on Clean obj ilk tlb tli tlh tmp rsp pgc pgd S TargetP Linker Build Log File S IntDirBuildLog htm Manifest Tool Inherited Project Property Sheets VCInstallDir VCProjectDefaults UpgradeFromVC60 vsp XML Document Generator Project Defaults Browse Information E v Configuration Type Dynamic Library dll Build Events 9 yP yu Custom Build Step Use of MFC Use Standard Windows Libraries Web Deployment Use of ATL Not Using ATL Minimize CRT Use in ATL No Character Set Not Set Common Language Runtime support No Common Language Runtime support 3 5 A 8 ET Whole Program Optimization No Whole Program Optimization Output Directory Specifies a relative path to the output file directory can include environment variables Change the output directory to the following Output Directory usr lib Win32Release Ap
248. handler in a filename framepart is to enable another framepart which requires the file name We will see an example of this when we look at the enable command The FRAMEDISPLAY Message and its Handler Whenever a frame is displayed from an EML script a framedisplay message is sent Just as the on startup message handler see above is used to define what should happen when an EML script is loaded the on framedisplay message handler can be used to define what should happen when a frame is displayed The on framedisplay message handler must be defined within the frame that uses it but must be outside any of the frameparts that exist in the frame By convention the on framedisplay message handler is defined at the end of the frame The basic syntax for a frame that contains an on framedisplay message handler is Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 53 frame name t title title framepart definitions on framedisplay actions to take when frame is displayed For an example of the on framedisplay message handler refer to the discussion of the disable command below The VALUECHANGED Message and its Handler The valuechanged message is similar to the input message except that a valuechanged message is issued for each change made to a framepart including changes involving individual keystrokes While applicable to several frameparts the on valuechanged message handler is
249. have learned will provide you with a solid foundation to build any application 370 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Reference Eimg LayerOption All options that appear in the variable length argument for the function eimg LayerOpen may be found at emun type Eimg LayerOption in eimg h Arguments Description EIMG LAYER OPTION END 0 EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPRESSION TYPE End of option list no additional arguments Compression type 1 additional argument Edms CompressionType which specifies the type of compression to be used EIMG LAYER OPTION BLOCK SIZE EIMG LAYER OPTION READONLY EIMG LAYER OPTION NUM PHY BLOCKS Size of each pixel block stored on disk for this layer 2 additional arguments int int which specify the width and height in pixels of each layer block Allow only read only access no additional argument Number of physical blocks for virtual memory system 1 additional argument int which specify the number of physical blocks to use for this layer EIMG LAYER OPTION WINDOW EIMG LAYER OPTION BOUNDARY VALUE EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE Windows for the data in this layer 1 additional argument Eimg Windows which specifies a rectangular window to use when reading and writting pixels of this layer IMAGINE will not write pixels outside this region When IMAGINE is requested to read pixels outs
250. he parameters which may be used with SetParameters function The first table lists the parameters which apply to the entire CellArray The second table lists those parameters which apply only to the columns in the CellArray 334 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Table 1 Parameters for the entire CellArray addcolumncallback void This is a pointer to a function which is called when the user has requested that a column be added This is NULL by default It has the form void addcolumn Emsc Opaque info char name char type int width int getfunc Emsc Opaque getfuncinfo int putfunc Emsc Opaque putfuncinfo void deletefunc Emsc Opaque deletefuncinfo Eerr ErrorReport err Where name the name of the new column type the type of the new column text number color etc width the width of the new column getfunc receives the address of the new getfunction getfuncinfo receives the address of the new getfunction data putfunc receives the address of the new putfunction putfuncinfo receives the address of the new putfunction data deletefunc reveices the address of the new delete function deletefuncinfo receives the address of the new delete function data addcolumninfo Emsc Opaque This is the data passed to the addcolumn callback function addrowcallback void This function is called when a new
251. his exercise we will use the Map Projection Packages i e eprj exfr eimg which provide routines for storing and retrieving map information for a layer and for converting coordinates between map projections Internally all distance measurements i e X Y values of projection are in meters all angle measurements i e lat lon are in radians There are two distinct entities map information and projection information which we want to store with our image In this exercise we scanned the auxiliary file to extract the necessary information and then save them in to img file A Close look at MDH The mdh is our header which provides auxiliary information about map and projection The following figure shows what the mdh looks like We will not discuss the first 6 rows in the header since they were mentioned before The content between rows 7 and 13 is the map information and the content between row 14 and 21 is the projection information below D work gi9 1 root TK_course Training_Data wynoochee_dem mdh DER PROJECTION_INFO Present IMAGE_TYPE Athematic PIXEL_DEPTH 16_BIT BANDS 1 ROWS 1677 X COORDINATE 432532 000000 Y COORDINATE 5258010 000000 LR X COORDINATE 495892 000000 Map Info LR Y COORDINATE 5207730 000000 P 2 30 000000 30 000000 io 00 74 OY un 4 uu 6378137 000000 6356752 314140 0 006694 6371007 180883 Projection Info Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Devel
252. hon d test test py a txt ExactNum c The following fiqure shows the GUI interface of Demo Python eml 100 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Input File Name img OUtput File name Which band do you want to Process Display Meter Bar Choose Predefined Multiplier Numbwer SMALL NUMBER 2 Choose Multiplier Number MED NUMBER 5 Use Exact Multiplier 1 0 10 0 BIG NUMBER 8 5 0 La You choice is 2 000000 Use Predefine Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 101 Class Notes 102 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Section 4 Getting Started with IMAGINE soo Toolkit Section objective This section explains the basic IMAGINE directory structure and environment variables introduces IMAGINE Developers Toolkit e explains how to set up the working environment gives a brief description of the Toolkit packages IMAGINE Installation Structure This is not an all inclusive directory of ERDAS IMAGINE but it does contain any of the most important aspects of an IMAGINE installation structure and includes most of the directories and paths that concern developers You should be familiar with most of the folders listed in the structure map lt IMAGINE_HOME gt Defaults folder contains all preference d
253. i gt pixelType Egda_PixelType case EGDA_TYPE_U8 printf The Pixel type EGDA_TYPE_U8 n break case EGDA_TYPE_U16 printf The Pixel type EGDA_TYPE_U16 n break default printf Other Enum value n ALLOCATE SPACE FOR THE PIXEL For All Layers TO BE READ T pixelstack eimg PixelRectStackCreate layernames count 1 1 EGDA TYPE F32 amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR eimg PixelRectStackCreate while 1 0 0 printf Enter Column Row type 1 1 to exit scanf d d amp column amp row if column 1 eimg LayerStackRead layerstack column row 1 1 pixelstack amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR eimg LayerRead for i 20 i pixelstack numlayers i printf Pixel value from Layer d g n i Egda F32 EIMG DATAPTR pixelstack datalayer i else exit 1 break Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 169 re 1 cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG if layerstack 1 eimg LayerStackClose layerstack amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layerstack NULL if pixelstack 1 eimg PixelRectStackDelete pixelstack amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr pixelstack NULL if layernames 1 estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL peturn 0 when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed
254. icate the end of the script This tells the interpreter that it should not attempt to look for any additional instructions All SML scripts should exit with the QUIT statement QUIT Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 87 Class Notes 88 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 2 Load SML Model from EML Exercise Objective This exercise will let you run your SML model mdl or pmdl from the IMAGINE command line and EML script We will use arguments instead of real file name so our SML model is ready to accept arguments from command line or EML script The following code will accept input argument Code Snippet Sec3 02 Script with argument demo mdl set cell size for the model SET CELLSIZE MIN set window for the model SET WINDOW UNION set area of interest for the model SET AOI NONE AN SIMPLE SML SCRIPT MULTIPLY SINGLE LAYER BY AN NUMBER ARG1 INPUT FILE NAME ARG2 BAND INDEX 1 2 3 ARG3 MULTIPILER ARG4 OUTPUT FILE NAME T 7
255. ich will actually undergo processing In automatically generated SML scripts AOI will always be set to NONE This means that all pixels within the defined WINDOW will be processed and will appear in the output raster 84 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit CELLSIZE WINDOW and AOI all have alternative settings However these settings require hand editing of SML scripts Declaring Model Variables After the processing area and pixel resolution for the model are set the model variables are declared The example model contains only two variables both of which are raster images One is an input raster and the other is an output raster H declarations H Integer RASTER n1 lanier FILE OLD NEAREST NEIGHBOR AOI NONE d work data lanier img Integer RASTER n2 out FILE DELETE IF EXISTING IGNORE 0 8 BIT UNSIGNED INTE GER d work datat out img Let s take a look at these two declarations First note that each declaration consists of only one line These declarations appear to consist of more than one line merely because the text lines are too long to fit on a single line But if you look carefully you will see that the above declarations consist of only two SML statements Note that there is a single semicolon to denote the end of each of these two statements The format of the declaration of the input raster is as follows lt DATATYPE gt RASTER NAME FILE FILE PARAMETERS
256. id set header int argc char argv i return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION THE CORE PROCESS ENTRY POINT The heart of the processing y static void jobMain int argc char argv Efio_Fd handle NULL INIT FILE DESCRIPTOR Eimg PixelRect pixelRect NULL A buffer structure Eimg Layer layer NULL long numbands numrows numcols long bytesperpixel i j char layername NULL EERR INIT jobMain amp lclerr lclerr CHECK INPUT OUTPUT REQUIRED 204 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit 57 EERR CHECK linput 50 INPUT FILENAME DOESN T EXIST EERR CHECK loutput EFSO Error OUTPUT FILENAME DOESN T EXIST READ FIRST 12 BYPEs FROM MDF BINARY handle efio Open input rb amp 1 1 NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error opening generic file efio ReadSeq handle void amp numbands sizeof long amp lclerr LONG 32 BITs 4 BYTEs EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of bands from file READ BINARY DATA BIT BY BIT efio ReadSeq handle void amp numrows sizeof long amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of rows from file efio ReadSeq handle void amp numcols sizeof long amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting of columns from file JE CREATE AN EMPTY ROW BUFFER pixelRect eimg_PixelRectCreate numcols 1 pixeltype
257. ide this region these pixels are filled whith the boundary value This value is initially zero but can be modified via the EIMG LAYER OPTION BOUNDARY VALUE Specify out of bounds value 1 additional argument Eimg PixelRect which points to an Eimg PixelRect structure containing the value to use when reading pixels outside the valid window The value in the Eimg PixelRect structure can be of any pixel type IMAGINE will convert the value to the type of data stored in this layer This window is initialialized to be the entire layer but can be modified via the EIMG LAYER OPTION WINDOW option Recompute layer statistics and store them on disc when the layer is closed no additional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION OPEN DEFAULT TABLE Open default table for this layer 1 additional argument char with specifies the name of the new table to use IMAGINE will seach for a table of this name which is a child of the layer in the tree structured IMAGINE file The table must aleady exist this option will not create it EIMG LAYER OPTION CREATE DEFAULT TABLE Create default table for ttis layer 3 additional arguments char long Edsc BinFunction which specify the name of the new table to use the number of rows in the table and a pointer to a bin function IMAGINE will create a table of this name which is a child of this layer in the tree structured IMAGINE file The table must not already exist this option will not
258. ing 6 Print current progress to meter 7 f the task has changed then set the task name to reflect what is happening 8 Repeat steps 5 thru 7 until finished 9 Print 100 to meter just in case your calculation is under 10 Delete meter 240 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Note The boxes shown in the code below outlines the code you will be adding during this Jf exercise Code Snippet Sec5_07 Add Metering Support Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION METER a static void set_meter int argc char argv EERR INIT set meter amp lclerr lclerr if argc 1 Default with Meter display meter emet MeterInfoCreate Starting process Task Name in the Session Manager Convert MDF Meter display name stdout amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating MeterInfo else if estr Eqic argv 1 No Meter display meter NULL else if estr_Eqic argv 1 1 meter emet_MeterInfoCreate Starting process Convert MDF stdout amp lclerr EERR_CHECK l1clerr EFS Error creating MeterInfo else meter NULL cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG return I Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION THE CORE PROCESS ENTRY POINT The heart of the processing y static void jobMain int argc char argv Efio Fd handle NULL INIT FILE DESCRIPTOR long numbands numrows numcols long bytesperpixel i j Eim
259. ing figure shows how a histogram displays number of pixels e g there is 300 pixels with pixel value 100 The Y axis displays the pixel count histogram E E 2 0 100 255 data file values Design the GUI In order to test this application function dll we need to set up an EML script that will call the function from application function dll Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 273 filename Input 20 10 210 50 lt Popuplist gt Band 20 80 210 50 260 px lt gt PixelValue 20 140 80 50 button OK 20 210 100 40 button Cancel 130 210 100 40 s Count Pixel Input File Which Band you want to count Layer_1 You want to count cancel 50 px 0 0 250 260 250 px 274 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec6 02 pixelcount c TEP CeCe APPLICATION FUNCTION pixelcount PURPOSE THIS DLL WILL FUNCTIONS OF THIS DLL CALLING SYNTAX set num pixelcount inputfilename Bandlvalue pixelval
260. io_FileNameLocateFunction Emsc_Opaque see efio FileNameCorrect EIMG LAYER OPTION CUSTOM PIXEL PROCESSOR Plug in functions that allows performing custom image processing on a block of pixels The option takes five additional arguments img PixelRectStackProcessorFunc pFunc Eimg PixelRectStackDeteriminelnputFunc dFunc void userData Eimg UserDataFreeFunc fFunc long cookie EIMG LAYER OPTION DATA ORDER EIMG LAYER OPTION USE APPLICATION OWNED PRIVATE STORAGE Order in which bands should be read or written for most efficient disk access 2 additional arguments RasterDataOrder supportedDataOrders RasterDataOrder pDataOrder the first argument is bitfield indicating which orders the applicataon is able to process in The second argument is passed back to the applicaiton indicating the order that is perferable to use The application must then use the order that is passed back Use external private storage provided by application Ttis option takes 1 argument Eimg_PrivateStorage which specifies that the layer must use work area provided by the application The default is to use internal private storage EIMG LAYER OPTION USE_SHARED_CACHE Use shared cache provided by application This option takes 1 additional argument Eimg_SharedCache which specifies that the layer must use cache provided by the application EIMG LAYER OPTION SS_LAYERS_RESET R
261. ion gets the different values of a part size width etc as variable arguments and sets the params member of the base part structure to point to the values These values can then be used to set the part s initial default values In our example we use the following code to setup CellArray parameters The first block of arguments is for the entire CellArray the others are for each column Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 333 eeml SetParameters app cellPart amp lclerr APPLY TO THE ENTIRE CELLARRAY showcolumn EMSC TRUE rowtitle Row selectcallback selectCB Parameters for the columncount ncols entire CellArray deleteenable EMSC FALSE fillheight 1 fillwidth 1 alwaysshowverticalscrollbar EMSC TRUE alwaysshowhorizontalscrollbar EMSC TRUE APPLY TO COLUMN column 0 Parameters for columntitle Filename LayerName column 0 columnwidth 10 columntype text editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getlImageNameCB putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app APPLY TO COLUMN 1 column 1 Parameters for columntitle Pixel Value columnwidth 4 columntype double editflag EMSC TRUE selectflag EMSC TRUE getcellvalue getlImageValueCB putcellvalue putDummyCB cellinfo app column 1 APPLY TO COLUMN N NULL The following tables list t
262. ion option EIMG LAYER OPTION RESCALE LINEAR Use linear rescaling when data is read 2 additional arguments Egda Double Egda Double which specify the slope and offset of the linear rescaling function The value returned during a read operation read pixel is computed from the pixel value stored on disc disc pixel using the following relationship read pixel slope disc pixel offset Print progress during statisitcs computation when EIMG LAYER OPTION PROGRESS METER ON CLOSE layer is closed 1 additional argument Emet Meterlnfo whichc sepcifies the state filed to use for the progress meter and the minimum and maximum percentage numbers to print at the begining anad end of the statistics computation EIMG LAYER OPTION DEFAULT BIN FUNCTION STRUCTURE EIMG LAYER OPTION VIEWER INFO Specifies properties of default bin function to use for this layer 1 additional argument Erga DefaultBinfStruct which contains the default properties to be used Specifies information used when a IMAGINE Viewer is displaying a layer as data is written into it 1 additional argument Eimg ViewBlocklnfo EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE SUBSAMPLED IMAGES CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION EHFA NODE TYPE Recompute subsampled images and store them on disc when the layer is closed no additional arguments Specifies tte ehfa node type to use when creating this layer 1 additional argument char EIMG
263. is closed no cell will be opened subsequently If the value is NEXT ROW 1 then when the current cell is closed the cell immediately below the current one will be opened If the value is NEXT COLUMN 2 then when the current cell is closed the cell in column to the right will be opened When the end of the row is reached the first cell of the next row will be opened The default is NEXT ROW 1 rowselectflag Emsc Boolean This flag is set to TRUE to enable row selection If the flag is set then rows may be selected with the cursor by clicking shift clicking and drag ging In addition rows may be selected with the row popup menu The default value for this is EMSC TRUE maximumrowheight long This is represents the max height of all the cell rows in screen pixels Applica tions wish to use pixmaps may need to use this to set the height to the height of their pixmap The default text height used for row height will clip the pixmap usecriteria Emsc Boolean If the value of this flag is TRUE then the criteria selection menu is enabled The default value for this is EMSC TRUE The following parameters are used to set features for each column Table 2 Parameters for the CellArray columns void Emsc_Opaque int char This is a pointer to a function which is called if the alignment for a column is changed The first argument is the pointer to the user data The second argu ment is the column
264. is is 1 widthchange void Emsc_Opaque int double This is a pointer to a function which is called when the width of a column is changed The first argument is the user data The second argument is the number of the column 0 is the first column The third argument is the new column width given as a number of characters which may be fractional widthchangeinfo Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to the data to be passed to the widthchange function Add Data into CellArray amp Update CellArray After we install the CellArray and setup its parameters we can add data into Cellarray and upate its value when necessary eeui CAAppendRows The prototype of this API is void eeui CAAppendRows Eui BasePart part The CellArray Part int state The Selection state for the new rows Emsc Boolean scrollflag TRUE to Display the new rows int count The number of rows to append Eerr ErrorReport err The Status Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 341 This function appends a user defined number of new rows onto the end of the CellArray Each of the new rows will have the selection state as indicated by the state flag If the scrollflag is set to EMSC TRUE then the CellArray will be scrolled so that the new rows will be visiable After loading data into CellArray you need to call eeui CAUpdateAIl function to update the display In our example we call ee
265. isting file This function will return 1 if file exists It will return O otherwise Prevent Potential Memory Leak As the program grows in complexity we need to be aware of potential memory leaks As we mentioned previously when the EERR CHECK macro finds an error it jumps directly to cleanup If the free memory step follows directly after the EERR CHECK the free memory step will be bypassed and potential memory leaks occur left diagram below The left figure shows the memory leak problem while the right figure shows how to prevent a memory leak Allocate Memory Error Happen Allocate Memory Free Memory Error Happen No Memory leak Memory leak cleanup 208 ERDAS Customer Education cleanup Y Free Memory Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 209 Exercise 5 Add Map amp Projection Info to ConvertMDF Exercise Objective In this exercise we will improve the convertmdf program created from the previous section We will read a Map and Projection Information from the header mdh and then directly write Map amp Projection information into img Packages used etxt estr eimg exfr eprj 210 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Overview In t
266. it ERDAS Customer Education 141 Code Explanation Toolkit Initialization You should always start with the eint InitToollkit function call to setup IMAGINE Toolkit This function appears in every Toolkit program eint InitToolkit The prototype of this API is Eint InitToolkitData eint InitToolkit errorin This function allocates and initializes ERDAS Toolkit Initialization flags a global structure containing initialization information for core toolkit packages it returns the initialization result a pointer to that global structure This API will not actually initialize all the Toolkit packages it will only initializes the ehfa and esta packages these 2 packages are often used by all other packages The ehfa package is the ERDAS Hierarchical File Access Package and the esta package is the ERDAS statistics package If you want to use APIs from other packages you will have to initialize them individually before using them e g eant init is used to initialize the eant package and eeml init is used to initialize the eeml package Toolkit Error Tracking Mechanism Most Toolkit functions contain an error tracking argument problem exists if a non NULL error pointer is returned When this happens a function detecting an error creates an Eerr ErrorReport structure that contains The name of the function in which the error occurred An integer error code The severity fatal or warning Text describing the error
267. ixel ImageSize byptes 12 NBand NRow NCol For this class and during these exercises redundancy will be kept Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 199 Note What happen if you don t provide the p t The pixeldepth and imagetype are enum type they will always get the default value 0 they will be initialized by default as pixeltype EGDA TYPE 01 imagetype EIMG THEMATIC LAYER Note Can I remove quote from u16 Jf Yes you can remove the quote if the is no white space or special characters i e in the argument The following arguments are good 16 or p 16 IMAGINE command line will identify the 16 as characters automatically The Processing Logic Since this exercise will cover many steps involving reading and writing image data it is helpful to introduce the processing logic before going to the code The program reads binary data from mdf files and copies it to the img file All of the information required to read this data type is listed below Data pixel type Must be provided before running this program Number of bands in 12 bytes header Number of rows in 12 bytes header Number of columns in 12 bytes header Below is the raster processing logic used in our program 01 Open the mdf file 02 Read the 12 byte header to get the bands rows and columns 03 Create a buffer to hold exactly one row o
268. ixelRect pixelRect Eerr_ErrorReport er rptr This function deletes the buffer pixelRect which had been created with the function eimg_PixelRectCreate Note The pixelRect is created with a floating point data type in our next example eimg PixelRectCreate 1 1 EGDA_TYPE_F32 amp lclerr Why Since eimg LayerRead automatically converts the data type to that of the pixelRect we will not loose precision converting any layers up to F32 We re just printing out values here How do we access individual pixel values in an Eimg PixelRect Use DATAPTR pixrect column row this macro returns a pointer to the pixel value at column row of pixelRect You still need to properly cast this value to the correct data type and dereference it For example if you had an eimg PixelRect structure holding signed 16 bit values and you wanted the value at row 5 and column 12 you would use the S16 value value Egda S16 EIMG DATAPTR PIXRECT 12 5 Egda S16 is a datatype typedef d to a signed short integer on most machines while EGDA TYPE S16 is an entry within the Egda PixelType enumeration EIMG DATAPTR The prototype of this MACRO is define EIMG DATAPTR RECT COLUMN ROW RECT currentData ROW RECT pitch COLUMN RECT numbytes B Reading Pixel Values From a Layer Stack In our next example Sec5 03b we will learn how to read pixel values from a layerstack th
269. ject needs The IMAGINE Developers Toolkit in cludes a set of C C language APIs that are intended for the experienced C C programmer This course describes the modifications and new applications that may be developed using the Toolkit ERDAS IMAGINE is a broad suite of software products designed to address the needs of a wide audi ence Although the user interface is designed to make workflows easy for a variety of skill and experi ence levels some organizations need to customize the software in order to streamline a particular pro duction workflow The basic customization capabilities of ERDAS IMAGINE are particularly well suited for modifying the easy to use graphical interface while the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit is designed pri marily for users needing to tailor the software beyond this level Using This Manual Introduction This IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise Manual contains step by step instructions on how to per form certain processes You should be aware that each exercise provides a single path through ERDAS IMAGINE tools In most cases there are various ways to maximize tool usage depending upon the in dividual project This exercise manual is provided to the student along with all images and copies of the presentation slides used by the instructor This provides the capability for recreating the processes performed in class at a later date The Exercise Conventions Section Page States the objectiv
270. jection is internal or external 0 EPRJ INTERNAL 1 EPRJ EXTERNAL proNumber is the projection number for internal projections The current internal projections are 0 Geographic Latitude Longitude 1 UTM 2 State Plane 3 Albers Conical Equal Area 4 Lambert Conformal Conic 5 Mercator 6 Polar Stereographic 7 Polyconic 8 Equidistant Conic 9 Transverse Mercator 10 Stereographic 11 Lambert Azimuthal Equal area 12 Azimuthal Equidistant 13 Gnomonic 14 Orthographic 15 General Vertical Near Side Perspective 16 Sinusoidal 17 Equirectangular 18 Miller Cylindrical 19 Van der Grinten I 20 Oblique Mercator Hotine 21 Space Oblique Mercator 22 Modified Transverse Mercator proExeName is the name of executable to run for an external projection 222 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit proName is the name of the projection This will be one of the names given above in the description of proNumber proZone is the zone number for internal State plane or UTM projections proParams is the array of parameters for the projection The following table defines the contents of the proParams array which is defined above The Parameters column defines the meaning of the various elements of the proParams array for the different projections Each one is described by one or more statements of the form n Description n is the index into the array
271. kDestroy app connection app gt pick amp lclerr if lclerr EERR_DELETE 1clerr cleanup return NULL k APPLICATION FUNCTION dismiss DESCRIPTION This function will close this application CALLING SYNTAX dismiss RETURN VALUE NULL FEC APP FUNC dismiss 312 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT dismiss outerr lclerr if app gt selector evue RemoveCallback app connection app selector EVUE SELECTOR MOVE SelectorMoveCB app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO evue RemoveCallback selector evue RemoveCallback app connection app selector EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE SelectorMoveCB app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO evue RemoveCallback selector evue SelectorDestroy app gt connection app gt selector amp lclerr EERR_CHECK 1clerr EFSO evue SelectorDestroy app selector NULL if app connection evue RemoveCallback app connection app displayHandle EVUE OBJECT DESTROY ViewerCloseCB app amp lclerr EERR CHECK
272. l be called The callback function must have the following prototype int viewPartCB Eui BasePart part Emsc Opaque data MyData md MyData data The part is a pointer to the framepart from which the function was called The data is the user supplied pointer which can be used to pass user specific data into the function The function must return either 0 or 1 EML allows multiple callbacks to the framepart for any EML predefined message When a message is delivered to a framepart EML will invoke each of the message handlers By returning a value of 1 EML will terminate the loop which calls the next function Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 303 Class Notes 304 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 2 Viewer Interaction Exercise Objective This section will focus on developing an application that allows the analyst to place a Selector on an image displayed in an IMAGINE Viewer They will be able to compare the location of the Selector with geographically related images and to analyze surface features This information is very useful in defining the characteristics of various points in a region In developing this tool we will be using a number of thematic and continuous images to perform the comparison Packages used eeml eeml frame eeml dialog Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 305
273. lder IMAGINE HOME Scripts For example you may find the EML script for the IMAGINE Viewer at IMAGINE HOME Scripts Wiewer eml EML Architecture EML is built from the following major pieces the Parser the Interpreter the Message Manager the GUI Manager and the Session Manager The following figure shows the EML Architecture 20 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EML Architecture GUI Parts Components 4 GUI b o Pal Frames Manager n Bac Frameparts i N Parser lt GUI TTE NE p mE Action Code Interpreter Procedures lt p x y P i L Manager St amp Session Manager D The Parser Interpreter and the GUI Manager EML scripts can be used to define both user interface elements and actions to be taken when a user interacts with those elements The Parser reads EML script files and converts them into an internal form which represents the user interface and its associated procedures The user interface definitions are handled by the GUI manager and the procedures are handled by the Interpreter The Interpreter When a script is parsed all of the GUI elements are converted into a tree structured representation in memory The GUI Manager uses its internal representation to gener
274. lerr app connection evue Open viewer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR Evue Open 310 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit app gt displayHandle evue SelectViewer app connection Select Viewer amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR Evue SelectViewer if app displayHandle 1 JE CREATE CALLBACK TO VIEWER i evue_AddCallback app gt connection app gt displayHandle EVUE_OBJECT_DESTROY ViewerCloseCB Emsc Opaque app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR evue AddCallback GET LAYERHANDLE FROM VIEWER IMAGE NAME i app layerHandle evue GetTopLayerHandle app connection app displayHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR Evue GetTopLayerHandle 7 GET VIEW LAYER INFORMATION Z app gt viewLayInfo evue_GetLayerInfo app gt connection app gt layerHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS ERROR GetLayerInfo GET VIEWER DISPLAY NUMBER viewid evue GetViewNumberFromHandle app connection app displayHandle amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO ERROR GetViewNumberFromHandle 7 PREPARE STRING LIST TO BE RETURNED 2s listname 0 Image Name que listname 1 Viewer ID 7 stri estr Sprintf NULL Xs amp lclerr app viewLayInfo filename str2 estr Sprintf NULL Xd amp lcle
275. les which open this file should then have access to map coordinates based on the transform that was stored with the image Projection Information Due to the higher complexity of structures within structures adding projection information is a bit more complicated than adding map information Our first step is to create the structure to be populated In this case we want the ProParameters structure This structure also contains spheroid and datum structures Internally these functions will populate the various structures based on name The following figure shows the output image file with the correct map and projection information You can find them from the Viewer gt Utility gt Layer Info 212 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit k Imagelnfo demo1 img File Edit View Help pr D c 2 l 1 Band 1 Th Projection Histogram Pixel data Layer Name Band 1 File Type Last Modified Tue Oct 23 15 45 31 2007 File Info IMAGINE Image Number of Layers Image Auxiliary File s fan File Size 4 81 MB Width 2113 Height 1577 Block Width 64 Block Height 64 Compression Run Length Encoding ESRI Layer Info Type Continuous Data Type Unsigned 16 bit Data Order Mixed Pyramid Layer Algorithm IMAGINE 2X2 Resampling Min 0 Max 1436 Mean 211 865 Median 134 63 Mode 0 Statistics Info Skip Factor X Last Modified Tue Oct 23 15 45 32 2007 File Upp
276. llowed IMAGINE will not be able to find the current titlelist in aftemplate dll 264 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Dependency Walker aftemplate dll W Fie Edit View Window Help ax 5 ej e ala SEI e i AFTEMPLATE DLL pi The actual function name C Exceerion Du exported in the DLL from 1 Dependency walker amp KERNEL32 DLL MSVCR71D DL KERNEL32 DLL Ordinal rint Function f Entry Point 8 1 0x0001 0 0x0000 LaftemplateInstance 0 00001014 Y 2 0x0002 1 0x0001 aftemplatefunctioni 0x0000 100A MSVCP71D DL 3 0x0003 2 0x0002 aftemplatefunction2 0x0000 100F 21 Boosr REGE 4 0x0004 3 0x0003 aftemplatefunctionetc 0x0000 1005 781 MSVCP71L amp MSVCR71 lt Module C ADVAPI32 DLL AFTEMPLATE DLL Time Stamp 5 Attributes Subsystem 08 04 04 7 00 616 960 A Intel x86 Win32 console 01 29 08 9 59p 29 696 AC Intelx86 Win32 GUI C BOOST_REGEX VC71 MT GD 1_33_1 DLL 03 16 07 11 07a 864 256 Intelx86 Win32 console comct 32 DLL 08 25 06 10 45a 617 472 Intel x86 Win32 GUI C cowpLG32 DLL 08 04 04 7 00 276 992 Intel x86 Win32 GUI EFILEIO DLL 10 08 07 11 56p 18 432 AC Intel x86 Win32 GUI s FGFOMFTRY NII 1n ng n7 y 65 536 1 ac Intel vR amp wWind2 ram
277. lues A string list Notes This ApplicationFunctions DLL is loaded when ERDAS IMAGINE is started It provides functions that are available to every EML script This template is the outline for how an ApplicationFunctions DLL is to set up 11 application functions are called from within EML script A string list is returned back to the eml script Important Note Be aware of the order in which you add things to the stringlist When EML receives a string list with the first value numeric then it will take all the elements to be numbers and it won t return any characters If the first is a character then it will take everything to be a character and it will return everything even numbers You won t be able to perform arithmetic on those numbers since they will actually be characters ok okokok kokokeokekokeokeok ok oko ook 7 STANDARD INCLUDES include lt stdio h gt 266 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit TOOLKIT INCLUDES include lt eint h gt include lt eerr h gt include lt eeml h gt include lt emsc h gt include lt eimg h gt include lt erga h gt DEFINITION OF INSTANCE mem CHANGE DLL INSTANCE NAME TO BE THE SAME AS THE BASE NAME
278. mdf in fln Input out fln Output p pop PixelType t rad ImageType m chk meter h chk header Every IMAGINE job will have a default metering bar In this case whether or not you enable or disable the metering bar you will always see the metering bar 1 If you enable the meter option you will see the title of your program and the actual percent done 2 If you disable the meter option you will see the title string will be blank and the percent done will display 0 until the program finishes When the program completes the percent done suddenly turns to 100 The reason is because the meter information structure is not created so IMAGINE does not know which meter bar needs to be updated If you remove the job keyword from your EML code your metering bar will go away even if you enable the meter option from your EML GUI As a summary with the job keyword on you can not really disable the meter bar We should always use the job keyword for an IMAGINE job The meter bar is extremely helpful for updating the current job status and percent done The Process Logic In this exercise we will use the metering package to keep the user informed as to what the JOB is doing and how much of it has been compeleted We should follow the metering procedures 1 Create a meter 2 Print initial O to meter 3 Set the meter information 4 Set the current task name to reflect what is happening 5 Do someth
279. mechanisms to notify the clients when a preference value is changed Session Manager The esmg Session Manager package provides an interface to the ERDAS IMAGINE Session Manager The primary functions are connect to the Session Manager indicate job state indicate job progress log warning status messages in the Session Log and indicate the end of a job Viewer The Viewer evue package contains a set of functions for interaction with the ERDAS IMAGINE Viewer These functions allow an application to do the following Query the contents of specified Viewers Load image annotation vector or AOI layers into specified Viewers Add callbacks on images in the Viewer Create graphics representing lines or areas at specified locations Interactively select areas or lines Display compositions Set image extents Create destroy Viewers Warp images Create screen links Set convolution kernels Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 127 Abstract Object Manipulation Routines 128 Binary Search Tree The Binary Search Tree ebst package provides a complete set of tools for creating and maintaining sorted binary search trees Modeled after the qsort bsearch functions in the standard C libraries the ebst package works with any type of programmer supplied data for which the programmer provides a compare function Dynamic List Manager The Dynamic List Manage
280. mer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Setup Working Envionment After we have the basic understand of how IMAGINE manage its resources the next question will be where to put your own code i e C code EML code There are two different plans the first plan will put all your code into IMAGINE HOME and another plan put your code wherever you want but need some hacking We recommend plan1 because it will save your time when porting your code project to different computer or different version of IMAGINE You will understand this after you finish the Setup Micosoft Visual Studio 2008 section You should follow the following instruction to orgnize your C code and EML scritps Put your Toolkit program under the IMAGINE HOME like the following figure IMAGINE HOME Defaults Etc Icons Usr Scripts Project 1 uen h eml vcproj Sabet Project 2 eee Project n Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 109 Class Notes 110 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Setup Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 with SP1 Make sure to organize your project folder similar to the following structure otherwise the Microsoft Visual Studio project setting relative path ma
281. mes into their component parts For example it can be used to separate the path D data lanier img Layer 1 into the components D data lanier img and Layer_1 Histogram and Lookup Table The Histogram and Lookup Table ehst package provides various functions on histograms and lookup tables primarily in support of the histogram tools and the contrast adjustment in the Viewer Histogram LUT and breakpoint structures can be created converted and edited using these routines Image File Access RasterFormats DLL The Image File Access eimg package provides tools to access and manipulate data in image files supported by the RasterFormats DLL Class including ERDAS IMAGINE img files The package includes functions to read and write objects commonly found in geospatial raster datasets such as map information projection parameters statistics histograms covariance matrices descriptor tables class names and color values The package also provides high level ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit functions for processing the raster data within the dataset including functions to create read and write raster layers associate windows and areas of interest with a raster layer and apply neighborhood functions to raster layers lt is through this package and its constructs that an application may modify the actual data values in a raster layer Kernel Library The Kernel Libr
282. message Eerr ErrorReport err This function displays a modal dialog instruction the user to chose a view window by clicking in it The display handle for the view window is returned To create a new view window use evue CreateDisplay function this function will creates a new view window and returns the display handle for it To close a view window use evue DestroyDisplay function evue CreateDisplay The prototype of this API is Evue DisplayHandle evue CreateDisplay Evue Connection apc int xe int ye int xsize int ysize Eerr ErrorReport err evue DestroyDisplay The prototype of this API is void evue DestroyDisplay Evue Connection apc Evue DisplayHandle display id 320 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Eerr ErrorReport err To access individual layers displayed in a view window the Evue LayerHandle type is used To get the handle for the top layer displayed in a particular view window use evue GetTopLayerHandle evue GetTopLayerHandle The prototype of this API is Evue LayerHandle evue GetTopLayerHandle Evue Connection apc Evue DisplayHandle view id Eerr ErrorReport err This function returns the layer handle for the top layer in the specified view window There are many functions used to display a layer in a view window depending on the type of layer e g true color grayscale pseuodcolor relief annotation or vec
283. message handler In the example described above the disable command could be used to disable the button that runs the model If the name of the button framepart was okbutton the on framedisplay message handler for this frame would look like this on framedisplay disable grp PredefineRate disable btn OK disable btn Batch It is a good idea to use the disable command to help the user avoid making mistakes However if you elect to use it you must remember to include the enable command see below so that the user can execute models and commands once the required inputs and outputs have been specified Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 65 The ENABLE Commands The enable command is used to enable previously disabled frameparts As mentioned in our discussion of the disable command you will often want to disable certain frameparts to help users avoid making mistakes For example if you create an EML user interface to run an SML script that requires command line parameters you can disable the button that allows the user to run the SML script until all of the required command line arguments have been entered via the EML GUI Once they are entered you can use the enable command to enable the button and run the model When you enable a previously disabled framepart you will usually need to check to see that one or more conditions have been satisfied The if statement is typically used for thi
284. meters for special parts Duplicate parts Add remove callbacks eeml StringPartValueSet The prototype of this API is void eeml StringPartValueSet Eui BasePart part Etxt CText string Eerr ErrorReport outerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 301 This function changes the value of a part and updates the value on the screen If part is NULL it returns error If string is NULL the treatment is the same as an empty string eeml StringPartValueGet The prototype of this API is char eeml StringPartValueGet Eui BasePart part Eerr ErrorReport err This function retrieves the string part value and returns a pointer to string This function allocates memory for the return string so the caller needs to free it when it is no longer needed Send Message to Application The main event loop will allow applications to listen to all the commands and messages passed throu the Session Mananger In our case the processMessageFromSessionManager function will process all message sent from session manager PROCESS MESSAGES FROM SESSION MANAGER We processMessageFromSessionManager app n buf amp lclerr ESO lclerr Unable to communicate with SM You can send messages to the application when the application is active For example you may use the IMAGINE command line to send the following command to apptemplate exe Apptemplte message Your Message
285. n 3 Azimuth east of north for central line Case 1 4 Longitude of point of origin Case 1 5 Latitude of point of origin 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 8 Longitude of 1st Point defining central line Case 0 9 Latitude of 1st Point defining central line Case 0 10 Longitude of 2nd Point defining central line Case 0 11 Latitude of 2nd Point defining central line Case 0 12 0 0 1 Case 1 Space Oblique Mercator 4 Landsat Vehicle ID 1 5 5 Orbital Path Number 1 251 or 1 233 6 False Easting 7 False Northing 22 Modified Transverse Mercator 6 False Easting 7 False Northing proSpheroid is the parameters of the spheroid used to approximate the earth See the description for the Eprj Spheroid object Eprj MapProjection The prototype of this struct is 224 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit typedef struct Eprj ProParameters parmArray pointer to the projection parameters array 2 PARAMETERS PTR parameters pointer to parameters structure void toLL Eprj ProjPoint EPRJ PARAMETERS Eprj GeoPoint long Eerr ErrorReport pointer to function for inverse transformation void fromLL GeoPoint EPRJ PARAMETERS Eprj ProjPoint long Eerr ErrorReport pointer to function for forward transformation EPRJ PARAMETERS copyParameters _ EPRJ PARAMETERS
286. n with an Eimg Layer layer This map projection describes the earth to map system transformation for the map system associated with the layer If function will disassociated any previously written map projection from the layer so if the projection is NULL any map projection associated with the layer will be deleted ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The exfr package The Exfr package will be used to create an Affine Transformation based on the coefficients of only the upper left coordinates of the image and the pixel size In general an affine transform is composed of one or several linear transformations rotation scaling or shear and translation shift In order to transform from file to map and map to file we need the following APIs The transform created by exfr XFormCreateUsingCoeffs will be used in calculating the map coordinate from file coordinate while the inverted transform created by exfr XFormlnvert will get the file coordinate back from the map coordinate exfr XFormCreateUsingCoeffs The prototype of this API is Exfr XForm exfr XFormCreateUsingCoeffs double a double b double c double d double e double f Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function creates an arbitrary affine transform using the given coefficients The result is of the form a pixel size in the X direction b 0 0 file ULY c upper left X Coordinate d 0 0 file ULX e pixel size in
287. n Label a set lab DisplayMessage showmessage showmessage button btn Close below right grp_DisplayMessage title Close on mousedown 7 Call closeapplication which is Application Function and it will close the Application closeapplication COMPONENT PROCEDURE 2 K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K T on startup display frm Apptemplate Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 297 Code Explanation Eeml TranslationTable amp Its Application Functions Application functions are defined in a table known as a Translation Table of type Eeml TranslationTable This is a data structure which associates names with function pointers This is used by the parser to extend the set of known functions In the our example the name closeapplication is associated with the function closeapplication shown below static Eeml TranslationTable menufunctions showmessage showmessage closeapplication closeapplication NULL NULL Eeml TranslationTable The prototype of this structure is typedef struct _eeml_TranslationTable Etxt_C
288. n interface that allows users to conveniently set numeric values The basic syntax of a textnumber framepart is TEXTNUMBER name TITLE lt numbertitle gt MIN lt minvalue gt MAX lt maxvalue gt RANGESPEC lt minvalue gt lt maxvalue gt CAN REPLACE min max VALUE lt defaultvalue gt DELTA lt Incremented or decremented nudgers gt The min and max attributes are used to set the minimum and maximum values that the user is allowed to enter This can help users avoid making mistakes because the textnumber interface will prevent them from making inappropriate choices An additional attribute that can be used with the textnumber framepart is the value attribute This attribute sets a default value for the textnumber part If the value attribute is not used the default value is the minimum value set by the min attribute Let s look at an example This is textnumber framepart description from an EML script textnumber txt_ExactRate geometry 10 40 60 50 title above left Use Exact Compression Rate 2 10 rangespec 2 10 value 8 format 2 1 2 IS THE TOTAL NUMBER OF DIGIT 1 IS THE NUMBER OF DECIMAL delta 0 1 4 THE NUMBER OF INCREMENTED OR DECREMENTED WHEN NUDGERS ARE USED Note that because the value attribute has been set to 8 the number 8 automatically appears when the frame is displayed If we had not used the value attribute the number 1 would automatically appear Introduction to ERDAS
289. n name in EML Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 267 static char Titles function1 and Edit this function2 and Edit this functionetc and Edit this THIS FUNCTION TELLS EML THE NAME S OF THE FUNCTION S SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL DllExport long IFD_NAME InstanceTitleListGet unsigned long count char titleList long titleCount sizeof Titles sizeof char titleList emsc_New titleCount char if titleList for count count lt titleCount count titleList count estr Duplicate Titles count return 0 DEFINE APPLICATION FUNCTIONS d Define each of the ApplicationFunctions supplied by this DLL It can take input parameters argc argv and may return a du string list with the result s of the function APP_FUNC function1 and Edit this EERR_INIT functioni outerr lclerr Estr_StringList result NULL 7 Fill in the logic here cleanup EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR DEBUG return result APP FUNC function2 and Edit this EERR INIT function2 outerr 1clerr Estr_StringList result NULL 268 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Fill in the logic here 1 EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR DEBUG return result APP FUNC functionetc and Edit this 1 EERR I
290. n to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit V4 IMAGINE Application Startup A Starting apptemplate Please wait The following figure shows the interface of the example application Application Template MESSAGE Show Message Code Snippet Sec7 01 appTemplate c APPLICATION appTemplate PURPOSE This will provide the template for all applications NOTES This template is the outline for how an Application is to be set up This example will initialize parse and launch an EML On Ok the application will display on the EML HELLO WORLD Kok ok ok K ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K a ek a a i aaa a ee OR Ko KR OR a a A TOOLKIT INCLUDES include lt eint h gt include lt eerr h gt include lt eeml h gt include lt eeml_dialog h gt include lt estr h gt include lt esmg h gt ERROR MACROS define EFS m EERR FATAL SET O LINE define EWS m EERR WARNING SET O LINE m define 50 e m EERR SHOW 0 e EERR DEBUG LINE m define MESSAGE COMMAND message Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 291 MAIN STRUCTURE FOR TH
291. ncern here is with regard to that image the auxiliary header file also contains projection and map information So we must also store that information within the img files that we convert The following figure shows the structure of MDF and MDH MDF BINARY The first 12 bytes contains MDH ASCII PROJECTION INFO Present IMAGE TYPE Athematic PIXEL DEPTH 16 BIT BANDS 1 ROWS 1677 COLS 2113 Nrow Ncol the of bands the of rows the of columns UL X COORDINATE UL Y COORDINATE LR X COORDINATE LR Y COORDINATE PIXEL WIDTH PIXEL HEIGHT MAP UNITS PROJECTION PROJECTION DATUM PROJECTION ZONE SPHEROID NAME SEMI MAJOR AXIS SEMI MINOR AXIS E SQUARED RADIUS meters 432532 000000 5258010 000000 495892 000000 5207730 000000 30 000000 30 000000 UTM NAD83 10 GRS 1980 6378137 000000 6356752 314140 0 006694 6371007 180883 IMG BINARY Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 193 A Close look at MDF A MDF mdf file consist of a 12 bytes header and generic binary in BSQ format We have an example MDF file called wynoochee tm88 mdf in your training data folder You can use the IMAGINE dataview tool to look at the actual binary data IMAGINE menu gt Tools gt View Binary Data The following figure shows the details about the first 12 bytes header and the actual image pixel data
292. nd used at run time by an application For example without modification to existing applications a Raster Format DLL may be written and added to the system which allows all ERDAS IMAGINE applications to access data stored in previously unsupported file format directly and without file conversion Another example is Application function DLLs which can extend EML built in functions The reason we call a custom DLL a Dynamically Loadable Library is because 1 The DLL Dynamically Loadable Library itself is just a binary file which is similar to DLLs Dynamically Linked Library generated by Microsoft Visual Studio Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 11 12 2 The difference between a Dynamically Loadable Library and a Dynamically Linked Library is the Dynamically Loadable Library is a not linked time library While a Dynamically Linked Library is a linked time library If your program needs a DLL Dynamically Linked Library called A dll in order to start your program will crash if the A dll doesn t exist i e your program will search for A dll at linked time If you have a raster format DLL Dynamically Loadable Library e g YourFormat dll for IMAGINE IMAGINE will not crash if YourFormat dll doesn t exist Application The IMAGINE Toolkit Application offers user interaction capabilities which allows the user to interact with the IMAGINE Viewer and CellArray by using your mouse
293. nd Reporting Error Logging and Reporting The Error Logging and reporting eerr package provides functions to create delete and print error reports Nearly every function in the libraries of the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit requires an argument that represents a place for the function to pass back an error report to the calling function The functions and macros defined in this package will allow the programmer to work within the error reporting system of the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Low Level File I O and System Access Routines Low Level File I O The Low Level File I O efio package provides functions for creating reading writing locating and finding information about files and directories Many of these functions are simply wrappers for existing POSIX and ANSI C functions The wrapper allows for expansion of environment variables in file names and directory paths as well as the translation of the standard errno variable into an error report consistent with the eerr package Other functions allow temporary file names to be generated and for a directory path to be searched while attempting to locate a particular file The package also allows efficient I O that is portable across platforms Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 125 Machine Independent Format The Machine Independent Format emif package allows data to be read and written to disk in a format that is sharable acros
294. ngTABLE data row break edsc ColumnClose column amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr column NULL 1 cleanup EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG if layer 1 eimg LayerClose layer amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layer NULL if column edsc ColumnClose column amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr column NULL if data egda_TableDelete data amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr data NULL if columnnames estr_StringListDelete columnnames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr columnnames NULL 1 if layernames estr_StringListDelete layernames amp 1 1 EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL return when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed return Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 187 Code Explanation Access Descriptor Table A Descriptor Table is a way of representing attribute or descriptor information associated with pixel values Descriptor tables are usually thought of in terms of thematic files For example in Insoils img each pixel value represents a soil type rather than a measured value Howerver athematic files have descriptor tables too normally just to hold histogram information The edsc package is used for description table access The Edsc Table structure is used to represent a 2D array of data in tabular form Each row in the table corres
295. nt out Output Argument f1 JOBTemplate i Earg Dependent Earg Dependent Earg Dependent Function Function Function set input set output set optionalflag 154 Y Populate Earg Dependent Gobal Variable input output amp optionalflag ERDAS Customer Education Earg Dependent Function jobMain will handle the core processing Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Setup default for OptionalFlag The following code is a perfect example of a closed choice command line argument You need to be aware that there are two types of command line arguments e Open arguments such as input and output filenames can be any valid existing or non existing filename If it is an input file then it should exist and should be a valid file e Closed arguments such as pixel types optional parameters etc can only be one of a limited number of choices The value that is specified on the command line will be checked against a number of valid options and if valid the program will proceed Otherwise it will fail Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION OUTPUT 7 static void set output int argc char argv output estr Duplicate argv 1 DUPLICATE STRING RETURN PINTER TO INPUT return Earg DEPENDENT FUNCTION FLAG static void set optionalflag int argc char argv if argc 1 optionalflag EMSC TRUE DEFAULT
296. ntCreatedCB PICK CREATE CALLBACK app CLIENT DATA PickCancelCB PICK CANCEL CALLBACK amp lclerr if lclerr evue_PickDestroy app gt connection app gt pick amp lclerr if lclerr EERR_DELETE 1clerr cleanup return NULL k APPLICATION FUNCTION dismiss DESCRIPTION This function will close this application 350 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EML CALLING SYNTAX dismiss RETURN VALUE NULL ok Folk o e ook poke EEL EROR EE APP FUNC dismiss AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT dismiss outerr lclerr if app gt selector WE NEED TO COMMENT OUT THE CODE BELOW mm This will cause cellarray to be updated whenever The selector is moved This will slow down the performance Wm So only update when Selector release evue RemoveCallback app connection app gt selector EVUE SELECTOR MOVE SelectorMoveCB app amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFSO evue RemoveCallback selector T evue RemoveCallback app connection app selector EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE SelectorMoveCB app amp lclerr EERR
297. nteract with these elements as buttons checkbox meter bar and text areas Each framepart has a list of specific attributes which define it There are many different kinds of Frameparts and they are the key to building GUI s in IMAGINE Procedures Action Code A Procedure is a block of one or more statements which are used to initiate modify or control an operation Components frames and frameparts may all have procedures EML Script Structure in action The most basic stand alone EML script must contain the following elements A Component For those familiar with programming an EML component is somewhat similar to a main program When IMAGINE loads an EML script it is actually loading the component Each EML script contains only one component By loading the component IMAGINE gains access to the GUls it contains The basic syntax of a component is COMPONENT scriptbasename Note that the component must be assigned a name and curly brackets are required to open and close the component The component name should always be the same as the root name of the EML script So if the name of your script is myscript eml the name of the component should be myscript You must observe this rule to avoid confusing the IMAGINE session manager By matching component names to unique script file names you avoid potential problems A Frame An EML frame is a window that stores one or more user interface objects such as buttons o
298. o provide you extra debug information i e error message in the Session log What is IMAGINE HOME So far we use IMAGINE HOME quite a bite in this book What is IMAGINE HOME IMAGINE HOME is an IMAGINE environment variable On startup everything in IMAGINE is referenced to the IMAGINE HOME environment variable On Windows platforms this is set the registry UNIX 104 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit platforms differ This means that when IMAGINE starts all of the library paths script paths icon paths are resolved based on the installation directory IMAGINE HOME and the directory structure The diagram below shows the registry entry for ERDAS IMAGINE NOTE use c Windows SysWOW64 gt regedit exe for 64bit system 5 Registry Editor File Edit View Favorites Help Computer Name Type Data Cd HKEY CLASSES ab Default REG 52 value not set m CURRENT LISER ab Company REG 52 Leica Geosystems GIS amp Mapping LLC a LOCAL MACHINE ab Environment REG MULTI SZ X ARCHOME IMAGINE HOMElarchomel ARCHM PATH ERDAS _ e BB ImagineHome REG SZ C Program Files Leica Geosystems Geospatial Imaging 9 11 t ab InstallDir REG SZ C Program Files Leica GeosystemslGeospatial Imaging 9 11 C SECURITY SOFTWARE RS Modules REG BINARY zero length binary value 9 00 cozftev a Classes Clients H Crystal Decision
299. of pixel value i e txt Pixelvalue from a particular band i e band of image file i e fln Input Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 281 i set res pixelcount fln Input band txt Pixelvalue echo res yesno res button btn_Close geometry 130 210 100 40 title cancel on mousedown unload End of frame on startup display frm_Pixelcount End of component Code Explanation BIN Function In order to set up the histogram we have to set up the BINs first Bins are used to group ranges of data values together for better manageability Histograms and other descriptor columns for 1 2 4 and 8 bit data are easy to handle since they contain a maximum of 256 rows However to have a row in a descriptor table for every possible data value in floating point complex and 32 bit integer data would yield an enormous amount of information Therefore the bin function is provided to serve as a data reduction tool Types of Bin functions The Bin function establishes the relationship between data values and rows in the descriptor table There are four types of bin functions used in ERDAS IMAGINE image layers e Direct Bin one bin per integer value Used by default for 1 2 4 and 8 bit integer data but may be used for other data types as well e Linear Bin established a linear mapping between data values and bin num
300. of the non GUI components of application creation such as session management annotation I O and a number of utility packages Layered on top of the elib library is the user interface library called emllib ERDAS Macro language Library which contains all the functions for creating a portable GUI and interfacing with EML Where to find help Customers who have purchased software maintenance for the Toolkit will be granted access to the ERDAS IMAGINE Toolkit Developers Network http developer lggi com This network is an online interactive tool used to present the most up to date documentation and examples for Toolkit API It also provide code forum for Toolkit user community all over the world All content in this environment is shared by Toolkit customers and ERDAS employees makeing this a true network of programmers This method for sharing Toolkit documentation to every Toolkit programmer insures that all content in the network is as up to date as possible This web environment includes 1 a Toolkit Library which contains documentation for all supported Toolkit Packages Data Types and Functions All entries are categorized for easy searching 2 a Developers FAQ section i e Knowledge Base This is a list of commonly asked customer questions with answers provided by ERDAS employees 3 Each item in the Toolkit Library Database is dynamically linked to every example This means that when selecting a particular function or data type
301. olkit will only be available compiled with 8 bit character strings By migrating from char to Etxt_Text when it is appropriate to do so it may be possible in the future to build a version of IMAGINE and its toolkit based upon UNICODE strings or perhaps another form of wide character strings Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 229 Class Notes 230 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 6 Add GUI to ConvertMDF Exercise Objective In this exercise we will add an EML GUI to the command line This is nothing new you can make a nice GUI by using the knowledge learned in previous Sections Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 231 Design the GUI We can re use the EML code we developed in previous sections without making many change You will find this layout is handy for most JOB applications because it covers most GUI components frequently used and has enough space for future use and extend 270 px 10 px filename Input filename Output 20 10 200 50 270 10 200 50 Group Title Group Title lt Popuplist gt Pixel Depth 10 60 200 50 checkbox Meterbar 10 80 200 30 390 px checkbox Meterbar checkbox Meterbar 10 130 200 30 10 130 200 50 10 80 220 220 260 80 220 220 button bu
302. olutions K Author Manage Connect Deliver ERDAS Inc 79 5051 Peachtree Corners Circle Suite 100 6 e Norcross GA 30092 2500 USA e www erdas com The Earth to Business Company
303. ond is often a check to see if the local error report pointer that was declared with the EERR INIT macro is not NULL After code is executed an unconditional branch to a label named cleanup will be taken EERR_SHOW The prototype of this API is EERR SHOW ept mode Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 143 If ept is not NULL the EERR SHOW macro will print the error report with an Eerr ErrorReportingMode of mode and free the error report in ept and set ept to NULL The Eerr ErrorReportingMode structure is defined as typedef enum EERR_DEBUG tailor error reporting for a programmer EERR_ENDUSER tailor error reporting for end user Eerr ErrorReportingMode EERR FATAL SET n The prototype of this API is EERR FATAL SET n code msg arg0 1 argn The EERR FATAL SET n macros creates an Eerr ErrorReport with an Eerr ErrorClass of EERR FATALERROR an Eerr ErrorCode of code and a message of msg to the localErrorPointer set up by the EERR INIT macro and assign it to the placeToReturnErrorPointer pointer set up by EERR INIT If localErrorPointer is not the same as placeToReturnErrorPointer localErrorPointer is then set to NULL Macros are defined for n values of 0 through n argument for msg must be supplied in the macro call EERR WARNING SET lt gt The prototype of this API is EERR WARNING SET n code msg
304. oose is to add a button to the iconpanel frame that loads your custom EML script Note that just as the load command can be used the Commands dialog to display custom EML GUls this command can also be called from a button in the iconpanel Fortunately there is an easy way to do this you can copy IMAGINE HOME scriptsMk iconpanel inc file to lt IMAGINE_HOME gt scripts ntx86 tk_iconpanel inc and add your icon button by following the instructions included in the file 14 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit D work gi9 1 root scripts tk_iconpanel inc IMPORTANT PLEASE READ BEFORE MAKING ANY CHANGES Add new buttons below this comment These new buttons will be displayed in Large standard view of the IMAGINE s Icon Panel Remember to include the icon attribute for the buttons Also remember to include brief single word text label in the icon image Refer to following example button trialbutton icon trial icon on mousedown dotrial button btn debug icon toolkitdebug ico title TOOLKIT nDEBUG on mousedown i load demo job For example In next section you will create a new EML script named demo job emfl which takes an input image and convert it to JPEG2000 you can add the following button to the IMAGINE icon panel button btn debug icon toolkitdebug ico title TOOLKITNnDEBUG on mousedown load demo jo
305. opers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 211 Map Info amp Projection Info Map Information There are two possible ways to create map information in an image 1 The Old way to insert Map Info In the past this was usually done by populating an Eprj MapInfo structure and then writing that structure to an image The specific map information required was upper left X and Y map coordinates lower right X and Y map coordinates pixel sizes in the X and Y directions the projection and the unit information of the image This method of creating map information was at best redundant at worst it was possible that the upper left upper right and pixel sizes would not correlate properly Please refer to Challenge 1 The New way to insert Map Info Due to advances in IMAGINE such as reprojection and resampling on the fly programmers are able to make excellent use of transformations Therefore students will be introduced to the transformation Xform method of creating map information In general this method is easier to implement than manually populating an Eprj Mapilnfo structure using the provided functions The Exfr package will be used to create an Affine Transformation based on the coefficients of only the upper left coordinates of the image and the pixel size Once we have the proper Xform we will then store it with the image along with the projection name and units using the eimg_LayerMapInformationWrite function Any IMAGINE modu
306. ore a rectangular array of pixels of any of the supported pixel types e g 8 bit unsigned integer 64 bit floating point The prototype of this structure is typedef struct d long numrows long numcolumns Egda PixelType datatype Egda ObjectType objecttype Egda Byte data pointer to the data array Egda Byte currentData can be set to point to anywhere within data array long pitch Number of bytes between rows Emsc Boolean derivedFlag indicate data array is derived or not long numelements total elements in data array long numbytes number of bytes per pixel Emsc_Opaque userdata user specicied data pointer Eimg PixelRect eimg PixelRectCreate Egda PixelRect are created and deleted using eimg PixelRectCreate and eimg PixelRectDelete The prototype of this API is Eimg PixelRect eimg PixelRectCreate long width long height Egda PixelType pixelType Eerr ErrorReport errptr This function creates a structure with can store raster data Storage is allocated for height rows of raster data each containing width pixel of type pixeltype NULL is returned if an error occurs while trying to create the buffer Otherwise a pointer to the resulting Eimg_PixelRect structure is returned Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 165 eimg_PixelRectDelete The prototype of this API is void eimg PixelRectDelete Eimg P
307. ory it also permits the user to navigate through directories to find desired files These capabilities are built into the framepart itself To use these capabilities you need only define a filename framepart in your EML script The basic syntax is FILENAME name TITLE String describing input file type gt A single frame can contain several filename frameparts Each one must have a unique name within the frame While the title attribute is not technically required you should consider it mandatory because it explains the purpose of the framepart to the user 42 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The NEWFILE Attribute It is important to understand the default behavior of the filename framepart in order to understand why an output filename framepart has a slightly different definition than an input filename framepart By default the filename framepart assumes that the file identified by the user already exists Thus if you type the name of a file which does not exist into an input filename framepart you will get an error message If your intention is to use the filename framepart to create a new file this presents a problem Thus in order to create a file via the filename framepart the newfile attribute is required When this attribute is used IMAGINE recognizes that the file specified need not exist This attribute provides an additional service if the file specified does exist already
308. ou want to compress Label lab Name 28 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit You choice is 3 Radiobutton rad_Name Choose Predefined Quality C Low Compress Rate 2 C Med Compress Rate 5 Line lin_Name Customized Procedure action code pro_Name Customized Application Function name of the app_Name application function introduced later in this course Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 29 Exercise 1 Your first EML Script Exercise Objective This exercise will help you write your first eml script and you will learn basic syntax and rules This example will display a dialog with two buttons clicking on the Hello World button will bring you a message box The dialog will look like the figure below s My First EML Script 30 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Snippet Sec2 01 Hello World EML Script YOUR FIRST HELLO WORLD EML SCRIPT component HelloWorld frame HelloWorldFrame FORWARD DECLARATION frame HelloWorldFrame title My First EML Script geometry 50 50 250 100 GEOMETRY BASED ON SCREEN COORDINATE button OKb FORWARD DECLARATION button cancelb FORWARD DECLARATION button OKb title Hello World geometry 10 30 100 40 GEOMETRY BASED ON COMPONENT INTERNAL COORDINATE on mousedown
309. overwrite an existing table The symbol EIMG DEFAULT TABLE NAME is recommended as the name of the main table for a layer If the bin function is NULL IMAGINE will create a default bin function for you which is determined from the pixel type of the layer data and the number of rows in the table EIMG LAYER OPTION POLYTRANS Apply polynomial transformation when reading data from this layer 3 additional arguments Efga Polynomial Eirf InterpolationType Eimg PixelRect whichc specify the transformation type of interpolation e g bilinear and the buffer which will be used to receive the data The Transformation should be constructed such that when it is applied to a coordinate in the transformed coordinate system a coordinate in the file coordinate system of the layer can be derived Specifying the buffer is necessary so that addequate temporary storage used to perform the transformation will be preallocated If the transformation is NULL no transformation will be used when reading pixels from the layer EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE COVMATRIX ON CLOSE Recompute convariance matrix and store it on disk when the layer stack is closed no additional arguments EIMG LAYER OPTION NO RESCALE Do not rescale data when read no additional arguments IMAGINE can automatically rescale the layer data as it is read Using this option disable rescaling NOTE Rescaling is mutually exclusive with any other radiometric transformat
310. oving the existing file The first benefit of using the select filename attribute with output file names is that you can use it to set default output directories to directories where you have write permissions Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 43 The second benefit is that it helps avoid inadvertently typing existing file names because these names appear in the interface While IMAGINE will warn you about this situation when it occurs it is always better to avoid it if you know you do not want to overwrite any existing files The third benefit is that all the user needs to type is the base name for the file and IMAGINE will automatically append the filter string if specified For example if you use img filter string with the select attribute then if you type the word out in your output filename framepart IMAGINE will automatically convert it to out img You should always try to make the user s work easier when you create GUIs with EML scripts The select filename attribute is often a very good way to do this The SHORTFORM Attribute The shortform filename attribute simply gives the filename framepart a different appearance By default the filename framepart displays the list of files When the shortform attribute is used this list does not appear Only the name of the selected file appears Note that the user can still navigate the directory structure and select files via a visual interfac
311. ow Row number int column Column number double number A pointer to a double into which application places the return value AppContext app AppContext data EERR INIT getlImageValueCB amp lclerr lclerr Egda F64 dnVal number 0 if app listNames 1 strcpy app imgLayerName app gt listNames gt strings row if app gt imgLayerName return 0 dnVal getRasterValue app amp lclerr number dnVal return 1 CALLBACK FUNCTION FOR SINGLE CELLARRAY COLUMN COLUMN TYPE text PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE getcellvalue getClassNameCB DESCRIPTION get value for each cell of the column It is called each time the CELLARRAY needs to display the column data for a given cell In this case it will read class name for each pixel if the image is thematic image FESS ASG static int getClassNameCB text mc 360 char data Pointer to user data int row Row number int column Column number char text pointer to a char buffer into which the application places the int size
312. p having to reinstall IMAGINE because you have inadvertently introduced bugs into the script In addition you are preventing users from accessing the standard version of IMAGINE This is especially problematic when your edits simplify the functionality of the interface Again editing the wrong version of the file would mean you would need to reinstall IMAGINE to regain the lost functionality 2 Copy your version of the in to IMAGINE HOME scriptsWin32Release Stand alone EML vs Application bound EML This manual will focus mainly on what we will call stand alone EML scripts These scripts are loaded into a running IMAGINE session via the Commands dialog or via another EML script They differ from what we will call application bound EML scripts Application bound EML scripts are loaded into the IMAGINE session by C application programs They are not fully functional unless they are loaded in this way Hence using the term application bound In order to create a new application bound EML script you must write a C Toolkit application program We will learn more about application bound EML script in Section 7 In this section we will focus primarily on stand alone EML scripts How do know whether script is application bound Because extra caution must be taken when customizing IMAGINE EML scripts that are application bound we will provide some guidelines for determining whether the script you wish to modify is applic
313. package provides functions for rendering vector type data annotation vectors to output devices It handles the rendering of line styles polygon fill styles and smooth outline scalable text EML GUI Access Routines The EML eeml package provides a programmer with an interface to all the ERDAS Macro Language EML API functions Application programs that present a GUI through an EML script should use the functions in this package The APIs in this package will provide functions to do the following Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 133 Create a GUI for the application program using the EML scripts as templates Display undisplay the dialog frames defined in the EML script Add remove callback functions on the GUI parts defined in the EML script Manipulate GUI objects get set values etc 134 Button The Button eeml button package provides functions specific to the EML button part The APIs in this package will provide functions to Get set colors for color buttons Arm disarm toggle buttons Canvas The Canvas eeml canvas package provides a system independent interface to on screen and off screen graphics primitives Many of the primitives are specifically designed to work with the structures from the eimg package making it easier to read ERDAS IMAGINE files and display the data to the screen These primitives can be used to build graphic applications such as the ERDAS
314. pe type type of selector to create Evue PickCreatedFunction funcId callback function Evue ObjId client data Evue PickToolCancelFunction cancelfunc Eerr ErrorReport err This function create a pick of the specified type Picks are used to interactively create objects The objects may be points ellipses polylines polygons or rectangles Evue PickType is an enumeration for the type of pick to be created typedef enum EVUE PICK POINT Single mousedown EVUE PICK POLYGON Closed polygon EVUE PICK POLYLINE Open ended polyline EVUE PICK RECTANGLE Upper left and lower right EVUE PICK ELLIPSE Upper left and lower right The supplied function will be called after the element has been created with the coordinates of the element The pick will exist until the application destroys the pick A special cursor will appear in the view window to indicate a digitizing operation When the user finishes digitizing the function pointed to by funcld is called client data is a pointer to data you will need in the funcld function If the user decides to cancel the pick operation e g by clicking on one of the tools in the Viewer toolbar cancelfunc is called This allows you to reset a toolbar on your application The evue PickCreate returns an Evue Objld type which is sort of a generic handle for any type of Viewer object returned from an evue call You can use this handle to set callbacks etc 32
315. pixeltype amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg PixelRectCreate if pixeltype EGDA TYPE U16 bytesperpixel 2 else bytesperpixel 1 if efio FileExists output amp lclerr MAKE SURE THE OUTPUT IMG DOESN T EXIST efio FileUnlink output amp lclerr DELETE IF EXIST EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error efio FileUnlink for i 1 i lt numbands i layername estr_Sprintf NULL s s d s amp lclerr output Band_ i ys EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating the layer names layer eimg LayerCreate layername imagetype pixeltype 242 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit numcols numrows eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPUTE STATS ON CLOSE EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating the layer METER CHANGE TASK NAME emet MeterInfoChangeTaskName meter layername amp 1 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error emet MeterInfoChangeTaskName READ ONE ROW AT ONE TIME for j20 j numrows j READ FROM MDF BINARY efio ReadSeq handle pixelRect data bytesperpixel numcols amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error reading bytes file WRITE TO IMG eimg LayerWrite layer 0 j numcols 1 pixelRect amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error writing buffer to IMG layer PETE METER UPDATE METE
316. plicationFunctions Change the Configuration Type to the following Configuration Type Dynamic Library dll Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 257 Configuration Properties gt Linker gt General 258 aftemplate Property Pages H Manifest Tool 5 XML Document Generator Build Events Custom Build Step E Web Deployment Enable Incremental Linking Suppress Startup Banner Ignore Import Library Register Output Additional Library Directories Link Library Dependencies Use Library Dependency Inputs Use UNICODE Response Files Change the output directory to the following ERDAS Customer Education usr lib win32release ApplicationFunctions Not Set No INCREMENTAL NO Yes NOLOGO No No usr lib win32release Yes No Yes Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Configuration Properties gt Linker gt System aftemplate Property Pages Change the subsystem to the following Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 259 Configuration Properties gt Linker gt Advanced aftemplate Property Pages Entry Point No Entry Point Set Checksum Base Address Fixed Base Address Default Turn Off Assembly Generation No Delay Loaded DLL Don t Support Unload Import Library root usr lib win32release ApplicationFuncti Merge Sections Target Machine MachineX86
317. ponds to a pixel value or range of values and each column corresponds to an attribute 188 Edsc Table The prototype of this structure is typedef struct long numRows Height of the table Edsc BinFunction binFunction Pointer to bin function structure Edsc Table An IMAGINE layer has one Edsc Table structure there is a table entry in the Eimg Layer structure which points to the table Each column in a table is referred to by name a list of all the columns for a table may be found using edsc_TableListColumns edsc TableListColumns The prototype of this API is Estr_StringList edsc_TableListColumns Edsc Table table Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport edsc ColumnOpen Columns must first be opened or created before they are used The prototype of this API is Edsc Column edsc ColumnOpen Edsc Table table char columnname Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit A pointer to an Edsc Column structure is returned Edsc Column typedef struct long numRows Height of the column Edsc ColumnType dataType Data type of this column long maxNumChars Max string length string data only Edsc Table table Pointer to table structure under which this column belongs Edsc Column Edsc ColumnType The Edsc ColumnType specifies the kind of data a table column stores The prototype of
318. porary File Directory VirtualGIS VirtualGIS FeatureLayer Optio Beep after Job finished VirtualGlS Movi ids E 3 Band Image Red Channel Default 1 000 i gt 3 Rand Imane Green Channel Default 2 000 mi User Save Global Save Category Help Help Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 35 Class Notes 36 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Exercise 2 An Advanced Framework Exercise Objective In this exercise you will create an EML framework which only contains the GUI components and no action code We will add action code in the next exercise Here we want to create a EML program which can compress img file to JPEG2000 The GUI interface may also allow users to select the compression rate We also will learn how to design the GUI and learn the naming rules for EML scripts Jf The code used in this exercise can be found on the course CD Sec2_02 txt This code is listed below The code used in this exercise will generate an Advanced Demo GUI e g shown below V4 Advanced Demo Call IMAGINE JOB Input File Name img OUtput File name ip2 2 Which band do you want to compress z Display Meter Bar Choose Predefined Quality Low Compress Rate 2 Choose Compresss Rate of JPEG2000 Med Compress Rate 5 Use Exact Compression Rate 2 10 High Compress Rate
319. pp NULL int nc 1 Etxt Text xx char yy 292 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit INITIALIZE THE ERDAS TOOLKIT erdinit eint InitToolkit Emsc Opaque amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 InitToolkit Failed CREATE AND INITIALIZE THE APPLICATION CONTEXT STRUCTURE emsc New 1 AppContext INITILIZE THE ERDAS EML TOOLKIT PACKAGE app gt root eeml_Init erdinit Application Template argc argv amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Eeml_Init Error PARSE OUT THE EML WITH THE FRAME PARTS d This function will add application functions defined in Eeml TranslationTable to the current parser only available for current application it also associate AppContext to each application functions n app result eeml ParseVa ELEX FILE Type of Parse Source apptemplate eml Name of Parsed EML script app gt root gt rootPart Rootpart amp lclerr Error Report EEML_PARSE_OPTION_APP_FUNCTIONS menufunctions Defined Eeml TranslationTable EEML PARSE OPTION APP CONTEXT Emsc Opaque Default Application Context NULL EERR CHECK lclerr EFS eeml_ParseVa FIND OUT OTHER EML PARTS a app gt frm_Apptemplate eeml FindPart app result frm Apptemplate amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS eeml_FindPart Error app lab DisplayMe
320. pp pick amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue PickDestroy if app selector Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 353 evue SelectorDestroy app connection app gt selector amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error evue SelectorDestroy point 0 EFGA MATRIX mat 0 0 point 1 EFGA MATRIX mat 1 0 UPDATE SELECTOR LOCATION This will allow cellarray to update display when the first time mem Selector is created so you don t need to mvoe the selector in Bom order to see the CellArray update app pointx point e app gt pointy point 1 str estr_Sprintf NULL X 10 8g Y 10 8g amp lclerr point point 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error Estr Sprintf eeml StringPartValueSet app coord str amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 eeml StringPartValueSet app gt selector evue SelectorCreate app connection app displayHandle app layerHandle browsepoint name string of the selector EVUE SELECTOR GCP Selector Type nverts point X Y Location Select Point Label Under the ICON for the Selector gcp icon ICON used for selector amp lclerr EERR 1 1 50 evue SelectorCreate We have to comment out the code below Tm This will cause cellarray to be updated whenever selector is moved This will slow down the performance
321. pression The esel Code functions provide this capability String Manipulation The String Manipulation estr package currently provides functions for six categories of character string manipulation General string manipulation compare change duplicate analyze character strings File name string parsing String list manipulation String expression evaluation Numeric formatting to a character string and ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Miscellaneous string functions e g converting errno to a string description of the error Symbol Table The Symbol Table esym package provides a set of functions used to create and manage symbol tables Each holds one or more symbols which relate a string with some type of user data The package provides functions for adding symbols to the table and for locating symbols within a given table Unicode String Support The Unicode String Support etxt package is designed to allow IMAGINE to work with UNICODE based strings and characters Most of the package functions named similar to the corresponding ANSI functions and perform the same functionality but allow working with so called wide characters and strings Declaration of a UNICODE string or character is also similar to a declaration of standard ANSI C string or character just use Etxt Char or Etxt Text instead of char or char Application Object Manipulation Routines
322. printf nThe Map Info Mn printf The Upper Left X g n mapinfo upperLeftCenter x printf The Upper Left Y g n mapinfo upperLeftCenter y printf The Lower Right X g n mapinfo lowerRightCenter x printf The Lower Right Y g n mapinfo lowerRightCenter y printf The Pixel Size X g n mapinfo pixelSize width printf The Pixel Size Y g n mapinfo gt pixelSize gt height printf The Unit s n mapinfo gt units data mor Projection Info eimg LayerMapProjectionRead layerstack layers i amp projectioninfo amp lclerr proParams EPRJ_PROPARAMETERS_GET projectioninfo printf nThe Projection Info Mn printf The Projection Name s Zone d n proParams gt proName data proParams proZone printf The Spheroid Name s n proParams proSpheroid sphereName data printf The Datum Name s n proParams gt proName data 1s cleanup EERR_SHOW 1clerr EERR DEBUG if layerstack eimg LayerStackClose layerstack amp lclerr Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 179 EERR DELETE lclerr layerstack NULL if stats i esta StatisticsDelete stats amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr stats NULL You don t need to free proParams because it d is only a pointer which point to part of the Sem Eprj MapProjection structure Wm Free the projectioninfo will be enough f if proParam
323. r The EERR INIT macro serves as a declarator and initializer of all variables that will be used by the other EERR macros in the error reporting for a function This macro must only be used in the declaration list of a compound statement block The functionName parameter is the string literal representing the function name The localErrorPointer is the name that will be used as a local error pointer in the function A variable with the name localErrorPointer of type Eerr ErrorReport will be declared by the EERR INIT macro in the block within which it is included The placeToReturnErrorPointer parameter is the name of the formal argument of the function through which any error reports will be passed back to a calling function This parameter is required to be of type Eerr ErrorReport to follow the ERDAS Toolkit error reporting conventions If there is no formal argument of the function through which an error report will be passed back to the calling function such as in a main function or a callback then the placeToReturnErrorPointer may be specified as amp localErrorPointer In these types of functions the EERR SHOWL ArgCount type macros should be used to display and free the errors or the errors can be explicitly ignored with the use of the EERR DELETE macro EERR CHECK The prototype of this API is EERR CHECK cond code If EERR CHECK macro checks to see if cond holds and if it does code will be executed c
324. r edlm package provides a means to create and retrieve data from lists and stacks of arbitrary size The lists or stacks may contain any type of object Lists and stacks are useful in situations in which you need to build a set of data by sequentially adding objects but you do not know beforehand how many objects will be in the set Linked List The Linked List ellm package provides a common set of functions used to create and manage linked lists The lists may contain any type of data Miscellaneous The Miscellaneous emsc package defines macros and functions that deal with memory management or are otherwise not specific to any one routine in the IMAGINE Developers Toolkit e g EMSC MIN EMSC MAX EMSC CURRENT VER Selection The Selection package esel provides a means of keeping track of a large number flags for indicating which items in a set are selected The selection is a collection of numbered flags Each flag can be set cleared or tested for state There are convenience functions for setting and clearing all of the flags Each flag or entry is identified by an integer index which begins at In addition to the functions which simply manipulate the selection table this package also provides the capability to create and evaluate boolean expressions which are used to make selections This works by translating a string expression into an internal form called an Esel Code which can be used to quickly evaluate the ex
325. r menus All GUIs developed with EML must contain a frame in order to interact with the user All frames must be enclosed in the script component Otherwise IMAGINE cannot access them The basic syntax of frame is the same as that for a component FRAME lt framename gt Just as the component each frame must be assigned a name While an EML script will only contain a single component a component can contain several frames Each frame name within a given component must be unique Finally each frame must be opened and closed with curly brackets Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 23 24 A GUI Part which allows the user to unload the script the unload command All EML scripts must provide a mechanism for removing the component from the IMAGINE session This is because the IMAGINE session cannot load the same script twice Thus the only way to be able to use an EML script more than once in a single session is to provide a mechanism for removing the script when we are finished using it The EML command unload must be issued in order to remove an EML script from the session manager The typical mechanism for unloading an EML script is a button framepart In stand alone EML scripts all button frameparts must contain a mousedown message handler Whenever a user clicks on a button in an IMAGINE GUI a mousedown message is sent The mousedown message handler on mousedown tells the session man
326. r shown below grey IMAGINE HOME j Output your dll debug version into this folder Ntx86 Ntx86Debug Include Output your lib debug version for Application Function into this folder Lib Ntx86 Ntx86Debug applicationfunctions rasterformats geometricmodels Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 253 You may also refer to IMAGINE environment variable for other locations there is an environment variable for each IMAGINE DLL class you may find them from session gt properties for example ERDAS APPLICATION FUNCTIONS PATH ERDAS BLOCKMODEL INTERFACES PATH ERDAS GEOMETRIC MODELS PATH ERDAS GEOMODEL INTERFACES PATH ERDAS RASTER FORMATS PATH ERDAS RESAMPLE METHODS PATH Now you need to run IMAGINE s reconfiguration tool Session gt Utilities to search the plug in DLL folder and update the cfg file The cfg file keep all the updated information about plug in dlls which enable IMAGINE to locate plug in dlls You may find cfg from C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data ERDAS ERDAS Desktop 2011 devices Win32Release folder C ProgramData ERDAS ERDAS Desktop 201 1 devices Win32Release for 64bit system or lt IMAGINE_HOME gt device Win32Release folder for IMAGINE 9 x After the reconfiguration IMAGINE can automatically integrate plug in DLLs
327. r argument which must be a number into a string using the format control string The syntax of this function is fmt numericvalue formatstring The numeric value can be represented as a number e g 2 or as a variable e g numval There are a variety of format control strings including strings for representing dates and times However the control strings you will typically want to user are those representing digits in decimal numbers The characters used in these format strings are 0 and You can include decimal points in format control strings to indicate how many digits are desired before or after the decimal point You can also include commas to indicate that thousands digits should be comma delimited While the character will format the number with the minimum digits required to represent it the 0 and characters provide space holding features When 0 is used in these strings leading and trailing zeros will appear in unoccupied spaces in the formatted number string Similarly when is used leading and trailing blank spaces will appear in these locations Note that when integer formats are defined for floating point numbers the fmt function will round the value to the nearest integer Here are some examples of formatted numbers produced by using these format control characters Consider the following assignments variable num set num fmt 2 4 set num fmt 2 4 00 00
328. r example if our process raster data has a range of values from 0 to 800 and the output pixel type is specified as UNSIGNED 8 BIT INTEGER then all pixel values exceeding 255 will be set to 255 in the output raster This means information will be lost in the output raster Thus it is important to select output types that can accommodate the full range of processed values 86 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Declaring functions Let s take a look at function declaration in our example script function definitions n2 out n1 lanier 2 Once the model variables are declared the model functions are defined All functions constructed via the Spatial Modeler graphical interface consist of assignment operations in which an output variable is assigned to be equal to a function of one or more input variables In this case the output raster file represented by the variable n2 out is assigned the value of two times the input raster variable represented by n1 lanier Note The is optional Previous versions of the modeler required variable references to be prefaced with the character This is now optional In the current version any valid expression may be preceded by which will be ignored You can rewrite the above code like this function definitions n2 out n1 lanier 2 Exiting the Script After all model functions have been defined the QUIT statement is used to ind
329. r of individual Esta AllStats structure is specified by numLayers element Esta AllStats The prototype of this structure is typedef struct Epxm Double numPixels Number of pixels used to produce these statistics Esta Statistics statistics Scalar statistics Esta Histogram histogram Histogram Eahg Histogram uvHistogram Esta AllStats The Esta AllStats structure contains pointers for a statistics structure and a histogram structure In order to read histogram you need eimg_LayerStackOpen to find out histogram and then Macro EGDA BASEDATAPTR to get frequency number of occurrence of certain pixel value from histogram 284 eimg AllStatsStackRead The prototype of this API is Esta AllStatsStack eimg AllStatsStackRead Eimg LayerStack layerStack Esta AllStatsStack statInfoIn Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport This function reads the statistics and histogram information associated with the specified eimg layer stack NULL is returned if an error occurs while trying to read the statistics information or if no statistics information is associated with this layer stack Otherwise this function returns a pointer to the destination Esta AllStatsStack structure If Esta AllStatsStack structure is returned it may not have information for all the layers only the ones that have associated statistics In addition none of the layers may have statistics info but there may be a covariance matrix associa
330. r_ErrorReport void PickCancelCB Emsc Pointer Eerr ErrorReport CALLBACK FUNCTIONS DECLARATION CELLARRAY extern void setupCellarray AppContext Eerr ErrorReport static void selectCB Emsc Opaque Esel SelectionTable Emsc Opaque static int getImageNameCB char int int char int static int getlImageValueCB char int int double static int getClassNameCB char int int char int static int getImageTypeCB char int int char int static int putDummyCB char int int char int static Egda F64 getRasterValue AppContext app Eerr_ErrorReport err Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 345 Code Snippet 7 06 browsetool c APPLICATION browsetool PURPOSE This exercise will create viewer interaction all user to pick and move selector in the viewer and update coordinate information from selector INCLUDE APPLICATION HEADER include browsetool h oko
331. red is the eccentricity of the ellipsoid radius is the radius of the spheroid in meters eprj SpheroidByName The prototype of this API is void eprj SpheroidByName Eint InitToolkitData erdinit toolkit initialization data Etxt Text spheroidName the spheroid name Eprj Spheroid spheroid the output spheroid parameters Eerr ErrorReport err error handling structure pointer This function will fill in the spheroid parameter spheroid given the spheroidName Eprj Datum The prototype of this struct is typedef struct Eprj CharStrPtr datumname name of the datum Eprj DatumType type The datum type Eprj DblArrayPtr params The parameters for type EPRJ DATUM PARAMETRIC Eprj CharStrPtr gridname name of the grid file FILE file the grid file Eprj Datum This struct is used to record the datum information which is part of the projection information for a img file datumname is the name of the datum like NAD83 or NAD27 type is the datum type which could be one of three different types parametric type grid type and regression type params are the seven parameters of a parametric datum which describe the translations rotations and scale change between the current datum and the reference datum WGS84 gridname is the name of grid datum file which stores the coordinate shifts among North America Datums NAD27 NAD83 and HARN ERDAS Customer Ed
332. rmation XForm PREPARE PROJECTION INFO First create a Eprj ProParameters structure fill in the TU structure with Spheroid name Datun name zone name zone number Tm is for UTM or state plane and then transfer it to Eprj MapProjection structure paramarray eprj ProParametersCreateByName projectionname amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error creating projection info eprj SpheroidByName erdInit totalsphere paramarray gt proSpheroid amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting spheroid eprj DatumByName erdInit totalsphere totaldatum paramarray gt proSpheroid gt datum amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error setting datum paramarray proZone prozone projinfo 3 ProjectionInit erdInit paramarray amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error initializing map projection structure JE INSERT MAP INFO amp PROJECTION INFO BY LOOP inlayernames eimg LayerGetNames outfile erdInit amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error getting layer names of input file nlayers inlayernames count EERR CHECK nlayers 1 EFS You didn t specify a valid input file Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 217 for i20 i nlayers i cleanup af inlayer eimg LayerOpen inlayernames strings i erdInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS
333. rr return 1 CALLBACK FUNCTION FOR SINGLE CELLARRAY COLUMN COLUMN TYPE All Types PARAMETER PARAMETER VALUE putcellvalue putDummyCB DESCRIPTION mor This function will be used by the CELLARRAY to save the value once and edit operation TE has been performed This interpretation of the arguments is the same as those o for getcellvalue with direction of the data transfer reversed In this case this is only a dummy function static int putDummyCB char data int row 362 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Ln int column char text int size AppContext app AppContext data EERR INIT putDummyCB amp lclerr lclerr return 1 INTERNAL FUNCTION NOT CALLBACK FUNCTION DESCRIPTION This function will find the pixel digital value based on the pixel location FESS
334. rr xForm NULL if pixrect eimg_PixelRectDelete pixrect amp lclerr 364 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit EERR DELETE lclerr pixrect NULL return rval Code Snippet Sec7 08 browsetool eml FKK K K K K K K K ok ok ok K ok K K K ok ok K K K K OK ok ok K K K K K K ck K oe K K ok K K K K K K K ok K oe K K K K K K oe oe K OK oko e K K o eoe K ck K oe K OK OK OK K OK K K K ke mum browsetool eml This EML will be parsed by application i e browsetool exe K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K E component browsetool frame frm_browsetool frame frm AddImgToCell rere rs Ss FRAME ui frame frm browsetool title Acquire Image Information geometry 0 0 550 480 resizable FRAMEPART FORWARD DECLARATION m group grp ViewInfo button btn ViewConnection edittext edt ViewerID label lab ViewerName group grp SelectorInfo button btn CreateSelector label lab MapCoordinate cellarraypart cel Browseinfo generic cel Browseinfo button btn cancel
335. rr viewid EERR CHECK lclerr 50 estr Sprintf listnames estr_StringListAppend NULL stri amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 estr_StringListAppend estr_StringListAppend listnames str2 amp lclerr EERR CHECK 50 estr StringListAppend return listnames APPLICATION FUNCTION NAME pickpt Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 311 DESCRIPTION This function will create selector in the viewer CALLING SYNTAX pickpt RETURN VALUE NULL EROR IRE OK ORE EORR OR APP FUNC pickpt 1 AppContext app AppContext context EERR INIT pickpt outerr lclerr if lapp layerHandle return NULL if app gt selector eeml DialogWarning NULL Selector Pick Already Exists amp lclerr return NULL app pick evue PickToolCreate app connection the viewer connection app displayHandle display handle of viewer app layerHandle layer handle of viewer EVUE PICK POINT Pick type PointCreatedCB pick create callback app client data PickCancelCB Pick cancel callback amp lclerr if lclerr evue Pic
336. rts on pro ExportJPEG variable band set band pop bands GetListIndex 1 INDEX START FRMO WHILE BAND START FROM 1 lt oy job modeler nq demo mdl quote fln input it ARG1 band it ARG2 txt ExactNum ARG3 quote fln output it ARG4 meter state The following fiqure shows the GUI interface of Demo SML eml 92 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit s Advanced Demo Call SML Script m Choose Predefined Multiplier Numbwer SMALL NUMBER 2 MED NUM 5 t BIG NUMBER 8 choice Is Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 93 Class Notes 94 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit n p V 3 Your first Python script Exercise Objective This exercise will let you run your Python model py from the Windows Command line and EML script Section objective This section studies the initial setup for IMAGINE Modeler Python libraries and some built in Python functions You will also learn how to call Python model from EML script Introduction With the 2013 release of the Spatial Modeler complex GIS processing systems and workflows can now be very quickly and efficiently developed Integration of several software packages and operators is now easier than ever before In the following book we showcase the new
337. ry parameters Using Geometry to design a GUI is a simple matter of arithmetic but it can be very confused and complex There is however software such as Open Office Draw to help design GUIs Here are the steps to design an EML GUI in Open Office Draw 1 Select Tools gt Options gt OpenOffice org Draw gt General change unit of measurement to point Note there is no pixel unit so select the point unit 2 Select View gt Zoom gt Zoom Factor change the variable to 76 Note changing the zoom factor to 76 will make point units look like pixel units 3 Drag a polygon into the layout you can use your mouse to change its size and location For the best accuracy RMB to open the options dialog box and choose the Position and Size option and specify the exact value for size and position 4 After resize and reposition you may RMB Position and Size enable Protect Position The Open Office Draw output should look like the following figure 26 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit N N 10 px filename Input filename Output 20 10 200 50 270 10 200 50 lt Popuplist gt Band 0 0 270 90 200 240 20 80 200 50 checkbox Meterbar 20 140 200 30 label lt radiobutton gt 0 0 180 30 10 40 180 130 390 px lt Textnumber gt 20 180 200 10 40 60 50 lt label gt 10 180 180 30
338. s eprj_ProParametersFree amp proParams proParams NULL if projectioninfo eprj_ProjectionFree amp projectioninfo projectioninfo NULL if mapinfo eprj_MapInfoFree amp mapinfo mapinfo NULL if layernames estr_StringListDelete layernames amp lclerr EERR DELETE lclerr layernames NULL J return when job finish successfully peturn 1 when failed ay return nc 180 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation Reading Other Layer Information The eimg package contains functions to read the non image data contained within a layer e g statistics map info etc These functions are of the form eimg_XxxxRead although the structures they return usually come from other packages The esta package is used to access statistical information eimg_StatisticsRead reads the image statistics from a layer and returns a pointer to an Esta Statistics structure eimg_StatisitcsRead The prototype of this API is Esta Statistics eimg StatisticsRead Eimg Layer layer Esta_Statistics statInfo Eerr ErrorReport inerr The eimg StatisticsRead reads the image statistics from a layer and returns a pointer to an Esta Statistics structure Esta Statisitcs The prototype of this structure is typedef struct Esta StatisticsValue minimum Minimum value Esta StatisticsValue maximum Maximum value E
339. s c rg Erdas 5 28 Imagine m gg 8 7 am 5 FLEXIm License gt ComputeriHKEY LOCAL MACHINEYSOFTWAREYErdaslImaginel9 1 IMAGINE HOME is Unique IMAGINE HOME is unique you can not expend it like other environment variables Another way to view IMAGINE Environment Variable You may use Command line message getenv IMAGINE to view any IMAGINE environment variable message getenv IMAGINE HOME The following figures show what the command line and the result look like s Session Command History C Documents SEE statusfinished message getenv IMAGINE HOME Command message getenv IMAGINE HOME Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 105 s Message C Program Files Leica Geosystems Geospatial Imaging 9 1 OKtoAl Other IMAGINE Environment Variables From the Session pull down menu select Properties The ERDAS IMAGINE Properties dialog will display You may find all other IMAGINE Environment variables from Session gt Properties it IMAGINE Properties ARCHOME SIMAGINE_HOME archome ARCHM ERDAS APPLICATION FUNCTIONS PATH SPERSONAL Application ERDAS ARROWSTYLE PATH SPERSONAL Vrows SIMAGINE HOM ERDAS BATCH DIR SPERSONAL J ERDAS BIN PATH SPERSONAL SIMAGINE HOME PATH binNSARC ERDAS BLOCKMODEL INTERFACES PATHzSPERSONAL Blockmot ERDAS CFG DATABASES ERDAS_CFG_PATH SIMAGINE_HOME_PATH devices SARCHM_PA
340. s a column whose values are either true or false 338 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit True values are displayed as X and false as The default alignment is center exclusive This indicates a column whose values are boolean and only one of which may be true at any one time The default alignment is center color This indicates a column whose values are colors pixmap This indicates a column whose values are pixmaps columnalignment char This specifies the alignment for the data in the column The alignment types are left center and right The default value depends upon the colum ntype columnchangeable Emsc Boolean This flag controls whether the size of the column is changeable If set to EMSC TRUE then the size of the column may be changed by dragging on the right hand boundary line of the column The default value for this is EMSC TRUE columnchooser Eeml Chooser This is a pointer to an Eeml Chooser which will be invoked when the user selects the Other option on the displayed chooser menu which is dis played when the user presses the left or right mouse button columnchooserclientdata Eeml ChooserClientData This is a pointer to data which is to be used by the ChooserClient created in the CellArray to communicate with the chooser columnchooserclientdatafree Eeml ChooserDataFreeFunc This is a pointer to the function to be called when the CellArray frees
341. s attribute to provide descriptive names for the options in the options list Finally the layout attribute can be used to set the orientation of the buttons By default the buttons are displayed vertically The layout attribute can be used to force the orientation to be either horizontal or vertical Here is an example of a radiobutton framepart as it appears in an EML script radiobutton rad_PredefineRate Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 47 geometry 10 40 180 130 title Choose Predefined Quality layout Vertical options 2 5 8 VALUE OF THE RADIOBUTTON value 8 SETUP DEFAULT CHOICE titlelist Low Compress Rate 2 Med Compress Rate 5 High Compress Rate 8 DISPLAY ON THE GUI Notice that the buttons are vertically aligned because of the layout attribute Notice also that the strings in titlelist appear in the interface If the titlelist attribute were not used here then the values from the options list would appear as the button titles Finally notice that the third button is automatically selected because of the value attribute If the value attribute were not used here the first button would be selected by default The POPUPLIST Framepart Like the radiobutton framepart the popuplist framepart presents the user with a list of options However in this case only one of the options is visible at a time until the user clicks on the framepart This causes the entire
342. s compilers operating systems and machine architectures The package allows a programmer to create and destroy dictionaries of object designs create and destroy object designs in those data dictionaries and to read and write data to disk based on an object design The standard ERDAS IMAGINE data objects layers map information descriptor tables etc can be accessed through higher level packages eimg edsc etc so these functions are normally used to manipulate application specific data objects within EHFA files Demand Loaded Library The ERDAS Demand Loaded Library edll package contains functions for manipulating DLLs in an operating system independent manner A demand loaded library is a shared library that is designed to be explicitly loaded and used by an application at run time The application typically makes use of the DLL by calling functions in the DLL through function pointers that the application locates using functions in this package Timer The Timer etim package provides routines for timing code execution Application Environment Routines 126 Argument Parsing The Argument Parsing earg package provides a convenient means of creating applications that are controlled by command line options Parsing the command line and looking for options is a tedious task and without a set of standard tools the resulting command line syntax will vary from program to program Configuration Management The Confi
343. s purpose You will also need to check these conditions at the appropriate times This is often done in message handlers such as the on input message handler Let s look at an example of how this might work Suppose you want to use a button called btn OK to run an SML script that requires one command line argument representing a file name Upon displaying the frame that allows the user to provide the input filename you would disable the btn OK Suppose the name of the filename part for the output file is fln Output You could use an on Filenamechoosen message handler and a conditional statement see information about flow control in EML below to determine when btn OK should be enabled Here s the filename framepart we could use to do this filename fln Output on filenamechoosen if fln Input amp amp fln Output enable btn OK enable btn Batch Note that before enabling the btn_OK we make sure that the user has provided a valid input file name The If statement literally means if the string for input and output filename are not an empty string then enable the btn_OK The symbol in EML means does not equal The empty quotes represent a string that has no characters This way we avoid enabling the btn_OK if the user inadvertently enters the filename framepart without selecting a file 66 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction
344. s starts from 1 not 0 Here is an example on how to use list variable listname set listname 1 2 3 INIT LIST set listname listname 4 APPEND LIST Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 55 Flow Control Statement The IF Statement The If flow control or conditional statement is common to many computer languages Often in EML we use commands and functions directly But sometimes we will want to check for specific conditions to determine whether it is appropriate to execute certain commands or conditions Here is a conceptual example that illustrates the general purpose of the If statement If the user has provided all of the required inputs then execute the model The syntax of the If statement in EML requires that the condition evaluated appears in parentheses When the condition is true one or more commands or functions can be executed as a result In order to associate more than one action with a condition the actions must be enclosed in curly brackets 1 So the basic syntax for an If statement in EML is if condition actions else if condition actions else actions One application for the if statement is to enable a framepart that has been disabled The if statement can be used to verify that the user has provided the inputs required to justify enabling another framepart We will see an example of this in our discussion of the
345. s the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to an Emsc Boolean into which the application places the the bool ean value unencoded The fourth argument is unused color The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second is the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to Emsc Color This type specifies the color of patch The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The second is the row The third argument is the column The fourth argument is a pointer to Eeml Canvas opacityflag Emsc Boolean This flag indicates that this is a colorcolumn which supports opacity It is only valid for a color column The default value for this is EMSC FALSE putcellvalue int Emsc Opaque int int char int This is a pointer to the function used by the CellArray to save the value once and edit operation has been performed The interpretation of the arguments is the same as those for getcellvalue with direction of the data transfer re versed The default value for this parameter is NULL This function should re turn a value of 1 cellinfo Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to user defined data which is passed to the getcellvalue and the putcellvalue callback functions The default value is NULL linewidth long This is the width of the line on the right hand side of the column The width is given in pixels The default value for th
346. settings in the Release version are the same as those found in the Debug version for Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 There are however some different property settings They are listed below Configuration Properties gt General ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration Release Platform Active Win32 Common Properties El General Configuration Properties bin Win32Release General Intermediate Directory Release Debugging Extensions to Delete on Clean obj ilk tb ti tih tmp rsp pgc pgd meta C C Build Log File S IntDir BuildLog htm Gi Linker Inherited Project Property Sheets S VCInstalDir VCProjectDefaults UpgradeFromVC71 vsprops General Enable Managed Incremental Build Yes Seat El Project Defaults sete Configuration Type Application exe System Use of MFC Use Standard Windows Libraries Optimization Use of ATL Not Using ATL Embedded IDL Character Set Use Multi Byte Character Set Advanced Common Language Runtime support No Common Language Runtime support Command Line Whole Program Optimization No Whole Program Optimization Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step FER D 6 Output Directory Specifies a relative path to the output file directory can indude environment variables Cx J om Change the output directory to the following Output Directory bin Win32Release Introduction
347. skip factors in the x and y directions respectively Compute statistics on pixel blocks as they are actually written to disc EIMG LAYER OPTION DO NOT COMPUTE STATS ON FLY EIMG LAYER OPTION COMPRESSION TYPE NAME Don not computes statistics on pixel blocks as they are actually written to disc Compression type name 1 additional argumente char which specifies the type of compression to be used The compression should be legal for the file EIMG LAYER OPTION PROCESS RAW DATA Process raw data 1 additional argument Emsc Boolean which indicates whether the data should be returned from eimg LayerRasterPixelRectGet as a copy of the file bytes EMSC TRUE or in a form that is equivalent to the Egda PixelType s EMSC FALSE EIMG LAYER OPTION RRD EXTENSION EIMG LAYER OPTION NUM UNDO LEVELS RRD Extension 1 additional argument char which indicates the extension and thus the file format to use to store reduced resolution datasets If the extension is NULL the RRD s will be stored in the same file as the imagery Number of undo levels 1 additional argument int which indicates the number of transactions on the raster data in the layer that are undo able 0 the default allows direct writing to the files 1 allows unlimited undos A positive integer allows that many undo able transcations EIMG LAYER OPTION GEOMETRIC TRANS Apply an arbitrary geometric transformation when re
348. ssage eeml FindPart app result frm Apptemplate lab DisplayMessage amp lclerr EERR CHECK lclerr 50 FindPart Error Display the frame and create the views Use it when there is no display frm Apptemplate statement in your script FrameDisplay app frm Apptemplate amp lclerr EERR 1 1 EFSO eeml FrameDisplay failed PROCESS MESSAGES FROM SESSION MANAGER processMessageFromSessionManager app argc argv amp lclerr ESO lclerr Unable to processCommand SETS UP THE COMMAND TO LISTEN TO SESSION MANAGER EXITS APPLICATION ON DONEFLAG Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 293 i while lapp root doneFlag rc cleanup 0 eeml GetNextCommand app root amp context amp n amp buf amp lclerr ESO lclerr Unable to get next command PROCESS MESSAGES FROM SESSION MANAGER processMessageFromSessionManager app n buf amp 1 1 ES lclerr Unable to communicate with SM WE ARE NOT INTERESTED IN ANY OF THE COMMANDS HERE SO FREE THEM i e buf i eeml FreeCommand n buf amp lclerr ES lclerr Unable to free up command 0 EERR SHOW lclerr EERR DEBUG if app result f eeml ParseResultFree app result app emsc Free app return rc
349. ssion Manager process it f processCommand myData comCount comBuf Free the command 90 eeml FreeCommand comCount comBuf amp err Once the primary frame is displayed then each application should enter a while loop which con tinues until the doneFlag in theRoot is set to TRUE This doneFlag is set when the quit com mand is issued or it could be set by the application code itself GetNextCommand function dispatches messages until an application command is found When an application com mand is found it is returned as an array of pointers to strings in argv and the number of strings is returned in argc The eml GetNextCommand will remove the application command directed to this application from another application or Session Manager and return it to the application It is up to the application to process the commands which it receives eeml GetNextCommand The prototype of this API is void eeml GetNextCommand Eui Root root Emsc Opaque context ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit int argc char argv Eerr ErrorReport err This function will put your application in the event loop This is similar to a window system main loop but there are differences The main difference is that this function also serves the EML interpreter to process the EML events In addition to that it also returns any pending commands sent to the application via Session Manager
350. sta StatisticsValue mean Mean value Esta StatisticsValue median Median value Esta StatisticsValue mode Mode value Esta StatisticsValue stddev Standard deviation Esta Statistics This structure contains commonly used scalar statistics eimg LayerMapInfoGet The prototype of this API is Eprj MapInfo eimg LayerMapInfoGet Eimg Layer layer This function reads the map info associated with the layer and Eprj MapInfo structure is returned Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 181 eimg LayerMapProjectionRead The prototype of this API is void eimg LayerMapProjectionRead Eimg Layer layer Eprj MapProjection projectionP Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function reads the map projection associated with the specified Eimg Layer this map projection describes the earth to map system transformation The map projection associated with the layer is returned as an MapProjection structure The memory is allocated and returned The eprj package is the map and projection package The Mapinfo structure is defined thusly typedef struct Eprj CharStrPtr proName projection name Eprj Coordinate upperLeftCenter map coordinates of center of upper left pixel Eprj Coordinate lowerRightCenter map coordinates of center of lower right pixel Eprj Size pixelSize pixel size in map units
351. stand alone EML script we need load it in the IMAGINE session using the load command in order to see what it looks like The load command can be used both in the commands dialog and in other EML scripts The syntax of this command is LOAD EMLScriptName eml It instructs the IMAGINE session manager to load the component contained in the script EMLscriptname eml Note that the script name itself must be enclosed in quotes due to the fact that it contains the character Before you use the load command for the first time use the preference editor to make sure that the Log Message level preference in the User Interface amp Session category is set to verbose This will cause all syntax error information to appear in your session log in addition to the error message windows that will appear on the screen Thus you can dismiss the error message windows from the display without losing the information they provide For example here is how you load your helloworld eml from command line i e type load helloworld eml and then press ENTER key Session Command History C Documents an SEE eml statusfinished Command load helloworld er e 34 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Tips for Debugging EML Scripts As with all programming languages you will need to debug your EML scripts Typographical errors are the most common cause of syntax errors in
352. t usr 11b win32release python imagine modeler __init__ PACKAGE CONTENTS _modeler CLASSES Boost Python instance __builtin__ object imagine modeler _modeler Solution imagine modeler _modeler Operator Boost Python instance imagine modeler _modeler Model class Model Operator Method resolution order Model Operator Boost Python instance __buiItin__ object Methods defined here Abs self args params Operator Abs Input1 Add self args params Operator Add Inputi Input2 AddAll self args utility function for Model AddOperator AddOperator Model argl1 Operator arg2 gt bool Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 97 First Model Create an ASCII file named test py and type the following python code What this script does is to multiply the input raster by 2 Import IMAGINE spatial modeler library d from imagine import modeler Define model m modeler Model Define input raster object i m RasterInput d test 2 2 img u8 Nearest Neighbor Use Multiply operator o m Multiply i 2 Define output raster object m RasterOutput o d test 2 2 output img u8 Thematicity modeler Thematicity continuous Run model m Execute Save the file to d test test py and run the following command line and you will find the newly created 2 2 output img
353. tatsStack allStatStack NULL Erga DefaultBinfStruct binFunc Edsc BinFunctionType binType Estr_StringList returnList Estr_StringList NULL EERR_INIT PixelCount amp lclerr lclerr MAKE SURE THERE IS 3 INPUT ARGUMENTS if argc 3 esmg LogMessage ESMG LOG TERSE amp lclerr Xn PixelCount Should be 3 arguments but d arguments given n argc for i 0 i lt argc i printf Inparameter Xd s n i argv i RETURN 2 BACK TO EML numOfPixels 2 return estr_LongToStringList 1 amp numOfPixels amp lclerr GET INPUT BANDVALUE AND PIXELVALUE a bandVal etxt_Text_atol argv 1 C array starts with zero the input band index also starts from zero pixVal etxt_Text_atol argv 2 7 GET ALL LAYER NAMES layernames eimg LayerGetNames argv 0 eint GetlInit amp 1 1 EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerGetNames numOfLayers layernames count OPEN ALL LAYERS i layerStack eimg LayerStackOpen layernames eint GetInit amp lclerr EIMG LAYER OPTION END EERR CHECK lclerr EFS Error eimg LayerStackOpen GET IMAGE STATISTICS IF IT ALREADY HAVE ONE BIN SKIP FACTOR y layer layerStack gt layers binType layer gt table gt binFunction gt binFunctionType EDSC_DIRECT_BINS statsSkipFactorX layer gt statsSkipFactorX Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers
354. ted with the layers in which case the returned Esta AllStatsStack structure will also not be NULL In other words it is up to the caller to determine which parts of the Esta AllStatsStack structure have non NULL data ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit eimg_AllStatsStackDelete The prototype of this API is Esta AllStatsStack eimg AllStatsStackDelete Esta AllStatsStack statInfoIn Eerr ErrorReport inerrorreport This function deletes an Esta AllStatsStack structure How do we access individual values from histogram Since the histogram data type is Egda BaseData typedef Egda BaseData Esta Histogram you can use the EGDA BASEDATAPTR basedata row column macro to obtain the pixel count You will need to properly cast this value to the correct data type and de reference it For example numOfPixels double EGDA BASEDATAPTR allStatStack allStats bandVal histogram pixVal long allstatstack allStats bandVal statistics minimum 0 EGDA BASEDATAPTR The prototype of this MACRO is define EGDA BASEDATAPTR basedata row column N basedata data row basedata gt pitch column basedata gt numbytes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 285 Class Notes 286 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Section objective This section outlines how to cr
355. the chooser client columnformat char This is a pointer to a string to be used as the format for the column See the documentation for estr xlformat for a discussion of the format strings defaultcolumnformat char This is a pointer to a string to be used as the default format This is used when the user chooses default from the column format dialog char defaultcolumnformula This is a pointer to a string which is used as the default formula when the for mula dialog is displayed exclusivechangecallback void Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to the function which is called when the value of an exclusive column has changed The first argument is a pointer to user defined data The default for this is NULL exclusivechangeinfo Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to user data which is to be passed to the exclusivechange callback function The default for this is NULL columndelete void info column err This is a pointer to a function which is called when a column is deleted columndeleteinfo Emsc Opaque This data is passed as the first argument to the columndelete function columntitle char This is a pointer to the string to be used as the title for this column This is not used if the CellArray is in matrix mode The default for this is NULL columninfo char This is a pointer to a string which is used to describe the column The mes sage is displayed in the statusbar columnwidth long
356. the highlight attribute of the text get set the cursor position on the text cut copy paste text set get clear the primary selection on the text CellArray The CellArray eeui_CA package provides a single user interface for dealing with the management of tabular data The programmer provides the description of the columns string double color etc and provides the functions to get and put the data The CellArray package manages the navigation and display of any amount of data Built in functions allow search sorting and report generation Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 135 Charts The Chart eeml Chart package provides a graphical part which can be used to plot data in several modes The chart is a tool that can plot tabular data as line graphs on a grid with an associated legend This is the basis of the various profile tools in ERDAS IMAGINE ColorWheel The Colorwheel eeui CW package provides an IHS color part that can be used for color selection A slider controls the Intensity with Hue and Saturation mapped to the angle around a circle and the distance from its center To select colors the user can drag a single point within the color wheel The application is notified of color changes through a callback mechanism Histogram The Histogram eeui Histogram package provides an interactive tool for displaying and manipulating histogram data The user may
357. the mode in C fopen r Open a file for reading open as text file rb Open a file for reading open as binary file w Create an empty file for writing write as text file overwrite if file existing wb Create an empty file for writing write as binary file overwrite if file existing errptr is the error report This argument will appear in all Toolkit APIs An Efio Fd i e FILE will be returned If an error occurs a NULL Efio Fd will be returned and errptr will be set to reflect the error efio ReadSeq The prototype of this API is long efio ReadSeq Efio Fd fd void buffer long count Eerr ErrorReport errptr efio_ReadSeq reads count number of bytes from fd i e file handle into buffer This is equivalent to the C fread function It is provided to guarantee portability across machines The total number of elements successfully read is returned If this value does not equal count errptr will be set to reflect an error Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 207 efio Close The prototype of this API is long efio Close Efio Fd fd Eerr ErrorReport errptr efio Close is equivalent to the C fclose function It is provided to guarantee portability across machines efio FileExists The prototype of this API is long efio FileExists Etxt CText inpath Eerr ErrorReport errptr efio FileExists checks to see if the indicated string inpath names an ex
358. this structure is typedef enum EDSC COLUMN INVALID 1 EDSC COLUMN INTEGER 0 Column data are integer valued EDSC COLUMN REAL 1 Column data are real valued EDSC COLUMN COMPLEX 2 Column data are complex valued EDSC COLUMN STRING 3 Column data are character strings Edsc ColumnType To read the column data itself use edsc_ColumnRead It places column data into Egda Table structure which is typedefd to an Egda BaseData structure An Egda Table is a 1 D array It can be created using egda_TableCreate egda TableCreate The prototype of this API is Egda Table egda TableCreate long numrows Egda PixelType datatype Egda Byte dataptr Eerr ErrorReport err This function creates an Egda Table structure with numrows rows with datatype pixeltype If dataptr is NULL it will allocate space for the data array otherwise dataptr is used for the data array edsc_ColumnRead is defined edsc_ColumnRead void edsc ColumnRead Edsc Column column long startelement long numelements Egda_BaseData columndata Eerr_ErrorReport inerrorreport Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 189 This function reads numelements from the column starting with startelement The data are stored in columndata The data are automatically converted to the datatype of columndata 190 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit
359. tion Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit run it without opening ERDAS IMAGINE Basically IMAGINE BATCH will eventually call IMAGINE Application Command so check IMAGINE documentation for more details IMAGINE Online help gt Appendices gt Applications Commands Alphabetical Index EML IMAGINE Application Command level 1 will provide you a GUI user interface which is developed by EML ERDAS Macro Language EML comes with every license of the IMAGINE software This language is a scripting language that can be used to define the structure and content of the user interface as well as provide some fundamental procedural scripting capabilities Each script is interpreted at application startup and converted into instructions for the native windowing system i e EML user interface constructs are converted to Motif under UNIX and Win32 under Windows These files are just copied to the IMGINE_HOME scripts directory for runtime Each script is an ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange file which may be edited to change its contents EML IMAGINE Spatial Modeler SML level 2 will add new capabilities to the IMAGINE software instead of customizing the existing applications IMAGINE Spatial Modeler is a component of both IMAGINE Advantage and IMAGINE Professional licenses Once you have developed a new algorithm using the graphical Model Maker environment you can generate SML Spatial Modeler Language script The
360. tle attribute provides a label that is meaningful to the user You may find icons used by IMAGINE in IMAGINE HOME cons folder and they are ico and icon The following statement will load fcopen icon from IMAGINE HOME cons folder icon fcopen icon Reserved keywords When naming frames and frameparts in EML scripts it is important to avoid using EML reserved words In the example script note that the button has been named cancel instead of quit This EML script would fail if we attempted to name the button quit because quit is a reserved word in EML One of the best ways to avoid this problem is to append a character or a string to any frame or framepart name For example for button frameparts if you always add the letter btn or the string button to the part name you will virtually always avoid inadvertent use of reserved words Geometry The geometry attribute is one of the most important attributes in EML It is important that you learn to use it and become comfortable with it It is a key element in creating user interfaces that have the look and feel of standard IMAGINE interfaces By providing interfaces with this consistent look and feel you will make it easier for your users to learn and understand them As you will notice when working with EML most EML frameparts have default geometries For example by default the size and shape of a button is determined by the title or by the icon if an icon file is
361. tlist it pop Bands IS A STRING EVEN THE NAME IS NUMERIC SETUP OUTPUT FILEANME gi echo getpref eml default output path set fln Output getpref eml default output path froot fln Input ecw send filenamechoosen to fln Output ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Code Explanation EML Message and Message Handler The FILENAMECHOOSEN Message and its Handler Unlike the startup message which is strictly associated with loading an EML script and the framedisplay message which is strictly associated with displaying a frame the Filenamechoosen message is associated with a variety of frameparts Among these is the filename framepart Whenever a file name is selected or typed in to the filename framepart and press enter the Filenamechoosen message is sent If you wish to trigger particular actions whenever a file name is selected you can define an on Filenamechoosen message handler within the filename framepart As with the mousedown message handler discussed above the on Filenamechoosen message handler should be defined at the end of the framepart that uses it For example the basic syntax for a filename framepart that includes an on Filenamechoosen message handler would be filename name title titlename on filenamechoosen Message Handler actions to take when input message is sent A typical use for the on Filenamechoosen message
362. to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 119 120 ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration Release Configuration Properties gt Linker gt General Platform Active Win32 Common Properties 5 Configuration Properties Input Manifest File Debugging System Optimization Embedded IDL Advanced Command Line Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events amp Custom Build Step Output File Show Progress Version Enable Incremental Linking Suppress Startup Banner Ignore Import Library Register Output Per user Redirection Additional Library Directories Link Library Dependencies Use Library Dependency Inputs Use UNICODE Response Files bin Win32Release ProjectName exe Not Set No INCREMENTAL NO Yes NOLOGO No No No usr lib Win32Release Yes No Yes Output File Override the default output file name Change the output file to the following Output File bin Win32Release InputName exe ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Compile EML Custom Build Steps for EML Scripts The build steps just copy the script into IMAGINE HOME scriptsWin32Release folder browsetool eml Property Pages Change the following settings Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Develop
363. to user supplied data to be passed to the start selection callback function void Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to a function which is called when a new selection is started It is called with a pointer to user supplied data startselectioninfo Emsc Opaque This is a pointer to user supplied data to be passed to the start selectioncall back function getrowtitles void Emsc_Opaque int char int This is a pointer to a function to be called to get the string to be used to title the row Rows are usually sequentially numbered This allows the user to cre ate any scheme for labeling the rows The first argument is a pointer to user supplied data The second argument is the row number which starts at zero The third argument is the pointer to the buffer into which the function will place the string The fourth argument is the maximum number of characters which the function may pass back to the CellArray The default for this func tion in NULL rowinfo Emsc_Opaque This is a pointer to user supplied data which is passed to the getrowtitles function The default is NULL rowstartlabel Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit long This is the value to be used to label the first row row zero All subsequent rows are numbered sequentially from this one The default for this is 1 ERDAS Customer Education 337 NEXT COLUMN If the value is NONE 0 then when the current cell
364. tor evue OpenAnnotationLayer evue OpenGrayScaleLayerWithStretch evue OpenPseudoColorLayer evue OpenReliefLayer evue OpenTrueColorLayerWithStretch evue OpenVectorLayer Let s look at evue OpenTrueColorLayerWithStretch as an example the other functions work very similarly evue OpenTrueColorLayerWithStretch The prototype of this API is Evue LayerHandle evue OpenTrueColorLayerWithStretch Evue Connection apc Evue DisplayHandle display id Display Handle char filename The filename to display int red Layer number for red int green Layer number for green int blue Layer number for blue Evue StretchType userstretch Eerr ErrorReport err This function specifies a raster layer to be displayed in RGB format The layers to be displayed through each color gun are specified starting from zero by the integer pararmeters red green blue The contrast stretch method is specified by userstretch which is defined as follows typedef enum EVUE_STRETCH_DEFAULT EVUE_STRETCH_USER EVUE_STRETCH_NONE Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 321 Evue StretchType EVUE STRETCH DEFAULT causes the Viewer to look for a contrast table in the layer if it finds one it performs a contrast stretch according to the contrast table If not it performs a two standard deviation stretch EVUE STRETCH USER causes the Viewer to display a modal dialog showin
365. ts is contained in argc Additionally the context argument is a pointer to user defined data which is defined as the appdata in the eeml ParseVa call In the next example you will see Macro APP FUNC This macro will simplify the function exportation in dil APP_FUNC The prototype of this Macro is define APP_FUNC fName DllExport Estr_StringList IFD NAME fName Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context N long argc N char argv Eerr ErrorReport outerr E Em This macro will actually combine the DLL INSTANCE NAME with the function name as the final function name define DLL INSTANCE NAME aftemplate APP_FUNC function1 APP_FUNC function2 APP_FUNC functionetc This is what you will see in the Preprocessed file i e i file declspec dllexport Estr_StringList aftemplatefunction1 Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv ErrorReport outerr declspec dllexport Estr_StringList aftemplatefunction2 Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv ErrorReport outerr declspec dllexport Estr_StringList aftemplatefunctionetc Eeml Menu menu Emsc Opaque context long argc char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr Note that you have to change the DLL INSTANCE NAME to be the same base name of your DLL In our case the output dll is called aftemplate dll the DLL INSTANCE NAME should change to aftemplate If this rule is not fo
366. tton button 20 340 100 40 160 340 100 40 300 340 100 40 s Convert MDF format to IMG Select input raster Select output image name img rT Specify input options Misc options Input Pixel Depth 16 bit Data v Display Meter Bar Choose the type of image e e Athematic Thematic Lx oe 232 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Compile EML Script in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 In order to let IMAGINE find your EML script you have to copy it to the IMAGINE HOME scriptsWin32Release folder We will now learn how to integrate this step into Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 You can create the custom build configuration for EML in Visual Studio RMB your eml and select Propertiy then add the following settings This will copy the from your working directory to IMAGINE HOME scriptsWin32Release folder so IMAGINE can find your EML scripts Configuration Active Release Platform Active win32 Configuration Manager xcopy S InputFileName A scripts win32rele ku Configuration Properties General Description Performing Custom Build Step on S InputFileName m Outputs scripts win32release InputFileName Additional Dependencies Command Line Specifies a command line for the custom build step eonmahdiline xcopy InputFileName scripts Win32Rele
367. tton btn OK BUTTONS button btn_Batch button btn Cancel INPUT OUTPUT FILES Kok K sk K ok ok K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K Ki filename fln_Input title above left Select input raster info Choose the MDF file you want to convert 234 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit geometry 20 10 200 50 shortform select getpref eml default data path mdf on filenamechoosen set fln Output getpref eml default output path froot fln Input img testuserinput filename fln Output title above left Select output image name info Choose the IMG file you wish to create geometry 270 10 200 50 newfile shortform filetypedef raster img select getpref eml default data path img on filenamechoosen testuserinput line lin 1 geometry 20 70 460 1 layout horizontal K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K rE INPUT OPTIONS K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K FK K K K K K K K K K K T group grp InputOptions
368. type required support for reading Projection info from MDH header file optional gro m Ge support for metering optional The pixel depth argument is required because you can not read the correct pixel value if you don t know the number of bits per pixel The image type argument is also required because an IMAGINE img file must be either or THEMATIC The reading header argument is optional since an IMAGINE file can exist without the projection info Here is the Earg_Cmd structure based on our design COMMAND ARGUMENT PROTOTYPE Earg Cmd command set input in put Xs NULL set output out put Xs NULL set pixeldepth p ixel depth Xs NULL set_imagetype t ype Xs NULL set header h eader Xd NULL set meter m eter Xd NULL jobMain convertMDF Uy NULL EARG END The example above shows the structure of a Command Line Argument The first column is the function to be executed i e set input The second column is the prototype of the command line argument i e in put ves The third column contains the two arguments NULL are description and error functions which are not used Some Details The pixel depth either u16 or u8 information from the mdh header file is redundant because you always use the following equation to calculate the pixel depth PixelDepth bytes per p
369. typically applied to the textnumber and meternumber frameparts The basic syntax for the on valuechanged message handler is the same as for other message handlers on valuechanged actions to take when valuechanged message is sent Variable and Array List and the Set Command The VARIABLE and the Set Command A variable may be either local variable or global global Local variables defined at the component level are available to all procedures menus and frames defined in the component Global variables are available across applications Any variable used in an EML script should be declared as either global or variable The syntax for defining a variable is variable name global name In either case a variable is a named container which may hold one or more values which can be numbers characters or strings of characters 54 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The value of a variable may be established with the set command The operator is used to get the value of a variable The syntax for retrieving the value of a variable is name The Array List and set Command The list construction operator creates a single item which contains multiple values This is like an array in other programming languages and may be indexed via the index operator The individual expressions between the braces may be space or comma separated Jf Note The Index of List alway
370. ucation Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit eprj_DatumByName The prototype of this API is void eprj_DatumByName Eint_InitToolkitData erdinit toolkit initialization data Etxt Text spheroidName the spheroid name Etxt Text datumName Eprj Datum datum Eerr ErrorReport err the datum name the output datum parameters error handling structure pointer This function will fill in the datum parameter datum given the datunName The estr package The String Manipulation estr package currently provides a variety of routines for character string manipulation They are categorized into the following six major groups Purpose Functions APIs 1 General string manipulation These functions can be used for variety of string manipulation operations such as compare change duplicate and analyze Compare estr WildCompare estr_Eqic estr Eqnic estr Eq estr Eqn estr Ne estr Gt estr Ge estr Lt estr Le estr CompareString estr SubString estr LooseMatch estr IsCharPresent estr IsWild estr MatchSequence Change estr LowerCase estr UpperCase estr StringCat estr Sprintf estr MetaStringToString Duplicate estr Duplicate estr StringCopy estr QuotedDuplicate Analyze estr CharCount 2 Filename string parsing These functions can be used to parse manipulate the filename strings You can do operations such as get filename ext
371. ue INPUT PARAMETERS inputfilename bandvalue pixelvalue RETURN VALUES The number of occurence of certain pixelvalue STANDARD INCLUDES T include lt stdio h gt Toolkit Includes t include lt eint h gt include lt eerr h gt include eeml h include lt emsc h gt include lt eimg h gt include lt erga h gt DEFINITION OF INSTANCE TI define DLL_INSTANCE_NAME pixelcount THIS MUST COME AFTER THE DEFINE DLL INSTANCE MDF LINE mm AS IT REQUIRES THE THE DLL INSTANCE NAME TO ALREADY BE SET T include edll h DEFINITION OF ERROR CHECKING MACROS define EFS1 msg arg EERR FATAL SET 1 LINE msg arg define EFSO msg EERR FATAL SET O LINE msg define ESO e msg EERR SHOW e EERR DEBUG LINE msg DEFINITION OF APPLICATION FUNCTION MACRO define APP FUNC fName DllExport Estr_StringList N NAME fName 1_ Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 275 Emsc Opaque context N long argc N char argv Eerr_ErrorReport outerr PROTOTYPE S OF THE FUNCTION S SUPPLIED BY THIS DLL
372. ues might include a histogram value color table look up values a class name total area etc The edsc functions allow the programmer to easily create in memory data structures for descriptor tables and to easily pass descriptor table information between memory and disk without having to deal with the lower level ehfa emif and efio packages Vectors Matrices Polynomials The Floating Point Graphics Arithmetic efga package provides routines for performing commonly used vector matrix point and polynomial including affine transformation functions Hierarchical File Access The Hierarchical File Access ehfa package provides an implementation of the ERDAS IMAGINE EHFA file format This format maintains an object oriented representation of data in a disk file through the use of a tree structure All non ASCII files used by ERDAS IMAGINE are in this format e g img ovr etc The functions in this routine allow the programmer to identify create copy open and close EHFA files and locate read and write objects within an EHFA file The standard ERDAS IMAGINE data objects layers map information descriptor tables etc can be accessed through higher level packages eimg edsc etc so these functions are normally used to manipulate application specific data objects within EHFA files File Node Parse The File Node Parse efnp package breaks up strings containing file names and ehfa node names and ranges of ehfa node na
373. ui_CAUpdateAll function within SelectorMoveCB callback function eeui CAUpdateAIl The prototype of this API is void eeui CAUpdateAll Eui BasePart part The cellarray part Eerr ErrorReport err The Status This function causes the entire visible set of rows and column for the given CellArray to be updated This function also calls the application s get value function to insure that the most recent data is displayed Map Coordinate to File Coordinate Conversion In order to read pixel value we can use eimg_LayerRead function This function requires the file coordinates so we need to convert the map coordinates to file coordinates since the Selector only returns Map coordinates We can use the exfr XFormCreateFromMapinfo function to create a transformation and then use that transformation to convert the map coordinate to file coordinates pixel based exfr XFormCreateFromMapiInfo The prototype of this API is Exfr XForm exfr XFormCreateFromMapInfo Eprj MapInfo mapInfo Emsc Boolean invert Eerr ErrorReport inerr This function create Exfr XForm from an Mapinfo structure Eprj is a structure that defines a map view for a raster output device The projection and units describe the type of map coordinate system that is being viewed These parameters will be used to convert the object being viewed annotation raster vector aoi etc into the proper map system before viewing
374. uited for modifying the easy to use graphical interface Toolkit is designed primarily for users needing to tailor the software beyond this level What type of customization modifications do you need to make This is the most important question in determining which ERDAS IMAGINE tools you will need to use The following figure shows different levels of customization for ERDAS IMAGINE you can choose different level of customization based on what you need to achieve Different Level of Customization Customize IMAGINE level 0 IMAGINE BATCH Customize IMAGINE level 1 EML IMAGINE Application Command Customize IMAGINE level 2 EML IMAGINE Spatial Modeler SML EML IMAGINE Developers C Toolkit Y Y Custom DLL Application x Application Function DLL Raster Format DLL IMAGINE BATCH level 0 is a very convenient way to streamline your workflow Most ERDAS IMAGINE tasks can run in the BATCH mode there is a Batch button in the processing dialog This is useful if you have a process that requires a long time to run and you want to run it when your system is at minimum utilization for example during the night It is also useful if you wish to run a repetitive task many times such as executing the reprojection command to reproject hundreds of images If you are familiar with DOS simulated under Windows programming you can write your own DOS batch file and 10 ERDAS Customer Educa
375. used to label the button Similarly you will also notice that the frameparts defined within a frame appear from left to right in the order they are defined The geometry attribute should always appear with the other attributes at the beginning of the frame or the framepart The syntax of the geometry attribute is GEOMETRY x y width length The first two parameters provide information about where the upper left corner of a framepart should be positioned within a frame The second two parameters determine the size of the frame or framepart It is your responsibility to make sure that the geometries for frameparts within a given frame do not overlap and that their coordinates represent valid locations within the frame While this is a simple matter of arithmetic it is important to be aware that you are responsible for defining appropriate geometries In the Helloworld eml the geometry can be based on different coordinate system Geometry for the frame is based on your screen coordinate while the geometry for the framepart i e button is based on frame internal coordinate The following figure shows the geometry of Helloworld eml Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 33 0 0 Screen coordinate 50 x 50 px Frame coordinate k Hellow World Cancel p 250 px 100 px The Load Command Once we have written a
376. vailable This function should set titleList to a character string list of all titles objects or methods supported by this DLL The string list should be dynamically allocated so as to be freeable by the caller The individual strings in the string list should also be freeable by the caller The count of the strings in the list should be placed in count 270 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Class Notes Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 271 Exercise 2 Add Function to EML CountPixel Exercise Objective In this exercise we will create an Application Function DLL which allow you to count the occurence of certain pixel value in an IMAGINE img file Packages used eint eerr eeml edll eimg erga 272 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit What this Application Function DLL does In this exercise we will create an application function dll i e pixelcount dll which will contain the EML function pixelcount This function will count the occurence of certain pixel value in an image layer You can use a double loop to count the occurrence of certain pixel value but this may be very slow based on the image size In this exercise you will use a histrogram to directly get the pixel count This method of getting a pixel count is much faster than using the double loop method The follow
377. we tackle any data processing using the Toolkit we need to be aware of the data type with which we will interact By adding an option to our command line we can specify the pixel type of our input image and determine how many bits bytes will equal one Digital Number in our image We could also specify an output image type but in this case we will let the output pixel depth equal the input If we were to perform some operation on the data we would need to ensure that the output pixel type can hold the actual output values The pixel type is governed by the egda package typedef enum EGDA TYPE INVALID 1 EGDA TYPE 1 0 Unsigned one bit 0 1 EGDA TYPE U2 Unsigned two bit 0 3 EGDA TYPE U4 Unsigned four bit 0 15 EGDA TYPE 18 Unsigned eight bit 0 255 EGDA TYPE 58 Signed eight bit 128 127 EGDA TYPE U16 Unsigned sixteen bit 0 65536 EGDA TYPE S16 Signed sixteen bit 32768 32767 EGDA TYPE U32 Unsigned thirty two bits 0 4294967295 EGDA TYPE S32 Signed thirty two bits 2147483648 2147483647 EGDA TYPE F32 Floating point data EGDA TYPE F64 Double Precision data EGDA TYPE C64 Complex data EGDA TYPE C128 Double Complex data EGDA TYPE STRING String data Egda PixelType We should now be able to specify one of the enumerated data types above as our input pixel type and then make use of this throughout the program It is
378. y the radiobutton framepart should not be used to present more than four or five options This framepart is similar to the buttons on a car radio All options are visible but only one can be selected at any given time It is because all options are always visible that this framepart should only be used for short lists of options Otherwise it can take up too much space in the interface Also when too many options are simultaneously visible it can make the interface very confusing The basic syntax for the radiobutton framepart is RADIOBUTTON lt optionlistname gt TITLE lt optionlisttitle gt OPTIONS opti lt opt2 gt optn VALUE OF THE RADIOBUTTON VALUE defaultvalue TITLELIST Info1 Info2 Infon DISPLAY ON THE GUI You may also put numeric value on the options it will act the same as the string RADIOBUTTON lt optionlistname gt TITLE lt optionlisttitle gt OPTIONS opti lt opt2 gt lt optn gt VALUE OF THE RADIOBUTTON VALUE defaultvalue 2 TERDIBSDISAVAONISDEI Es GUI The options attribute provides the complete list of values associated with this framepart Just as in the textnumber framepart the value attribute can be used in the radiobutton framepart to set a default selection Otherwise the first value in the options list will be selected by default Another useful attribute is the titlelist attribute You can use thi
379. y gt lt name gt Toolkit Debug lt name gt type info z viewer create at 0 0 size 400 400 gt Executable lt type gt lt icon gt Toolkitdebug ico lt icon gt lt help gt lt hel p gt lt order gt 50 lt order gt lt command gt lt TLBX gt The IMAGINE Ribbon Interface will look like this 3 2 Pf Untitled ERDAS IMAGINE 2010 mx Manage Data Raster Vector Terrain Toolbox Toolkit Help o Toolkit Debug Toolkit Toolkit Debug Toolset 18 ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit Section objective This section studies the basic syntax of EML and the built in functions and techniques used to design a good GUI You will also learn how to call IMAGINE application commands from EML Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 19 Introduction of EML The ERDAS Macro Language EML is a script language for creating Graphical User Interfaces GUls in IMAGINE Virtually all IMAGINE interfaces from the IMAGINE icon panel to the IMAGINE Viewer have been constructed with this language EML allows programmers and non programmers alike to modify IMAGINE GUls and create new GUls of their own In addition to its GUI building capabilities features procedural capabilities that allow simple programming tasks to be achieved such as automatically naming an output file based on an input file name Finally EML is platform independent that is us
380. y not work C ERDAS Desktop 2011 etc Bin scripts usr TkHome _Project1 Project1 vcproj Projecti c Project1 h L Project1 eml The next step is to modify the Project Settings of your Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Introduction to ERDAS MAGINE Developers Toolkit ERDAS Customer Education 111 Debug version Project settings of Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Configuration Properties gt General ConvertMDF Property Pages Configuration EET isto Acive win32 v Configuration Manager Common Properties Configuration Properties 6 E Ec EC Er E E Manifest Tool XML Document Generator Browse Information Build Events Custom Build Step E General Output Directory Intermediate Directory Extensions to Delete on Clean Build Log File Inherited Project Property Sheets Enable Managed Incremental Build Project Defauits Configuration Type Use of MFC Use of ATL Character Set Common Language Runtime support Whole Program Optimization bin Win32Debug Debug obj ilk tb ti th tmp pgc pad meta S IntDir BuildLog htm S VCInstallDir VCProjectDefaults UpgradeFromVC71 vsprops Yes Application exe Use Standard Windows Libraries Not Using ATL Not Set No Common Language Runtime support No Whole Program Optimization Specifies a relative path to the output file directory can inclu
381. yHandle Evue Objld ERDAS Customer Education Introduction to ERDAS IMAGINE Developers Toolkit The reason is defined in evue h layer close Viewer close selector moved ect which specifiy the type of event which generates the callback The following structure shows the location where all the reasons will be found The list below only shows part of the reasons For a complete list of reasons go to http developers lggi com typedef enum EVUE SELECTOR GRAB grabbed by mouse EVUE SELECTOR RELEASE released by mouse EVUE SELECTOR MOVE moved by mouse EVUE SELECTOR DBLCLK double clicked on by mouse ui EVUE VIEW RESET view window was cleared EVUE VIEW ADD LAYER a new layer was added to the window EVUE VIEW DELETE LAYER layer deleted EVUE VIEW ARRANGE LAYERS order of layers was rearranged i EVUE LAYER TRANSFORM CHANGED transform of layer changed EVUE OBJECT DESTROY object was destroyed EVUE OVR CREATED Ant element created EVUE OVR SELECTED Ant element selected EVUE OVR DESELECTED Ant element deselected EVUE OVR MOVED Ant element moved EVUE OVR MODIFIED Ant element modified EVUE OVR LISTMODIFIED Ant element list modified EVUE OVR DELETED Ant element deleted EVUE OVR GET ELEMENT BY ID Ant element requested Evue CallbackReason Many of these should be self explanatory Callback reasons with the
382. zoom in to get more detail on any area of the histogram In addition the routine provides functions for controlling the contents of the plot as well as printing the histogram to a PostScript file 2D Visualization Routines The Viewer edis package provides a basic set of tools for embedding one or more Viewers into an IMAGINE application A Viewer can display various types of 2D data including vectors annotation and images These routines also provide a means of extending the types of data that can be displayed within the Viewer via the ViewLayer Class 136 ViewWindow The ViewWindow Edis ViewWindow package is responsible for managing the display area of the Viewer When a Viewer is created a handle to the Edis ViewWindow is returned and can be used with subsequent calls to the Edis ViewWindow API This API can be used for toggling scroll bars adding ViewLayers scrolling imagery etc ViewLayer The ViewLayer Edis Viewlayer package that can be used for manipulating ViewLayer objects within a ViewWindow This API is used for closing ViewLayers changing band combinations setting zoom levels etc The API can be used with existing ViewLayer types such as the TrueColor PseudoColor GrayScale Annotation Vector and AOI layers ViewLayer Class The ViewLayer Edis ViewLayer Class defines the mechanism used for creating new types of ViewLayers that can be displayed within a ViewWindow This becomes necessary when the ERDAS

Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE® Developer`s Toolkit

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE&reg; Developer`s Toolkit

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Introduction to the ERDAS IMAGINE® Developer`s Toolkit